United States      Office of Air Quality      EPA-450/2-78-049b
           Environmental Protection  Planning and Standards     December 1979
           Agency        Research Triangle Park NC 27711

           Air
vvEPA      Primary Aluminum:
           Guidelines for Control
           of Fluoride Emissions
           from  Existing Primary
           Aluminum Plants

-------
                                   EPA-450/2-78-049b
Primary Aluminum: Guidelines for Control
    of Fluoride Emissions from  Existing
          Primary Aluminum Plants
              Emission Standards and Engineering Division
              U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                 Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation
              Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
              Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

                     December 1979

-------
This report has been reviewed by the Emission Standards and
Engineering Division of the Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards, EPA, and approved for publication.  Mention of
trade names or commercial products is not intended to constitute
endorsement or recommendation for use.  Copies of this report
are available through the Library Services Office (MD-35) ,
U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
N.C.  27711, or from National Technical Information Services,
5285 Port Royal Road,  Springfield, Virginia 22161.
             Publication No.  EPA-450/2-78-049b

-------
             r           TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                               Page

1.   INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY                                   1-1

    1.1    INTRODUCTION                                         1-1

    1.2  HEALTH AND WELFARE EFFECTS  OF FLUORIDES                1-5

    1.3  FLUORIDES AND THEIR CONTROL                           1-6

         1.3.1  Fluorides                                      1-6

         1.3.2  Control  of Fluorides:   New  Primary              1-7
                Aluminum Plants

         1.3.3  Control  of Fluorides:   Existing                 1-9
                Primary Aluminum Plants

    1.4  EMISSION GUIDELINES                                   1-13

         1.4.1  State Emission Guidelines                       1-13

         1.4.2  Performance of Recommended  Emission  Controls    1-17

         1.4.3. Emission Testing                               1-19

    1.5  ASSESSMENTS                                           1-20

         1.5.1  Economic                                       1-20

         1.5.2  Environmental                                   1-24

         1.5.3  Energy                                         1_24

    1.6  COMPLIANCE TIMES                                      1-26

    1.7  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 1                               1-30

2.   HEALTH AND WELFARE EFFECTS OF FLUORIDES                    2-1

    2.1   INTRODUCTION                                          2-1

    2.2  EFFECT OF FLUORIDES ON HUMAN  HEALTH                    2-2

         2.2.1  Atmospheric Fluorides                           2-2

         2.2.2  Ingested Fluorides                             2-4

    2.3  EFFECT OF FLUORIDES ON ANIMALS                        2-4

    2.4  EFFECT OF ATMOSPHERIC FLUORIDES ON VEGETATION          2-6
                                   i ii

-------
    2.5   THE  EFFECT  OF  ATMOSPHERIC  FLUORIDES  ON

         BUILDING MATERIALS                                      2'7



         2.5.1   Etching of Glass                                 2~7


         2.5.2   Effect  of Fluorides on Structures               2-7



    2.6   RATIONALE                                              2~9


    2.7   REFERENCES  FOR SECTION 2                               2"9


3.   U.S. PRIMARY ALUMINUM MANUFACTURING STATISTICS              3-1



    3.1   EXISTING PLANTS                                        3-1


         3.1.1   Introduction                                    3-1


         3.1.2  Location and Size                               3"2



    3.2  FUTURE TRENDS                                          3"8


         3.2.1   Domestic  Industry and Plant Growth              3~8



         3.2.2  Plant  Location and Cell type                     3-13



         3.2.3  New Producers and Technology                     3"13



    3.3  PRICE  STATISTICS                                        3"16


    3.4  REFERENCES FOR  SECTION  3                                3'17



 4.  PROCESS  DESCRIPTION                                          4"1


    4.1  PRIMARY  ALUMINUM REDUCTION                              4-1


                                                                 4-10
    4.2  PREBAKE PROCESS                                        H  IU


         4.2.1   Anode  Bake  Plant                                4"10


         4.2.2   Reduction Cells                                  4"14



    4.3 SODERBERG  CELLS                                        4"15


         4.3.1  Vertical  Stud Reduction Cells                    4-16



         4.3.2   Horizontal  Stud  Reduction Cells                 4'18



    4.4 REFERENCES FOR SECTION  4                                4"19

-------
                                                               Page

5.   FLUORIDE EMISSIONS                                         5-"1

    5.1  POINTS OF EMISSION                                    5-"1

    5.2  UNCONTROLLED EMISSIONS—SOURCE, CHARACTERISTICS,      5-9
         AND MINIMIZATION

         5.2.1  Reduction Cells (All Types)                    5-9

         5.2.2  Anode Bake Plant                               5-20

    5.3  TYPICAL FLUORIDE EMISSIONS AND EXTENT OF CONTROL      5-22

         5.3.1  Reduction Cells (All Types)                    5-22

         5.3.2  Anode Bake Plant                               5-26

    5.4  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5                              5-28

6.   CONTROL TECHNIQUES FOR POTROOM AND ANODE BAKE PLANT
    FLUORIDES                                                  6-"!

    6.1  POTROOM RETROFIT PRIMARY COLLECTION SYSTEMS           6-1

         6.1.1  Cell Hooding                                   6~2

         6.1.2  Calculation of Primary Collection Efficiency   6-"!"!

         6.1.3  Primary Exhaust Rates                          S'"19

         6.1.4  Ducting Layouts                                6~23

    6.2  POTROOM AND ANODE BAKE PLANT RETROFIT REMOVAL EQUIPMENT
         AND ITS PERFORMANCE                                   6~29

         6.2.1  Potroom Primary Dry Scrubbing                  6~29

         6.2.2  Potroom Primary and Anode Bake Plant
                Wet Scrubbing                                   6~34

         6.2.3  Potroom Secondary Wet Scrubbing                 6~39

         6.2.4  Summary of Best Retrofit Performance            6~47

    6.3  RETROFIT CASE DESCRIPTIONS                             6"5n

         6.3.1  Plant A--HSS Cells—Primary Dry Scrubbing       6~52
                Retrofit

         6.3.2  Plant B—HSS Cells—Primary Wet ESP Retrofit    6"76

         6.3.3  Plant C—Prebake Cells—Primary Injected
                Alumina Dry Scrubbing Retrofit                  6-100

-------
          6.3.4  Case Description Summary
                                                                 Page

                                                                 6-117
6.4  DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND STARTUP TIMES FOR RETROFIT         6-127
     CONTROLS

6.5  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 6                                    6-135

7.   COSTS OF ALTERNATIVE FLUORIDE EMISSION CONTROLS             7-1

     7.1  INTRODUCTION                                           7-1

     7.2  SELECTION OF ALTERNATIVE CONTROL LEVELS                7-2

     /.3  CAPITAL AND ANNUAL COSTS FOR FLUORIDE EMISSION         7-11
          CONTROL OPTIONS

          7.3.1  Procedure                                       7-11

          7.3.2  Capital Costs                                   7-11

          7.3.3  Annualized  Cost                                 7-14

          7.3.4  Cost  Effectiveness                              7-16

     7.4  REFERENCES  FOR SECTION  7                               7-23

 8.   RATIONALE OF  STATE  EMISSION  GUIDELINES  FOR EXISTING         8-1
     PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS

     8.1   INTRODUCTION                                           8-"1

     8.2   FLUORIDE EMISSION CONTROL  EQUIPMENT AND COSTS          8-3

     8 3   RECOMMENDED STATE GUIDELINES AND COLLECTION            8-6
           AND REMOVAL EFFICIENCIES OF CONTROL EQUIPMENT
           FOR FLUORIDE EMISSIONS

           8.3.1   State Fluoride Emission Guidelines              8-9

           8.3.2  Compliance Time                                 8-13

      8.4  EMISSION TESTING                                       8-14

 9.  ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS                                    9-1

     9.1  AIR                                                     9'3

          9.1.1  National Fluoride Emissions  from  Primary         9-3
                 Aluminum Reduction  Cells

          9.1.2  Fluoride Emission Control Systems  with           9-6
                 Extreme Air Pollution  Impacts

-------
     9.1.3  Fluoride Dispersion
                                                             Page

                                                              9-8
     9 1  4  Particulate Emissions from Aluminum Reduction
            Cells

     9.1.5  National Particulate and Fluoride Emissions
            from Anode Bake Plants

                                                              9-17
9.2  WATER

     9.2.1  Effluent Limitations Guidelines for Primary
            Aluminum Plants                                   y~IB

     922  Water Pollution Control Technology Required to
            Meet 1983 Effluent Guidelines Standards           «-'»

     9.2.3  National Effluent Emissions from Primary
            Aluminum Reduction Plants                         y'18

     9.2.4  Fluoride Air  Emission  Control Schemes with
            Extreme Water Pollution  Impacts                   9~Z4

9.3  SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL                                    9"26

     9.3.1  National Solid Waste Generation  Due to  Fluoride
            Control by  the Primary Aluminum  Industry          9-
-------
                           LIST OF TABLES

T ui
Table

1-1    Potroom Total Fluoride Emissions in U.S., 1975                 1-8

1-2    Retrofit Emission Reductions and Costs for Ten                 1-10
       Primary Aluminum Plants

1-3    Retrofit Controls for Eight Primary Aluminum Plants            1-11

1-4    State Guidelines for Control of Fluoride Emissions             1-14
       From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants
                                                                      1  1R
1-5    Fluoride Emission Ranges Corresponding to State
       Guidelines  for  Existing  Primary Aluminum Plants
                                                                      T  9 Q
1-6    Primary Aluminum Control Strategies

1-7    Environmental  Impact of  Best Control  for Total  Fluoride        1-25
       Emissions  from  the  Primary Aluminum  Industry

 1-8   Increments of Progress  for Installation  of  Fluoride            1-27
       Emission Controls  in  an  Existing  Primary Aluminum Plant

 1-9   Total  Construction  Time for Retrofit Emission Controls         1-28
        for Primary Aluminum  Plants

 2-1    Examples  of HF Concentrations  (ppb)  and Exposure  _             2-8
        Durations  Reported to Cause Leaf Damage and Potential
        Reduction  in Crop Values

 3-1    U.S. Primary Aluminum Plants and Capacities, 1974              3-3

 3-2    Distribution of Plants by Population, 1971                      3-8

 3-3    Estimated Distribution of Plants by  Environment                3-9
                                        vm

-------
Table                                                          Pa9e
3-4     Production of Primary Aluminum in the United Static    3-10
2-5     Growth in Primary Aluminum Plant Average Capacity      3-12
        in U.S.
3-6     U.S. Trends in Adoption of Cell Types                  3-14
3-7     Primary Aluminum Ingot Price History                   3-17
5-1     Experimental Effect of Three Operating Variables       5-15
        on Fluoride Generation
5-2     Potroorn Total Fluoride Emissions in U.S., 1975         5-24
5-3     Extent of Potroom Control, 1P75                        5-25
5-4     Ring Furnace Fluoride Emissions in U.S., 1970          5-27
6-1     Primary Collection Efficiency Versus Exposed Annular   6-10
        Area for Two VSS Plants
6-2     Calculation of Primary Collection Efficiency for       6-12
        One Swiss-Design SUPB Plant
6-3     Calculation of Primary Collection Efficiency for       6-14
        One French-Design SWPB Plant—Retrofit Case
        Description C
6-4     Calculation of Primary Collection Efficiency for       6-16
        Typical American-Design CWPB Plants
6-5     Calculation of Primary Collection Efficiency for One   6-17
        HSS Plant—Retrofit Case Description A
6-6     Estimate of Primary Collection  Efficiency for          6-20
        Typical VSS Plants
6-7     Primary Collection Efficiency  Versus Standard Cubic    6-22
        Foot  per Ton of Aluminum Produced for Seven Primary
        Aluminum Plants
6-8     Gas Volumes and Control Device  Module Sizes for       6-27
        Economic  Impact Analysis
6-9     Capital  Cost  Comparison Between Courtyard and Central  6-28
        Primary  Collection Systems
                                 IX

-------
Table
                                                             Page
6-10    Performance  of Spray Screen Secondary Scrubbers  at      6-44
        Six Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

6-11    Performance  of Best Retrofit Emission Controls for      6-48
        Primary Aluminum  Potrooms

6-12    Summary of Anode  Bake Plant Best Retrofit Performance   6-49

6-13    Major Retrofit  Items—Plant A—Lines 1 and 2           6-57

6-14    Major Retrofit  Items—Plant A—Line 4                  6-65

6-15    Before Retrofit Emissions—Plant A—Lines 1, 2,  and 4  6-67

6-16    After Retrofit  Emission Estimates—Plant A—Lines 1,   6-67
        2, and 4

6-17    Retrofit Capital  Cost Estimate—Plant A—Lines 1, 2,   6-71
        and 4

 6-18    Retrofit Annual Operating Cost Estimate—Plant A—     6-74
        Lines  1, 2,  and 4

 6-19    Major  Retrofit Items—Plant B—South Plant             6-80

 6-20    Major  Retrofit Items—Plant B—North Plant             6-85

 6-21    Before Retrofit Maximum Emissions—Plant B~North      6-87
        and South Plants

 6-22   After  Retrofit Maximum Emission Estimates—Plant B—   6-87
        North  and South  Plants

 6-23    After Retrofit Average Emission Estimates—Plant B—   6-90
         North  and South  Plants

 6-24    Retrofit Capital  Cost  Estimate—Plant B               6-95

 6-25    Revised Retrofit Capital  Cost Estimate—Plant B       6-97

 6-26    Retrofit Annual  Operating Cost Estimate—Plant B—    6-99
         North and South  Plants

 6-27    Major Retrofit Items—Plant  C—POP  Design              6~107

 6-28    Major Retrofit Items—Plant  C—Alcan Design            fi-109

-------
Table                                                           Page

6-29    Retrofit Increments of Progress—Place C                6-111

6-30    Emissions Before and After Retrofit—Place C—
        Lines 1, 2, and 3                                       6-112

6-31    Retrofit Capital Cost—Plact C--Lines 1, 2, and 3       6-115

6-32    1974 Annual Cost—Plant C—Lines 1, 2, and 3            6-116

6-33    Potroom Retrofit Emission Reductions and Costs  for
        Ten Primary Aluminum Plants                             6-118

6-34    Sequence of Major Activities in Design and Construction 6-128
        of Air Emission Control for an existing Primary
        Aluminum Plant

6-35    Delivery Times for Items Required to Construct
        Emission Controls for Primary Aluminum Plants           6-131

6-36    Total Construction Time for Retrofit Emission Controls
        for Primary Aluminum Plants                             6-133

6-37    Increments of Progress for Installation of Fluoride
        Emission Controls in an Existing Primary Aluminum
        Plant                                                   6-134

7-1     Primary Aluminum Plant Capacity by Cell Type            7-3

7-2     Total Fluoride Emissions by Cell Type without
        lll(d) Regulations                                      7'4

7-3     Primary Aluminum Control Strategies                     7_5

/-4     Control Modules for Upgrading Existing Aluminum
        Plants.  Capital Costs                                  7-12

7-5     Waste Water Lime Treatment Investment Cost by Size
        of Plant                                                7-15

7-6     Fixed Cost Components                                   /-17

7-7     Control Modules for Upgrading Existing Aluminum Plants. 7-18
        Annualized Cost

7-8     Waste Water Treatment Plant Operating Cost              7-19

7-9     Primary Aluminum Control Strategies                     7-21

-------
Table
8-1     Control Equipment and Costs                             8-4
8-2     fhe Use of Capital Cost Modules                         8-3
8-3     State Guidelines for Control of Fluoride Emissions      8-7
        from Existing Primary Aluminum Plants
8-4     Fluoride Emission Ranges Corresponding to State         8-8
        Guidelines for Existing Primary Aluminum Plants
9-1     National Total Fluoride Emissions from Primary          9-4
        Aluminum Reduction Cells
9-2     Average Fluoride  Emissions  for Primary Aluminum
        Reduction Cells                                         9'5
9-3     Fluoride Emission Control Systems with Extreme
        Air Pollution  Impacts                                   9~7
9-4     Fluoride Emissions at  Plants A, B,  and C                9-9
9-5     Maximum 30-day Average Ambient Fluoride Concentra-
        tions  in the Vicinity  of  Plants A,  B, and  C             9-13
9-6     National Particulate Emissions from Primary  Aluminum
        Reduction  Cells                                         9"15
9-7     Average  Particulate  Emissions  for Primary  Aluminum
        Reduction  Cells                                          9-16
 9-8    Anode Bake Plant Air Pollutant Emissions                 9-17
 9-9     Effluent Limitations for Primary Aluminum Plants        9-19
 9-10    National  Effluent Emissions from Primary Aluminum
         Plants                                                  9"21
 9-11    Average Effluent Emissions from Primary Aluminum
         Reduction Plants                                         9~22
 9-12    Extent of Wet Controls at Alternative Levels of
         Fluoride A1r Emissions Control                           9~23
 9-13    Fluoride Air Emissions Control Schemes with Extreme
         Water Pollution  Impacts                                  9~25
 9-14    Solid Waste Generation for Various  Fluoride Emissions
         Control Schemes                                          9"27

-------
Table                                                             a^e

9-15    National Solid Waste Generation from Fluoride
        Control by the Parimary Aluminum  Industry                9-28

9-16    Average Solid Waste Generation Resulting from
        Fluoride Control for the Primary  Aluminum  Industry       9-29

9-17    Fluoride Emissions Control Systems with  Extreme  Solid
        Waste  Impacts                                            9~31

9-18    Energy Requirements for Primary Aluminum Fluoride
        Emission Control System                                  9-33

9-19    National Fluoride  Emissions  Control  Energy Requirements
        for the Primary Aluminum Industry                       9-35

9-20    Average Fluoride Emissions Control  Energy  Requirements
        for the Primary Aluminum Industry                       9-36

9-21    Fluoride Emissions Control Systems  with  Extreme
        Energy Impacts                                           9~38

9-22    National Criteria  Pollutant  Emissions  Resulting  from
        the Electric  Power Generated to  Control  Primary
        Aluminum Fluoride  Emissions                              9-40

9-23    National Bituminous  Coal Requirements  Implied  by
        Primary Aluminum Fluoride  Control                       9-41

9-24    Environmental  Impact  of  No Fluoride Emission
        Guidelines  for the Primary Aluminum Industry             9-44

-------
                      LIST OF FIGURES
Figure                                                       Page
4-1    Aluminum Reduction Process                            4-2
4-2    Aluminum Reduction Cell Diagram                       4-3
4-3    Typical Plan View of a Potroom                        4-6
4-4    Typical Elevation View of a Potroom                   4-6
4-5    General Flow Diagram for Primary Aluminum Reduction   4-8
4-6    Flow Diagram for Preparation of Prebake Anodes        4-9
4-7    Details of Prebake Reduction Cell                     4-15
4-8    Details of Vertical Stud Soderberg Reduction Cell     4-17
4-9    Details of Horizontal Stud Soderberg Reduction Cell   4-19
5-1    Prebake Plant with Anode Ring Furnace                 5-2
5-2    Potroom Fluoride Emission Balance                     5-3
5-3    Room Collection System, Sidewall Entry                5-6
5-4    Room Collection System, Basement Entry                5-6
5-5    Specific Prebake Potroom Fluoride Balance             5-7
5-6    Particle Size Weight Distribution of Potline          5-10
       Primary Cell Emissions
5-7    Particle Size Weight Distribution of HSS Primary      5-12
       Cell Emissions
6-1    Typical Prebake Cell Hooding                          6-3
6-2    Typical Horizontal Stud Soderberg Cell  Hooding        6-7
6-3    Typical Vertical Stud  Soderberg  Cell Hooding          6-?
6-4    Primary Collection Systems:   Typical Ducting           &_?4
       Layouts for  a Single Prebake  Potline with  160
       Cells, 2 Rooms
6-5    Primary Collection Systems:   Typical Ducting           fi_?5
       Layout for a Single  VSS  Potline  with 160
       Cells, 2 Rooms
                               xiv

-------
Figure
                                                                   Page
6-6      Primary Collection  Systems:   Typical  Ducting Layouts       6-26
         for a Single HSS Potline  with 160  Cells,  2 Rooms

6-7      Flow Diagram for Fluidized Bed Dry Scrubbing               6-31
         Process

6-8      Flow Diagram for Injected Alumina  Dry Scrubbing            6-33
         Process

6-9      Unpowered Roof Spray Screen                               6-40

6-10     Powered Potroom Spray Screen Scrubber                     6-41

6-11     Powered Spray Screen Scrubber                             6-42

6-12     Powered Monitor Spray Screen Scrubber                     6-43

6-13     Retrofit Layout—Plant A—Lines 1  and 2                   6-56

6-14     Retrofit Layout—Plant A—Line 4                          6-62

6-15     Retrofit Layout—Plant B—South Plant                     6-79

6-16     Retrofit Layout—Plant B—North Plant                     6-83

6-17     Retrofit Layout—Plant B—Cryolite Recovery Plant         6-91

6-18     Flow Diagram—Plant C—Injected Alumina Process           6-104

6-19     Retrofit Schematic—Plant C--PDP  Design                   6-106

6-20     Retrofit Schematic—Plant C—Alcan Design                 6-108

6-21     Diagrammatic  Representation  of Activity Schedules         6-130
         on a Major  Process  Industry  Construction Project

7-1      Investment  and  Annualized  Costs for  Waste Water            7-20
         Treatment  Plants vs.  Aluminum Plant  Capacity
                                       xv

-------
                  1.   INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY

1.1   INTRODUCTION
     Section lll(d) of the Clean Air Act,  42 U.S.C.  7411(d), as
amended, requires EPA to establish procedures under  which States submit
plans to control certain existing sources  of certain pollutants.  On
November 17, 1975 (40 FR 53340), EPA implemented section lll(d) by
promulgating Subpart B of 40 CFR Part 60,  establishing procedures and
requirements for adoption and submittal of State plans for control of
"designated pollutants" from "designated facilities."  Designated
pollutants are pollutants which are not included on a list published
under section 108(a) of the Act (National  Ambient Air Quality Standards)
or section 112(b)(l)(A) (Hazardous Air Pollutants), but for which
standards of performance for new  sources have been established  under
section  lll(b).  A designated facility is an existing facility  which
emits a  designated pollutant and  which would be subject to  a standard
of performance  for that pollutant if  the existing facility  were new.
     Standards  of  performance for three categories of new sources  in
the  primary  aluminum industry were promulgated  in the FEDERAL  REGISTER
 (40  FR  3826) on January 26,  1976, to  be incorporated  into the  Code-of
Federal  Regulations  under  40 CFR  Part 60.   New  subpart  S was added to
set  standards  of performance for  fluoride  emissions  from new and
modified affected  facilities within primary aluminum  reduction plants.
The  States,  therefore,  are required to adopt fluoride emission
 standards for  existing primary  aluminum plants  which  would  be  subject
 to the standard of performance  if they were new.
                                 1-1

-------
     Subpart B of 40 CFR Part 60 provides that FPA will  publish a



guideline document for development of State emission standards after



promulgation of any standard of performance for a designated pollutant.



The document will specify emission guidelines and times  for compliance



and will include other oertinent information, such as discussion of



the pollutant's effects on public health and welfare and a description



of control techniques and their effectiveness and costs.  The emission



guidelines will reflect the degrees of emission reduction attainable with



the best adequately demonstrated systems of emission reduction, considering



costs as applied to existing facilities.



     After publication of a final guideline document for the pollutant in



question, the states will have nine months to develop and submit plans



for control of that pollutant from designated facilities.  Within four



months after the date of submission of plans, the Administrator will



approve or disapprove each plan (or portions thereof).  If a State



plan (or portion therefor) is disapproved, the Administrator will



promulgate a plan (or portion thereof) within six months after the



date for plan submission.  These and related provisions of subpart B



are basically patterned after section 110 of the Act and 40 CFR Part 51



(concerning adoption and submittal of state implementation plans under



section 110).



     As discussed in the preamble to subpart B, a distinction  is drawn



between designated pollutants which may cause or contribute to



endangerment of oublic health (referred to as "health-related  pollutants")



and those for which adverse effects on public health have not  been



demonstrated  (referred to as "welfare-related pollutants").  For
                                1-2

-------
health-related pollutants, emission standards and compliance times in
state plans must ordinarily be at least as stringent as the corresponding
emission guidelines and compliance times in EPA's guideline documents.
As provided in Subpart B, States may apply less stringent requirements
for particular facilities or classes of facilities when economic factors
or physical limitations make such application significantly more
reasonable.
     For welfare-related pollutants, States may balance the emission
guidelines, times for compliance, and other information provided in a
guideline document against other factors of public concern in establishing
emission standards, compliance schedules, and variances, provided that
appropriate consideration  is given to the information presented in the
guideline document and at  public hearing(s) required by subpart B and
that all other requirements of subpart  B are met.  Where sources of
pollutants that  cause only adverse effects to crops are located in
non-agricultural  areas,  for example, or where residents of a community
depend  on  an  economically  marginal plant  for their  livelihood, such
factors may be taken  into  account  (in addition  to those that would
justify variances if  a health-related pollutant were involved).  Thus,
States  will have substantial  flexibility  to  consider factors other than
technology and cost  in establishing  plans  for  the control  of welfare-
related pollutants  if they wish.   In developing and applying standards  for
existing  primary aluminum plants,  the  States are encouraged to  take  into
consideration,  among  other factors,  the remaining useful  life of  the affected
facility.  Where a facility  includes both old  and new  cells, it may  be
                               1-3

-------
reasonable to apoly less stringent standards to the old cells provided
that they are significantly closer to retirement than the new cells.
     For reasons discussed in chapter 2 of this document, the
Administrator has determined that fluoride emissions from primary
aluminum plants may cause or contribute to endangerment of the public
welfare but  that adverse effects on public health  have not been
demonstrated.  As discussed above, this means  that fluoride  emissions
will be considered  a welfare-related pollutant and the States will
have greater flexibility  in establishing  plans for the control of
fluorides  than would be the case  if  public  health  might  be  affected.
     This  guideline document for  primary  aluminum  plant  fluoride emissions
 provides  a brief description of the  primary aluminum industry and an
 explanation of the four types  of electrolytic cells, along with a summary
 of national statistics on production,  plant location, cell  type, and
 future trends.  The causes, nature,  and source of fluoride emissions from
 primary aluminum reduction are discussed, and  the health effects
 associated  with this pollutant are described.  The  greatest emphasis,
 however,  has been  placed on the technical and economic evaluation  of
 control techniques that  are effective  in reducing fluoride  emissions,
 with  particular emphasis on the  retrofit of existing  plants.  Because  of
  this  emphasis,  EPA personnel  visited  nine  primary aluminum plants  to
  gather engineering information and  cost  data on actual  emission control
  retrofits.  Detailed  trip  reports were composed  as;  background source
  materials to support  this  document.   Section 6.3  presents  "retrofit case
  descriptions" for three of the nine plants visited:  these case
                               1-4

-------
descriptions give in depth engineering scopes of work including plant
layouts to scale; duct sizes and lengths; major items of structure,
emission control, and auxiliaries, along with cost breakdowns;  and air
emission reductions realized for the money spent.
     The control equipment and the emission guidelines on which they
are based are discussed in Chapters 6 and 8.  The environmental
assessment of the emission guidelines, including their effects  on energy
and aqueous and solid wastes, is presented and discussed in Chapter 9.
The remainder of this introductory chapter summarizes information presented
in subsequent sections.
1.2  HEALTH AND WELFARE EFFECTS OF FLUORIDES
     Fluoride emissions from primary aluminum plants have been  determined
to be welfare related [i.e. no demonstrated impact upon public  health
for purposes of section lll(d)].  The daily intake of fluoride  inhaled
from the ambient air is only a few hundredths of a milligram -  a very
small fraction of the total intake of the average person.  If a person is
exposed to ambient air containing about  eight micrograms  (yg) of fluoride
per cubic meter, which is  the maximum average concentration that is projected
in the vicinity of a primary aluminum facility with  only moderate control
equipment  (Table 9-5), his  total  daily  intake from this source is
calculated  to be about 150 uo.  This  is  very  low when compared with the
estimated  daily  intake of  about 1200  UQ  from  food, water  and other sources
for the average person.  Also,  the  intake  of  fluoride indirectly through
standard  food chains  is  insignificant.   Fluorides are not  passed  into
dairy  products  and  are only found in  farm  produce in very small amounts.
                                    1-5

-------
     Fluorides do, however,  cause damage to  livestock  and  vegetation
in the immediate vicinity of primary aluminum plants.   Ingestion  of
fluorides by livestock from hay and forage causes bone lesions,  lameness
and impairment of appetite that can result in decreased weight gain or
diminished milk yield.  It can also affect developing  teeth in young
animals, causing more or less severe abnormalities in  permanent teeth.
Exposure of plants to atmospheric fluorides can result in accumulation,
foliar lesions, and alteration in plant development, growth, and
yield.
1.3   FLUORIDES AND THEIR CONTROL
1.3.1  Fluorides
      For purposes of  standards of performance for new  stationary sources,
(SPNSS) and the attendant requirements  of section lll(d),  "total
fluorides" means  the  particulate and gaseous fluorides  that are measured
by test methods as set  forth  in  Methods  13A, 13B and  14, Appendix  A  to
40 CFR  Part 60.
      Particulate  fluorides  emitted  from primary  aluminum plants  include
cryolite  (MagAlFg),  aluminum  fluoride  (A1F3), calcium fluoride  (CaF2),
and chiolite  (Na5Al3F14).
      The  principal  gaseous  fluoride compounds emitted during  normal
 operation are hydrogen  fluoride  (HF) and silicon tetrafluoride  (SiF4).
      The intent of the  SPNSS  is  to limit emissions  of all  of  the above
 fluoride compounds.   EPA source  tests  have  shown that if fluorides are well-
 controlled, the resulting control  of particulates and organics  will
 also be improved.  Control  of all  these pollutants  requires good capture of
 gases from the electrolytic cell and good fluoride removal from the
 captured cell gases.  Rood capture requires not only  good cell  and
 ventilation system design, but also superior equipment maintenance and
                                   1-6

-------
careful cell working in a manner to minimize the time during which any
cell or cell door is open.  Thus, the SPNSS requires control by other
methods than best practical design alone.
1.3.2  Control of Fluorides:  New Primary Aluminum Plants
     In accordance with section 111 of the Clean Air Act, standards of
performance were promulgated on January 26, 1976, for total  fluoride and
visible air emissions from new modified, or reconstructed primary aluminum
plants.  (40 CFR 60 - Subpart S).
     Section 60.192 of Subpart S states that no owner or operator shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any
gases which contain total fluorides in excess of:
     (1)  1 kg/Mg (2 Ib/ton) of aluminum produced for vertical stud
Soderberg and horizontal stud Soderberg plants;
     (2)  0.95 kn/Mq (1.9 Ih/ton) of aluminum produced for potroom groups
at prebake plants; and
     (3)  0.05 kg/Mg (0.1 Ib/ton) of aluminum equivalent for anode
bake plants.
     The owner shall record aluminum and anode production with an accuracy
of ^ 5 percent.  In addition, the air pollution control system for each
affected facility shall be designed for accurate volumetric flow rate
determination and representative total  fluoride sampling.
     Amendments to Subpart S were proposed on September 19, 1978  (43
FR  42188) and are scheduled for  promulgation in late 1979.
     Table  1-1, based on Table 5-2, gives emissions for each of the
aluminum reduction cell types, and  indicates overall control efficiencies
for total fluorides.   It  is evident that future new plants will require much
better control.
                                    1-7

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
1.3.3  Control of Fluorides:  Existing Primary Aluminum Plants
     Th'j intent of Subpart B is to apply best adequately demonstrated
control in order to limit the emissions of designated pollutants from
designated facilities.  As applied to Subpart S, this means applying
particulate and gaseous fluoride control to existing primary aluminum
plants.
     Table 1-2 is based on Table 6-33 and summarizes costs and total
emission reductions for retrofit emission controls at 10 primary
aluminum plants visited and studied by EPA personnel.   Plants A, B,
and C represent those that are presented as retrofit case descriptions
in Sections 6.3.1, 6.3.2, and 6.3.3, respectively.  Cost and retrofit
information for plants D through M is much less complete and detailed.
Table 1-3 identifies the retrofit controls used on eight of the plants
visited.
     As Table 1-3 indicates, one or two of the retrofits were not fully
installed when the costs were collected; the final costs of these were
therefore not known.  Plants A and B (Table 1-2) were chosen for case
descriptions over plants D through G for several reasons other than cost
alone.  Indeed, a rating system was used to choose the best three of the
seven plants for retrofit case descriptions.  Additional rating factors
included amount of available engineering description, decrease in
fluoride emissions by retrofitting, and quality of emission data before
and after retrofitting.
                                1-9

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     Table 1-2 indicates that dry scrubbing - baghouse devices can be
retrofitted to reduce total  fluorides.   Dry scrubbing absorbs gaseous
fluoride on alumina.   This is followed by baghouse collection of residual
particulate fluoride and alumina.  Both the alumina and fluorides can then
be recycled to the electrolytic cells, thus avoiding a solid and liquid
waste problem.  Wet electrostatic precipitators (ESP) can approach the
dry  scrubber  in performance, but they produce an aqueous waste and must
be coupled with scrubbers to absorb all of the HF.
     The  important message in Table 1-2 is that fluoride controls  installed
in existing  primary  aluminum plants vary  greatly  in  capital  cost and even
in operating costs.   Indeed, the actual control must be  specified  to the
plant  and tailor-made for it.   No off-the-shelf control  devices  are
 available and retrofit emission control models  are valid only for the
 conditions and situations upon  which  they are based, when single plants are
 studied.
      Under the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977,  existing facilities must be
 controlled to the degree of emission reduction attainable with the  best
 adequately demonstrated system, considering costs and any non-air quality
 health, environmental  impact, and energy requirements.  For fluoride
 emission control from  existing  primary aluminum facilities, the efficient
 removal  of  fluorides  from a gas  stream is relatively easy.   However, a
 significant  portion  of the  gaseous emissions from the reduction  cells
 can escape  capture  by the collection  hoods,  thus  by-passing  the primary
 control  system.  This situation results  in  two types  of emissions:   those
 captured by the  hood system which pass through the  primary  control  device
                                 1-12

-------
(or primary emissions)  and those which elude the hood system and exit
the building through the roof monitors (or secondary emissions).
     Examination of the average fluoride removal efficiencies of primary
(98.5% removal) and secondary (75% removal) control devices reveals the
importance of good capture of reduction cell emissions by the primary
collection system.  Most plants presently do not control secondary
emissions.  The conclusion, therefore, is that the best system of emission
reduction, considering costs, is an effective hooding system (which
minimizes  secondary emissions)  in combination with wet or dry scrubbing
of  the primary gases.  Because  of the  relative  cell  gas volumes of
differing  cell designs and plant ages; the  physical  layout  of the plant
which  in turn  affects  duct lengths, available space  and access  to areas;
the variation  in  nature  and  amount  of required  demolishments, movings,
and removals;  and the  availability  of electrical  power; the necessary
collection and control  system must  be plant-specific.
      As  illustration of the  preceding paragraph,  capital  costs  in  dollars
per ton  of aluminum produced vary up  to threefold or more among the ten
 primary  aluminum plants shown in Table 1-2.  This variation was approached
 among the three plants detailed as  case descriptions.
 1.4  EMISSION GUIDELINES
 1.4.1  State Emission Guidelines
      Table 1.4 presents the State guidelines for control  of total  fluoride
 emissions from existing primary aluminum plants.  These guidelines  consist of:
 recommended control technologies that EPA  believes  can readily achieve the
 stated  fluoride  collection  and removal  efficiencies; an  indication
 of the  status of primary control on  a national basis,  and  the  conditions
 under which better  primary  control should  be installed or  secondary control
                             1-13

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
added.
     Column 1 of Table 1-4 shows each of the four primary aluminum
electrolytic cell types.  Column 2 shows the corresponding primary
collection (hooding) efficiencies chosen by EPA as readily achievable for
new retrofits.  The values in Columns 3 and 4 were similarly chosen for
primary and secondary removal efficiencies, respectively, for new retrofits.
      Column 5 of Table  1-4 gives EPA findings and recommendations.  All
VSS plants and all  but  one HSS  plant currently (1975) have best achievable
primary collection  efficiency,  and the  VSS  plants all have the best
achievable primary  removal.  The best available primary  control systems
should be  installed on  SWPB  and CWPB plants.  Secondary  controls may be
installed  on  VSS  and  on SWPB plants with severe fluoride problems, but
do not appear to  be justified  on HSS and CVIPB plants  in  most  locations.
 It is assumed that  anode butts  will  be  carefully  cleaned and  their
 fluoride  content minimized before  recycle  to  the  anode  bake  plant;
 otherwise, anode bake plant control  should be required,  depending upon
 the severity of the fluoride problem.
      The primary collection (hooding)  efficiencies were chosen from
 values calculated by EPA and compared—with good agreement—to values
 measured or otherwise arrived at by plant owners.  These derivations of
 hoodinn efficiencies are discussed in  detail  in Section 6.1.2 and elsewhere.2
 Well-designed retrofit  hoods can easily obtain the tabulated efficiencies
 if properly maintained  and  if  the cells are carefully operated.  Similarly,
 good retrofit dry  scrubbers or spray tower-electrostatic precipitator
 combinations can readily  achieve 98.5  percent fluoride  removal.
      Some existing secondary removal units (scrubbers)  may not be able  to
 achieve  75  percent efficiency  (see  Section 6.2.3).   Control  officials  should
 carefully study costs, impacts, and energy requirements before requiring
 either  improvements  or initial  retrofits.  Table 6-10  presents data from
                                   1-15

-------
five U.S. plants that had secondary scrubbing  following  primary  control,  and
fluoride loadings to secondary of 5.7 to 8 Ibs F/ton AT.   Four of these plants
achieved secondary fluoride removal of at least 75 percent.   If  it were possible
through considerable effort to increase hooding efficiencies in  a plant of these
types to approach 90 percent, the secondary scrubber efficiency  would tend to
decrease, but this probably would not overbalance the fine performance of the
hoods.   In this case, the control official should balance the overall controlled
fluoride emission against costs and  the  local fluoride problem.
      If hooding were  added to, or  replaced on, an existing HSS  plant,
EPA believes  that modern technology  can  achieve 90% collection  efficiency,
 in almost  all  cases.  A plant may  exist, however, where  there is  insufficient
 space to install  proper ducting, or  it may be economically  impractical  to
 install best hooding.
      If a modern primary removal  system were  added to,  or replaced on,
 an existing HSS plant,  EPA believes that modern technology can  achieve
 98.5% removal efficiency.  A modern spray tower added ahead of  existing
 wet ESP's can raise primary  removal efficiency to 98.5.  This spray tower
 addition may be economically impractical if  sufficient space does not exist
 within  a reasonable  distance of fluoride source and wet  ESP.
       If an HSS plant has existing primary collection efficiency  of  85-90%
 and primary  removal  efficiencies  of 95  - 98.5%, control  agencies should
 closely study costs  and benefits,  before requiring retrofits.   In the
 above efficiency ranges,  retrofit does not seem  justified  unless there  is
 a local fluoride problem.
       If hooding were added  to,  or replaced  on,  an existing CWPB plant,
  EPA believes that modern technology can achieve 95% collection efficiency,
  in almost all cases.  A plant may exist, however, where there  is insufficient
                                   1-16

-------
space to install  proper ducting, or it may be economically impractical  to
install best hooding.
     If a modern primary removal system were added to, or replaced on,  an
existing CWPB plant, EPA believes that modern technology can achieve 98.5%
removal efficiency.
     If a CWPB plant has existing primary collection efficiency of 90-95%
and primary removal efficiencies of 95 - 98.5%, control agencies should
closely study costs and benefits, before requiring retrofits.  In the above
efficiency ranges,  retrofit does not seem justified unless there is a
local  fluoride problem.
1.4.2   Performance  of Recommended Emission Controls
     Table 1-5 shows the performance to  be expected by application of
the  State guidelines for control of emissions  from existing  primary
aluminum plants.   The performances are expressed  as average  fluoride
emissions,  in Column 7; they  were  calculated with equation  7.1,
using  the cell evolution values in Column  6  and the recommended  fluoride
collection  and  removal  efficiencies of Columns 2-4.   The  cell  fluoride
evolution values  in Column 6  correspond  to the largest and  smallest
 values reported  by industry for the given  cell types.   Therefore,  the
 average fluoride emission  values shown in  the  last  column of Table
 1-5 represent expected ranges.   For example,  the  last column shows that
 the average emissions  from CWPB plants will  range from 1.7 - 4.2 Ibs
 F/ton Al,  provided that all these plants have or  install  controls equivalent
 to 95 percent hooding  efficiency and  98.5 percent primary removal  efficiency.
      The incremental  cost effectiveness  for the  guidelines of Table 1-4
 can be inferred from those given in Table 7-9.  Secondary control of HSS
 and CWPB cells has very high incremental cost effectiveness of $10 - $40
                                  1-17

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
per pound of fluoride removal.   Corresponding figures for VSS are $4 -
$8 per pound and are a minimum of $4 per pound for SWPB.
     The States should, therefore, be guided by the principles set forth
in this discussion and in Section 8, and should set emission limits with
consideration of severity of fluoride problem, costs, and any nonair
quality health and environmental  impact and energy requirements.
      It should be noted that changes in the cell bath ratio, NaF/AlF3,
will  change  a cell evolution rate, which will change -  or tend to change -
the  emissions from the fluoride  control devices.
      It  is  important to emphasize here  that  the new  source  performance
standards  quoted  in  Section  1.3.2 apply limits  not to be  exceeded  to  new
plants;  however,  the calculated  emissions  that  illustrate the  State
guidelines for  existing  plants are averages,  only.
 1.4.3.   Emission  Testing
      The above guidelines are structured  to give  the States maximum
 flexibility in use of existing emission control,  and of source sampling
 and analytical  methods adapted to each plant.  State regulations are now
 in place which limit fluoride emissions from existing primary aluminum
 plants.  These regulations vary  from State to State and differ from
 Federal new source  performance standards.  EPA compliance test reference
 methods 13(a), 13(b), and 14  were developed for use with these new
 source performance  standards.   However, installation of  Method 14  ductwork
 on  existing plants  may be very  expensive  in  some cases,  or  may even  be
 precluded  because of inadaptability to the  existing roof monitor.
 Therefore,  in  order to avoid  costly and  unnecessary modifications  of
  roof monitor  sampling systems,  EPA does  not soecify compliance  testing
  for existing  plants.
                                   1-19

-------
1.5  ASSESSMENTS
1.5.1  Economic
     Control costs might have been derived from Table 1-2,  where actual
costs for retrofit emission controls are shown.  However, the plant sample
is not large, even though all four cell types are represented.  Also, the
costs of greater or lesser degrees of control would be difficult to
estimate.   Considerable engineering design, quotations, and drawings would
be required to  make these emission level costs consistent in  quality with
the  actual  costs shown  in Table 1-2.
     The model  approach of reference  3 was used  to  investigate  the
effects of  various  controlled  fluoride emission  levels on costs.  Nineteen
costed  control  modules  were  chosen  to represent  various  degrees of  emission
collection  and control.   For example, capital  cost  modules  for  a prebake
 plant included those  for  hooding  improvement,  primary collection system,
 and for fluidized bed dry scrubber.   The latter two items  represent
 different degrees of fluoride emissions  control  and also different costs.
 The total   retrofit capital cost for a given plant is estimated by determining
 the items  that have to be improved,  installed, dismantled or replaced,
 and adding  the corresponding control module costs.
      The control modules are based on generalized costs applicable to
 courtyard  control  systems.  They are also based on typical values of  gas
                                 1-20

-------
 volumes to primary and  secondary controls.   In addition, control costs per
 unit of production derived by using these modules do not vary significantly
 with p'ant size.  These, and other assumptions underlying the modules,
 are approximations.  In general, direct cost comparison with specific
 plants is not justified.
     The value of models lies mainly in their ability to evaluate changes,
 not to estimate accurate construction costs.  The latter requires very
 accurate information; the former is less demanding since errors tend to
 cancel out when differences are measured.   This offsetting of positive
 and negative cost errors should reduce the average error as the number of
 plants studied increases.   The cost differences among levels of control
should be more realistic than absolute cost levels.
     Fluoride emission control  costs  were  arrived at by the following
general  process:
     1.   Data shown in Table  7-2 were  obtained  on fluoride  emissions
         from the 31  U.S.  primary aluminum plants, along with current
         fluoride controls  at these plants.   Cell  evolution rates,
         primary  and  secondary  loadings, and emissions  were obtained
         mostly  from  Section  114 letter  responses  from  plants
         representing 86 percent of CWPB capacity and all of the
         domestic  VSS,  HSS, and  SWPB capacity.
        The  initial,  or existing  controls  and  corresponding performances
         for  each  plant  are illustrated in  Table  7-2.
    2.  Eight plants were taken  for study  and  illustration  and
        additional controls  were added for  logical  steps from existing
        to better control combinations.  Specifically,  these steps
        were to install:
                              1-21

-------
        a.  Best primary collection for the cell type, if needed.
        b.  Best primary removal and water treatment, if needed.
        c.  Secondary  control with scrubber water treatment.
        d.  Anode  bake plant  control system and water treatment,  if
            needed.
     The cost  results for all  eight plants  are  given  in September 1977 dollars
in Table 7-9,  part  of which is reproduced  below as  Table  1-6  for purposes
of illustration.  Table 7-9 is too  limited to  allow making  general
statements on  costs of other plants,  but the following  tabulation will
serve to illustrate how model  costs  can be drawn up.   For HSS plant 26
as illustrated:
                                                        $/Annual Ton A1
         Install lime  treatment of cryolite
           bleed stream                                     $2.4.3
         Improve hooding                                    18.54
         Install wet ESP                                    243-09
         Remove spray  tower                                   6-10
          Install lime  treatment for additional
           cryolite  bleed  stream                              2-43
          Install spray screen                               97-36
          Install waste water  lime treatment
 The capital cost of $386 per annual  ton of aluminum results from addition
 of all the cost modules, and the annualized cost can be derived in the
 same way.  Tables 7-4 and 7-7  contain these control module costs.  As
 Table 1-6 shows, water treatment of cryolite bleed plus improved hooding
                                  1-22

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
costs $2.43 + $18.54 = $20.97 per annual  ton,  for a decrease in average
fluoride emission of 16.1 Ib F/ton Al.   It costs $5.68 to remove 16.1
pounds of fluoride for a cumulative cost of $0.35 per pound of fluoride;
in this case, the incremental cost is  also the same.  The cost effectiveness
is based on the annualized cost.
1.5.2  Environmental
     Table 1-7  gives the environmental  impacts of best primary control
and of maximum control.   For best primary control, each existing plant is
upgraded to the level of best cell hooding and primary control for that
particular plant.  This  level is  not meant to be the lowest national level
of emission control improvement.   However, the second case - that of
maximum or best primary and secondary control  - does represent the
highest possible level of improvement.   Thus, the environmental impacts
of Table 1-7 bracket the conditions that should result from applying
State guidelines.  This table is  based on the status of the primary
aluminum domestic plants as of the Spring of 1975.
     The table shows the annual removal  of particulate emissions; good
control of particulates is necessary for good fluoride removal.
     There will be a negligible change in aqueous and solid wastes caused
by adoption of State guidelines.
     The data on cell fluoride emissions in the final rows of Table 1-7
indicate that existing plants require much better than current controls.
1.5,3  Energy
     Table 1-7 shows the national tonnage of coal that is equivalent to
the energy required for fluoride emission control.  National control to
the level of best hooding and primary control will  increase fluoride
control energy expenditures by as little as 120,000 megawatt hours per

                               1-24

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
year over existing control.  This energy is equivalent to the generation
of an additional 14 megawatts of electrical power nationally, or to an
average incremental fluoride control power expense of 0.44 megawatts
per plant.  In comparison, an average of 283 megawatts of electrolytic
power is required per domestic primary aluminum plant.
1.6  COMPLIANCE TIMES
     The compliance times  for the installation of a typical fluoride
emission control  system  at a primary aluminum plant is shown in Table 1-8.
This table  represents a  moderately  complicated case involving the
 improvement of hooding and the  installation  of fluidized  bed dry scrubbers.
 Such a  project involves  not  only the  installation of  the  very large  dry
 scrubbers  (see Figures 6-13  and 6-14)  but also of storage and surge  tanks,
 conveyors,  fans and long lengths of huge ductwork with associated  foundations,
 structural  steelwork,  and electrical  drive systems.
      As explained in Section 6.4, and indicated  above, the large  amount
 of material procurement  causes an overlap of most design and construction
 activities.  At a given  time,  numerous items are in various stages of
 design, procurement, and  construction.  For this reason, contracts for
 major  items cannot be awarded simultaneously, but are made over a range
 of time as shown in Table 1-8.
      One important step that is almost wholly beyond the control  of the
 customer or the  control official is the  delivery time.   Table 1-8   is
 based  on delivery  times as  of  the  summer of 1974.  The time required from
 order  to delivery  increased greatly from 1973 to 1974 and  passed  all
 former bounds for  certain items used  for adding retrofit controls at
                                    1-26

-------
primary aluminum plants.   Thus, delivery reports gave 35-50 weeks for

electrical switchgear, 25-60 weeks for fans and 35-65 weeks for

electrical motors.  Deliveries can depend partly upon quantity ordered,

continuity of business through the years, and most favored customer

status.

Table 1-8.   INCREMENTS OF PROGRESS FOR INSTALLATION OF FLUORIDE
          EMISSION CONTROLS IN AN EXISTING PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANT

Increments of progress                     Elapsed time - weeks

Preliminary control plan and compliance
schedule to appropriate agency                        25

Award of major contracts                           35 - 55

Start of construction                                 60

Completion of construction                           124

Final compliance                                     130



     Table 1-9  gives the time required to retrofit eight actual primary

aluminum  plants.   In  each case, the whole  plant was retrofitted, except for

plant  F.  Only plants C, E, and H had secondary control originally and

only plant E improved its secondary control, at a cost of about  65 percent

of  its  total retrofit expenditure.  Plant  B  built and operated a pilot

plant  during two  of the 4-1/2  years of  retrofit activity.  The completion

time of 5-1/2 years for plant  G includes  3 years  for improved  cell hooding

and 3  years  for dry scrubber  installation.   The 3 years for  improved

hooding is due to a claimed economic  advantage  for modifying cells over
                               1-27

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
the normal 3-year life of their cathode linings.   Had plant G so
elected, the dry scrubber installation could have proceeded simultaneously
with cell hooding improvements, reducing the completion time to about 3
years.
     The actual time requirements shown in Table 1-9 could probably have
been decreased if there had, at the time, been a requirement or incentive
to do so.  With no capital return, the usual requirements for haste was
reduced, except for any time when production could have been held up.
      In  view of the above discussion, a reasonable total time for
retrofitting emission controls to a primary aluminum plant may be taken
as about 3 years.  However, because of the changing situation on equipment
manufacturing  and delivery times, and variable time requirements for
financing,  it  is recommended that enforcement officials consider each
plant on a  case-by-case  basis.  They  should require proof  for the time
requirements claimed  for  each  milestone  shown in Table  18.   Additional
time  allowance may  be riade  if  it  takes  longer than  indicated in Table  18
to  reach compliance after completion  of  construction.
                                1-29

-------
1.7  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 1

1.   Varner, Bruce A. and Crane, George B.   Actual  Costs for Retrofit of
     Fluoride Emission Controls to Existing Primary Aluminum Plants.
     Paper presented at 83rd National  Meeting American Institute of
     Chemical Engineers, Houston, Texas.   March 20-24, 1977.

2.   Varner, Bruce A. and Crane, George B.   Estimation of Primary Collection
     Efficiency for New or Retrofit Hooding for Primary Aluminum Cells.
     Paper presented at 69th Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control
     Association, Portland, Oregon, June 27-July 1, 1976.

3.   Air Pollution Control in the Primary Aluminum Industry.  Singmaster
     and Breyer, New York, New York.  Prepared for Office of Air Programs,
     Environmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, North
     Carolina, under Contract Number CPA 70-21.  July 1973.
                                   1-30

-------
           2.  HEALTH AND WELFARE EFFECTS OF FLUORIDES

2.1  INTRODUCTION
     In accordance with 40 CFR 60.22(b), promulgated on November 17,  1975
(40 FR 53340), this chapter presents a summary of the available infor-
mation on the potential health and welfare effects of fluorides and the
rationale for the Administrator's determination that it is a welfare-
related pollutant for purposes of section lll(d) of the Clean Air Act.
     The Administrator first considers potential health and welfare
effects of a designated pollutant in connection with the establishment
of standards of performance for new sources of that pollutant under
section lll(b) of the Act.  Before such standards may be established,
the Administrator must find that the pollutant in question "may contribute
significantly to air pollution which causes or contributes to the endanger-
ment of public health or welfare" [see section 111(b)(l)(a)].  Because
this finding is, in effect, a prerequisite to the same pollutant's being
identified as a designated pollutant under section lll(d), all  designated
pollutants will have been found to have potential adverse effects on
public health, public welfare, or both.
     As discussed in section 1.1 above, Subpart B of Part 60 distinguishes
between designated pollutants that may cause or contribute to endangerment
of public health (referred to as "health-related pollutants") and those
for which adverse effects on public health have not been demonstrated
("welfare-related pollutants").  In general, the significance of the
distinction is that States have more flexibility in establishing plans
for the control of welfare-related pollutants than is provided for
plans involving health-related pollutants.
                              2-1

-------
     In determining whether a designated pollutant  is  health-related
or welfare-related for purposes  of section lll(d),  the Administrator
considers such factors as:  (1) Known and suspected  effects  of the
pollutant on public health  and welfare; (2) potential  ambient concentrations
of the pollutant; (3) generation of any secondary pollutants for which
the designated pollutant may be a precursor; (4) any synergistic effect
with other pollutants; and (5) potential effects from accumulation in
the environment  (e.g., soil, water and food chains).
     It should be noted that the Administrator's determination whether
a designated pollutant is health-related or welfare-related for purposes
of section lll(d) does not affect the degree of control represented by
EPA's  emission guidelines.   For reasons discussed in the preamble to
Subpart B, EPA's emission  guidelines [like standards of performance for
new sources under section  lll(b)] are based on the  degree of control
achievable with  the best adequately  demonstrated control systems  (considering
costs),  rather than on direct protection  of public  health or welfare.  This
is true whether  a  particular designated pollutant has  been  found  to be
health-related or welfare-related.   Thus, the only  consequence  of that
 finding  is  the degree of flexibility that will  be  available to  the States
 in establishing  plans for  control  of the pollutant, as indicated above.
 2.2  EFFLCT OF FLUORIDES OR  HUMAN  HEALTH1
 2.2.1   Atmospheric Fluorides
      The daily intake of fluoride inhaled from  the ambient air is only a
 few hundredths of a milligram - a very small  fraction of the total  intake
 for the average person.   If a person is exposed to ambient air containing
 about 8 micrograms  (yg) of fluoride per cubic meter, which is the maximum
 average concentration that is projected in the  vicinity of a primary
                                2-2

-------
aluminum facility with only mediocre control  equipment (Table 9-5),  his total
daily intake from this source is calculated to be about 150 yg.   This
is very low compared with the estimated daily intake of about 1200 yg
from food, water, and other sources for the average person.
     Few instances of health effects in people have been attributed
to community airborne fluoride, and they occurred in investigations
of the health of persons living in the immediate vicinity of fluoride-
emitting industries.  The only effects consistently observed are
decreased tooth decay and slight mottling of tooth enamel when compared
to control community observations.  Crippling fluorosis resulting from
industrial exposure to fluoride seldom (if ever) occurs today, owing
to the establishment of  and adherence to threshold limits for exposure
of workers to fluoride.  It has never been seen  in the United States.
Even  persons occupationally exposed to airborne  fluoride do  not  usually
come  in  contact with fluoride  concentrations  exceeding the recommended
industrial threshold  limit values  (TLV).   The current TLV for hydrogen
fluoride is  3 parts  per  million  (ppm) while  that for  particulate
fluoride is  2.5 milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m )  expressed as  elemental
fluorine.
      There  is evidence that  airborne  fluoride concentrations that
produce  no  plant injury  contribute quantities of fluoride  that  are
negligible  in terms  of possible adverse  effects  on human  health and
 offer a  satisfactory margin  of protection for people.
      Gaseous hydrogen fluoride is absorbed from the respiratory tract
 and through the skin.  Fluoride retained in the body is  found  almost
 entirely in the bones and teeth.   Under normal  conditions, atmospheric
                               2-3

-------
fluoride represents only a very small  portion of the body fluoride
burden.
2.2.2  Ingested Fluorides
     Many careful studies, which were reviewed by the National  Academy
of Sciences, have been made of human populations living in the  vicinity
of large stationary sources of fluoride emissions.  Even in situations
where poisoning of grazing animals was present, no human illness due
to fluoride poisoning has been found.  In some of these areas much of
the food used by the people was locally produced.  Selection, processing,
and cooking of vegetables, grains and fruits gives a much lower fluoride
intake in human diets than in that of animals grazing on contaminated
pasture.
      In poisoned animals, fluorine levels are several thousand times
normal in bone, and barely twice normal in milk or meat.  Calves and
lambs  nursing from poisoned mothers do not have fluorosis.  They do not
develop poisoning  until  they begin to graze.  Meat, milk and eggs from
local  animals contain very little more fluoride than the same foods
from  unpoisoned  animals.  This  is due to the fact that fluorine is
deposited in the bones  almost  entirely.
2.3   EFFECT OF FLUORIDES ON ANIMALS1
      In areas where fluoride air  pollution is  a  problem, high-fluoride
vegetation  is  the  major source of fluoride intake by livestock.
 Inhalation  contributes  only a  negligible amount  to  the total fluoride
 intake of such animals.
      The  available evidence indicates  that dairy cattle  are  the
 domestic  animals most sensitive to  fluorides,  and protection of dairy
 cattle from adverse effects will  protect other classes  of  livestock.

                              2-4

-------
     Ingestion of fluoride from hay and forage causes bone lesions,
lameness, and impairment of appetite that can result in decreased
weight gain or diminished milk yield.  It can also affect developing
teeth in young animals, causing more or less severe abnormalities in
permanent teeth.
     Experiments have indicated that long-term ingestion of 40 ppm
or more of fluoride in the ration of dairy cattle will produce a
significant incidence of lameness, bone lesions, and dental fluorosis,
along with an effect on growth and milk production.  Continual inges-
tion of a ration containing less than 40 ppm will give discernible
but nondamaging effects.  However, full protection requires that a
time limit be placed on the period during which high intakes can be
tolerated.
     It has been suggested that dairy cattle can tolerate the ingestion
of forage that averages 40 ppm of fluoride for a year, 60 ppm for up to
2 months and 80 ppm for up to 1 month.  The usual food supplements are
low in fluoride and will reduce the fluoride concentration of the total
ration to the extent that they are fed.
     Fluoride-containing dusts can be non-injurious to vegetation but
contain hazardous amounts of fluoride in terms of forage for farm
animals.  Phosphate rock is an example of a dust that seemingly has
not injured plants but  is injurious to farm animals.  This was made
evident forty years ago when an attempt was made to feed phosphate
rock as a dietary supplement source of calcium and phosphate.  Fluoride
                               2
injury quickly became apparent.   Phosphate rock is used for this
purpose today, but only after defluorinating by heat treatment.  Phos-
phate rock typically contains up  to about four weight percent fluorine.
                              2-5

-------
2.4  EFFECT OF ATMOSPHERIC FLUORIDES ON VEGETATION1 '  3' 4
     The previous sections state that atmospheric fluorides  are not a
direct problem to people or animals in the United States,  but that
animals could be seriously harmed by injestion of fluoride from forage.
Indeed, the more important aspect of fluoride in the  ambient air is
its effect on vegetation and its accumulation in forage that leads to
harmful effects in cattle and other animals.   The hazard  to  these
receptors is limited to particular areas:   industrial sources having
poorly controlled fluoride emissions and farms located in close
proximity to facilities emitting fluorides.
     Exposure of plants to atmospheric fluorides can  result  in accumu-
lation, foliar lesions, and alteration in plant development, growth,
and yield.4 According to their response to fluorides, plants may be
classed as sensitive, intermediate, and resistant.  Sensitive plants
include several conifers, several fruits and berries, and some grasses
such as sweet corn and sorghum.  Resistant plants include several
deciduous trees and numerous vegetable and field crops.  Most forage
crops  are tolerant or only moderately susceptible.   In addition to
differences among species and varieties, the duration of exposure,
stage  of development and rate of growth, and the environmental condi-
tions  and agricultural practices are  important factors in determining
the susceptibility of plants to fluorides.
     The average concentration of  fluoride in or on  foliage  that appears
to be  important for animals  is 40  ppm.  The available data suggest
that a threshold for significant foliar necrosis on  sensitive  species,
or an  accumulation of fluoride  in  forage of more than 40  ppm would
                              2-6

-------
result from exposure to a 30-day average air concentration of gaseous
                                                      2
fluoride of about 0.5 rnicrograms per cubic meter (yg/m ).
     Examples of plant fluoride exposures that relate to leaf damage
                                          2
and crop reduction are shown in Table 2-1.   As shown, all varieties
of sorghum and the less resistant varieties of corn and tomatoes are
particularly susceptible to damage by fluoride ambient air concentra-
tions projectel i.i the immediate vicinity of primary aluminum facilities
(See Table 9-5).
Z.5  THE EFFECT OF ATMOSPHERIC FLUORIDES ON MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
2.5.1  Etching of Glass2
     It is well known that glass and other high-silica materials are
etched by exposure to volatile fluorides like HF and SiF..  Some
experiments have been performed where panes of glass were fumigated
with HF in chambers.  Definite etching resulted from nine hours
exposure at a level of 590 ppb.  Pronounced etching
resulted 14.5 hours exposure at 790 ppb.  Such levels would,
of course, cause extensive damage to many species of vegetation.
However, ambient concentrations of this magnitude are improbable
provided that a aluminum facility properly maintains and operates
some type of control equipment for abating fluoride emissions.
2.5.2  Effects of Fluorides on Structures
     At the relatively low gaseous concentrations of fluorides in
emissions from industrial processes, 1000 ppm or less, the damage
caused by fluorides is probably limited mostly to glass and brick.
Occasionally, damage to the interior brick lining of a stack has
been attributed to fluorides emitted in an industrial process.
                            2-7

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     Fluoride damage occurs to the high silica brick used in the furnaces

for baking carbon anodes for aluminum reduction cells.

 2.6 RATIONALE

     Based on the information provided the preceding sections of Chapter

2, it is clear that fluoride emissions from primary aluminum plants have

no significant effect on human health.  Fluoride emissions, however, do

have adverse effects on livestock and vegetation.  As Table 3-3 indicates,

most of the domestic aluminum plants are located in agricultural, dairy,

and forest environments.  Therefore the Administrator has concluded that

fluoride emissions from primary aluminum plants do not contribute to the

endangerment of public health.   Thus, fluoride emissions will be considered

a welfare-related pollutant for purposes of section lll(d) and Subpart B

of Part 60.


2.7  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 2

1.    Biologic Effects of Atmospheric Pollutants:  Fluorides.  National
     Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.   Prepared for Fnvironmental
     Protection Agency, Durham, NC, under Contract Number CPA 70-42.
     1971.

2.    Robinson, J. M.  et al.  Engineering and Cost Effectiveness Study
     of Fluoride Emissions Control.  Resources Research, Inc. and TRW
     Systems Group, McLean, VA.  Prepared for Office of Air Programs,
     Environmental Protection Agency, Durham, NC, under Contract
     Number EHSD 71-14.  January 1972.

3.    Carlson, C.  E. and Dewey,  J.  E.   Environmental Pollution by
     Fluorides in Flathead National Forest and Glacier National Park.
     U.S.  Department of Agriculture - Forest Service.   Missoula,
     Montana.  October 1971.

4.    Jacobson, J.S. and Hill, A.C., editors:  Recognition of Air Pollution
     Injury to Vegetation:   A Pictorial  Atlas.  Air Pollution Control
     Association and National Air Pollution Control Association, 1970.  p. D1-D17,

5.    Peletti, E.   Corrosion and Materials of Construction.   In:
     Phosphoric Acid, Volume I, Slack, A.  V. (ed).   Mew York, Marcel
     Dekker, Inc., 1978.   p.  779-884.


                                2-9

-------
       3.   U. S. PRIMARY ALUMINUM MANUFACTURING STATISTICS

 3.1   EXISTING PLANTS
 3.1.1    Introduction
      Aluminum ranks first in production among all  nonferrous  metals
 produced  in the United States.1   The United States is  the world's  leading
 producer  of primary aluminum.   Primary aluminum is produced by electro-
 lytic  reduction of alumina  which in  turn is produced by  refining bauxite
 ore;  secondary aluminum is  produced  by re-working  aluminum scrap.
 Primary production in  the U.  S.  in 1977 totalled 4.54  million  short  tons
 compared  with an estimated  world total  of 15.05 million  short  tons.2
 U.S. production reached a record high  in 1974 of 4.90  million  short  tons.
     Primary capacity  in the  U.S. at the end  of 1977 was  estimated at
 5.19 million short tons  and was accounted  for by  31 plants.4   At
 the end of  1977,  there were 12 U.S.  primary producers; about 65
 percent of  primary capacity was  accounted for by three producers--
 Alcoa,  Reynolds,  and Kaiser.3
     Aluminum produced  by electrolytic  reduction of  alumina has an
 average purity  of  about 99.5 percent.   The  largest market  for aluminum
 in 1977 was  the building and construction field (23.1 percent), fol-
 lowed by transportation  (21.7 percent),  containers and packaging (20.8
 percent),  electrical (10.0  percent),  consumer durables  (7.9 percent),
 other - primarily  for defense (4.2 percent), machinery and equipment
 (6.9 percent), and exports  (5.4 percent).5  Further refining of aluminum
can produce  "super purity" aluminum,  which  is 99.99 percent pure.   This
grade of aluminum  is used as a catalyst carrier in making high octane
gasoline,  for forming jewelry, and,  in the form of foil,  for the electronics
industry.
                                3-1

-------
     Molten primary aluminum may be shipped directly to a customer's
plant in insulated ladles.   More commonly,  it is cast into ingots or
billets of varying shapes and sizes, sometimes after being alloyed.
These may be fabricated at the reduction plant site or shipped to
another site for fabrication by the primary producer or an independent
fabricator.
     Fabricating may consist of:  rolling the ingot into plate, sheet,
and foile; forging into special shapes; drawing the ingot into rod, bar,
wire, and drawn tube, extruding billets into tubings, rod, bar, and
special shapes; or melting ingot and atomizing  into powder, paste,
and flake.  Molten aluminum may also be cast, although casting proudcers
use mostly secondary aluminum  for this purpose.
      In 1977,  6.68 million short tons of aluminum were shipped from U.S.
primary and secondary producers at  a value  of $13.3 billion.   In  1976,
shipments  totalled 6.37  million short tons  at an estimated value  of
$11.22  billion.6
3.1.2  Location and  Size
      The  31  U.S.  primary aluminum  plants producing alumina by electro-
 lytic reduction of alumina  at the  end  of 1977 are  listed in  Table
 3_1.3> 7"14  The  list includes location, company ownership,  and
 annual  capacity by the type of reduction cell  in use.  Table 3-1
 shows that plant capacities range from 35,000 to 285,000 short tons
 per year and that 20 of the 31 plants  exclusively  or primarily use
 center-worked or side-worked prebake reduction cells.  The horizontal
 Soderberg reduction cell is the second most popular choice.
                              3-2

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     In selecting sites for primary aluminum reduction  plants,
producers have had to consider several  factors  that affect production
cost.  Three principal factors are:
     1.  Costs for shipping the major raw material, alumina,  to the
         reduction plant site,
     2.  Electrical energy costs for reducing alumina to aluminum
         in the reduction cells, and
     3.  Costs for shipping aluminum to the fabricator or to  the
         market.
     Alumina consumed by U. S. primary producers is manufactured in
the south central U. S.s in South America, and in the West Indies and
          l fi
Australia.    Although principal fabricator sites are found in  the
Northeast and the Midwest and in California,   the availability of
low cost hydroelectric power has been the overriding factor in  plant site
selection and has  resulted in the  location of plants in such areas as the
                                                 I O
Pacific  Northwest  and  the Tennessee River Valley.    Moderate cost steam-
generated power  has  attracted several plants to the Ohio River Vallev,
closer to the Northeast  and Midwest markets.
     Most of the aluminum  reduction plants in the United States are
located  in  predominantly rural  areas with a sparse population density,
as estimated by  the  total  population of towns or cities within a 10-mile
radius of each plant given in 1960 or later census figures.
     Table  3-2 shows  the distribution of plants with respect to
population.
                               3-7

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
3.2.2  Plant Location and Cell  Type



     No pronounced geographical shifts in the location of primary


aluminum plants have occurred since 1966.  Plants continue to be


located mainly near  sources of low-cost power in the Pacific


Northwest and the Tennessee and Ohio  River Vallevs; however, most


of the available  hydroelectric power  in  the U.S. has now  been


harnessed.  Greater  use  of nuclear and nonnuclear steam-nenerated


power  could result  in  any future  U.S. primary aluminum  plants  beina


located  closer to the  marketplace.


     Table 3-6, which  summarizes  U. S. trends in cell design since World


War  II,  shows that the primary aluminum  industry favored  adoption of


Soderberg cells during the 1950s  but  that the present trend is  toward


prebake  cells.  This trend is  expected to continue since  new prebake


cells  should  be able to  meet EPA  standards of perfor  ance fcr  r.ev:


primary  aluminum  olants  (see Section  1.3) more  easily  and less

                                      28
expensively than  new Soderberg plants.



3.2.3   New  Producers and Technology


      It  appears  that unless  government  regulation  intervenes,  aluminum

                                                                         29
 producers  may become part of multi-material  industries  by the  mid-1980s.


 Aluminum would most likely  become allied with  two  of  its  strongest  competitors,


 steel  and plastic.   One  steel  company has already  become a primary


 aluminum producer.   Also, some aluminum fabricators  have accomplished or


 are considering backward integration into primary  aluminum.   Furthermore,


 there appears to be a trend for  foreign producers  to establish primary

                                                          30
 plants in the U. S. to gain easy access to U.  S. markets.
                               3-13

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
using high-alumina clay commercially and the  Russians  are  using  alunite
and an alumina-containing igneous  rock known  as  nepheline  syenite.   It
appears that high-alumina clay is  the most likely candidate for
                                   31
commercial development in the U.  S.
     U. S. and foreign producers  have experimented with various
methods of directly reducing bauxite or non-bauxite ore to aluminum.
Applied Aluminum Research Corp.* has announced that it is  developing
the Toth Process by which non-bauxitic ores are directly reduced to
aluminum.  The process involves conversion of the ore to aluminum
chloride, purification, reaction of aluminum chloride with  manaanese
to produce aluminum and  manganese  chloride, and regeneration of the
          32
manganese.
      Alcoa has announced  the  development of a process involving the
conversion of conventionally  made  alumina  to aluminum trichloride
and  subsequent electrolytic  reduction  to yield  aluminum metal and
recyclable chlorine.32  This  method,  known as the  Alcoa Smelting
Process,  reduces  electric power requirements by 30 percent.
 3.3  PRICE STATISTICS
      Table 3-7 gives  average  list prices  of  virgin  primary  aluminum
 ingot for selected years from 1930 to  196933'34  and closing New  York
 cash prices for selected dates from August 1970  to  February 1975.

 Mention of specific companies or products in this  document does not
 constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
                               3-16

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
3.  Reference 2, above,  pp.  34-35.

4.  Reference 2, above,  p.  36.

5.  Reference 2, above,  p.  16.

6.  U.S. Industrial  Outlook.   Domestic  and  International Business
    Administration,  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce, Washington, D.C.
    1978 edition,  p.  65.

7   Air Pollution Control in the Primary Aluminum  Industrv.  New York,
    NY  Singmaster and Brever.  Prepared for Office of Air Programs,
    U S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C.,
    under Contract Number CPA 70-21.  July 23, 1973.  p. 2-22, 2-23.

8  Letter from Dr. P. R. Atkins, Aluminum Company of America,
    Pittsburgh, Pa. to D.R. Goodwin, Emission Standards and Engineering
    Division, OAQPS,  Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
    Park, N.C., dated June 20, 1974.

9  Personal  communication from Dr. P. A. Atkins, Aluminum Comoanv of
    America,  Pittsburgh, Pa. to B. A. Varner, Emission Standards and
    Engineering Division, OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency,
    Research  Triangle Park, N.C., June 25,  1974.

10  Letter  from Dr.  B.  S.  Hulcher,  Revnolds  Metals  Companv, Richmond, Va.
    to D  R.  Goodwin, Emission Standards and  Engineering Division, OAQPS,
    Environmental  Protection Agency, Research Triangle  Park, N.C., dated
    June 28,  1974.

11   Letter from K.  Cyr,  Anaconda  Aluminum  Company,  Louisville,  Ky. to
     D  R.  Goodwin,  Emission  Standards  and  Engineering  Division,  OAQPS,
     Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Research Triangle  Park,  N.C.,
     dated June 21, 1974.

12   Letter from J. L. Loyer,  Howmet Corporation,  Greenwich, Conn, to
     D R  Goodwin, Emission Standards  and Engineering Division,  OAQPS,
     Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,  N.C., dated
     October 31, 1974.

13   Letter from W. F. Boyer, Jr., Consolidated  Aluminum Corporation,
   '  Lake Charles, La. to B. A. Varner, Emission Standards  and Engineering
     Division, OAQPS, Environmental  Protection Agency, Research Triangle
     Park, N.C., dated June 25, 1974.

14  Letter from J. L. Byrne, Martin Marietta Aluminum, to  D.R. Goodwin,
   '  Emission Standards  and Engineering Division, OAQPS, Environmental
     Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, N.C., dated October 10,
      1974.

 15   Farin   P  and  G. G. Reibsamen.  Aluminum, Profile of an Industry.
      New York,  N.Y.,  Metals Week, McGraw-Hill Inc.,  1969. p. 153.

                                3-18

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
remains as a molten metal  layer  underneath the  cryolite.   The

cryolite bath thus also protects the aluminum from  the atmosphere.


The byproduct oxygen migrates to and combines with  the consumable

carbon anode to form carbon dioxide and carbon  monoxide,  which


continually evolve from the cell.

     Alumina and cryolite are periodically added to the bath to

replenish material that is removed or consumed  in normal  operation.


The weight ratio of sodium fluoride (NaF) to aluminum fluoride

(AlFj in cryolite fs  1.50.  However, it has been found that adding
    3                                               £
excess A1F3 to reduce  the bath ratio to 1.30 to 1.45  will increase

cell current efficiency and  lower the bath melting point permitting


lower  operating temperatures.   Fluorspar, or calcium fluoride, may


also be added  to  lower the bath  melting point.

     Periodically,  the molten aluminum is siphoned or  "tapped" from


beneath the cryolite  bath, moved in  the molten  state  to  holding

furnaces  in the casting  area, and  fluxed  to  remove trace  impurities.

The product aluminum  is  later tapped from the  holding  furnaces and

 cast into ingots  or billets  to  await further processing  or  shipped


molten in insulated ladles.

      The  reaction:


      A12  03 + 1  1/2 C ^ 2A1  +  1 1/2 C02                           (4-1)



absorbs 261.9  kcal per gram mole of alumina reacted  at 1000 F, which


 is equivalent to  2.56 kilowatt-hours (kwh)  of  energy per pound  of

 aluminum produced.7  In actual  practice, however,  some energy is used


 to bring the reactants (including the carbon anode)  up to temperature
                                A-d

-------
and is lost in the byproduct gas stream,  with the tapped  aluminum,


and to the building.   The latter occurs principally through the low


temper*ture heat leak provided by the molten aluminum layer beneath


the cryolite bath.  A small  portion of the molten aluminum mixes


with the bath and is carried to the anode where it is oxidized back


to alumina, reducing some of the carbon dioxide to carbon monoxide.


(Much of the hot carbon monoxide is oxidized back to carbon dioxide


upon contacting air.)  This reduction absorbs additional  energy, and


practically the total cell energy requirement is from 6 to 9 kwh per


pound of aluminum produced.  Furthermore, although the stoichiometric


carbon requirement by equation  (4.1)  is 9.33 pound per pound of


aluminum produced, the reduction of carbon dioxide to carbon monoxide


increases  the carbon requirement to about 0.50 pound per pound of

  n   •       J   A 7>8
aluminum produced.

      A tyoical  late design cell may operate  at 100,000 amperes and


4.5  volts  (450  kilowatts), producing  1540 pounds of  aluminum per


day  for an energy consumption  of approximately 7 kwh per pound of

                  9
aluminum produced.


      A large  number of cells are linked together electrically in series

 to form  a  potline,  the basic  production  unit of  the  reduction  plant.


The  potline may be  housed in  one or  two  long ventilated  buildings


 called potrooms.  A  typical  plan view of  a  potroom in  schematic


 form is  shown in  Figure  4-3.   A typical  elevation  might  be as  shown


 in Figure  4-4.   The  pots may be arranged  end to  end  or side by side.


 The roof "monitor"  or  ventilator  shown in Figure 4-4 usually

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
runs the length of the building and serves the important function
of releasing the heat lost from the pots to the building air, thus
maintaining workable conditions around the pots.  Outside air may
be introduced to the potroom through side vents, or forced through
a central floor plenum, or both.
     The "process" of primary aluminum reduction is essentially
one of materials handling.  It can be shown schematically as a flow
diagram such as Figure 4-5.  The true difference in the various
process modifications used by the industry lies in the type of
reduction cell used.  Three types of reduction cells or pots are
used in the United States:  nrebake (PB), horizontal stud
Soderberg (HSS), and vertical  stud Soderberg (VSS).  Both Soderberg
cells employ continuously formed consumable carbon anodes where the
anode paste is baked by the energy of the reduction cell itself.
The prebake cell, as indicated by its name, employs a replaceable,
consumable carbon anode, formed by baking in a separate facility
called an anode bake plant, prior to its use in the cell.
     The preparation of anode materials is usually an ancillary
operation at the reduction  plant site.   Figure 4-6 is a typical
flow diagram for the preparation of prebake anodes.  In the carbon
plant, or "green mill", coke is crushed and sized; cleaned, returned
anode butts are crushed; and both are mixed together with pitch and
molded to form self-supporting green anode blocks.  Figure 4-6 shows
solid coal tar pitch moving to a crusher.  The pitch may not be coal
tar, and it may be received and handled as a liquid.  The green anode
blocks are fired and baked in a pit baking furnace, or ring furnace.
Subsequently, a steel or iron electrode is bonded into a preformed hole

                               4-7

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
in each block.   The electrode serves as  an electrical  connector and
holds the anode in place in the bath.  The ring furnace operation
comprises the anode bake plant.  A second typs of furnace,  the
tunnel kiln, has also been developed for baking anodes.
     The preparation of Soderberg anode  material is similar to that
for prebake cells, except that the pitch  is always liquid, the anode
paste  is not molded and baked  prior to cell usage, and no anode
material is returned from the  cells to the carbon plant.
     Since the potrooms housing the reduction cells and the prebake
anode  bake plant are the facilities affected by the standards of per-
formance for new primary aluminum plants  and attendant State plans for
controlling existing plants, the different cell types  and the bake plant
merit further  consideration.   Process items specific to each are dis-
cussed in  the  following sections.

4.2   PREBAKE PROCESS
      Prebake cells use a  number  of  anodes suspended  in the
electrolyte, in essence the original  design of the Hall-Heroult
process.   The  anodes are  press-formed from a  carbon  paste  and  are
 baked in a ring furnace or tunnel  kiln.
 4.2.1  Anode Bake Plant
 4.2.1.1  Ring  Furnace14'15--The ring furnace  consists of compartmentalized,
  sunken, brick  baking pits with surrounding interconnecting flues.
 Green anodes are packed into the pits,  with  a blanket of coke or
 anthracite filling the space between the anode blocks and the walls
                                4-1 n

-------
of the pits.  A 10- to 12-inch blanket of calcined petroleum coke
fills the top of each pit above the top layer of anodes.   The
blanket helps to prevent oxidation  of the carbon anodes.
     The pits are fired with natural gas-fired or oil-fired
manifolded burners for a period of about 40 to 48 hours.   The flue
system of the furnace is arranged so that hot gas from the pits being
fired is drawn through the next section of pits to gradually preheat
the next batch of anodes before they are fired, in turn,  when the
manifold is progressively moved.  Air for combustion is drawn through
the sections previously under fire, cooling them down.  The anodes
are fired to approximately 1,200°C, and the cycle of placing green
anodes, preheating, firing, cooling, and removal is approximately
28 days.
      Firing of sections proceeds down one side  of the rectangular
furnace building  and  back the other  in a  "ring" pattern.  Proceeding
around  the  building,  the pattern of  sections  cooling down,  sections
under fire, sections  heating  up, and empty sections is repeated
several times.
      Ring furnaces  use  outside  flues under draft, and since the  flue
walls are of  dry-type construction,  most  volatile materials
released  from the anodes during the baking cycle  (principally
hydrocarbons  from the pitch  binder)  are  drawn,  with the  combustion
products  of the  firing,  into  the flue  gases  where  they are  burned
at about  1300°C.15

-------
     Flue gases  may be passed  through  fluoride  scrubbers and perhaps
electrostatic precipitators  to reduce  temperature  and  scrub or co-
precipitate out a portion of the hydrocarbons  before exhausting  to
a stack.
     The furnace buildings spanning the lines  of baking pits  are
usually open at the side and ventilated through gravity roof
monitors without emission controls.
     The baked anodes are stripped from the furnace pits by means
of an overhead crane  on which pneumatic systems for loading and
removing the coke  pit packing may also be mounted.  The packing
may  subsequently become  part  of other green anodes in  the carbon
pJant.15
 4.2.1.2 Tunnel  Kiln16—A second  type of furnace,  the  tunnel kiln,
 has  been developed for  application  in the  baking  of anodes.  The
 kiln is an indirect-fired chamber in  which a  controlled atmosphere
 is maintained to prevent oxidation of the  carbon  anodes.   Green
 anode blocks are loaded on  transporter units  that enter the  kiln
 through an air lock, pass successively through a  preheating  zone, a
 firing zone, and a cooling  zone, and leave the kiln through  a
 second air lock.  The refractory beds of the cars are sealed
 mechanically to the  kiln walls to form the muffle chamber, and yet
 permit movement of the  units through the  kiln.
                             4-12

-------
     The muffle chamber is externally heated by combustion gases,
and the products of combustion are discharged through an independent
stack system.
     Effluent gases from the baking anodes may be introduced into
the fire box so as to recover the fuel value of hydrocarbons and
reduce the quantity of unburned hydrocarbon to approximately 1
percent of that coming from a ring furnace.  Further reduction of
solid and gaseous emissions may be achieved by the use of heat
exchangers,  scrubbers, and electrostatic precipitators.
     Although  the tunnel  kiln presents mechanical problems  in design
and  operation,  it is reported to  have several  appreciable advantages
over the  ring  type of  furnace:
     1.   Baking cycle  from  green  to  finished  anode  is much  shorter.
     2.   Anode baking  is  more uniform.
     3.   Space requirements  for  equal capacity furnaces  is  less.
     4.   Smaller gas volumes  are  handled  through  the furnace
          emission  control  system.
     The successful  development  of the  tunnel  kiln  in this  application
 is recent,  and to date only one  installation is in  normal  operation.
      Baked  anodes are  delivered  to air  blast cleaning machines
 utilizing fine coke as blasting  grit.  Fins, scrafs, and adherent
 packing is  removed by  this treatment, and the baked anodes are  then
 transferred to the rodding room where the electrodes are attached.
                              A-13

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
                      ALUMINA
                       HOPPER
               ELECTROLYTE
      GAS COLLECTION
         HOOD
 SOLIDIFIED CRUST
OF ELECTROLYTE AND
     ALUMINA

STEEL SHELL

INSULATION

CARBON LINING
       GAS COLLECTION DUCT

ANODE BUS BAR

     CARBON ANODE

       GAS & FUME EVOLVING
               CATHODE
             COLLECTOR BAR
                                                                   BUS BAR
                      MOLTEN ALUMINUM
                    Figure 4-7.  Details of prebake reduction cell.18
      The  general  trend in prebake anode design has been toward

 larger  anode blocks, obtaining greater  effective anode/cathode

 surface ratios and lower current densities at the anodes for

 equivalent power inputs.
                      ip TQ on
 4.3  SODERBERG CELLS10'1*'

      There are two types of Soderberg  cells, each having a  single

 large  carbon anode, but differing  in the method of anode bus

 connection to the anode mass.   In  both the vertical stud Soderberg

 (VSS)  and the horizontal stud  Soderberg (HSS), a green anode  paste

 is  fed periodically into the open  top of a rectangular steel

 compartment and baked  by the heat  of the cell to a solid coherent

 mass as the material moves  down the casing.
                                   4-15

-------
     In both types of Soderberg cells,  the in-place baking of the
anode paste results in the release of hydrocarbon fumes and
volatiles derived from the pitch binder of the paste mixture.  These
products are a component of the Soderberg cell emissions and are
essentially absent from those of the prebake cells.  If not removed
from the gas stream, the pitch components will condense in and
plug subsequent doctwork and emission control devices.
    Although the Soderberg cells required more electrical  energy to
oroduce a aiven weiaht of metallic aluminum, and create problems
in emission control, they were acclaimed  initially because they did
away with the need  for a separate anode manufacturing  facility.
      Partially  because  the  volatile  pitch components  can  condense
 in the ductwork and the  control  device,  and partially because
 of the problems of simultaneously controlling fluorides and  organic
 emissions,  any  economic  advantage of the Soderberg systems is
 diminishing and the trend appears to be toward the prebake cell.
      Furthermore, although prebake cells may be center-worked or
 side-worked,  the use of a single large carbon anode requires that
 both types of Soderberg cells be side-worked.  As will be discussed
 in Section 6.1, center-worked cells lend themselves to more
 efficient hooding and hence more efficient emission control.

 4.3.1  Vertical Stud Reduction Cells
       Figure 4-8 shows a sectional view of a  typical vertical stud
 Soderberg reduction cell.  The anode casing  is stationary,  the
 electrical connection from the  studs  to the bus bar is riqid,  and

                              4-16

-------
                        STUDS -i  -
           ANODE CASING
BUS BAR

RISERS

ANODE PASTE
BAKED ANODE	
           SKIRT
SOLIDIFIED CRUST
OF ELECTROLYTE
AND ALUMINA


STEEL SHELL

CARBON LINING

ELECTROLYTE

MOLTEN ALUMINUM
              TO GAS
         _^_ TREATMENT
              PLANT

         BURNER

         GAS AND TAR BURNING

         GAS EVOLVING
           CATHODE
          COLLECTOR
             BAR

           THERMAL
          INSULATION
              Figure 4-8. Details of vertical stud Soderberg reduction cell.18



  the steel  current-carrying studs project  vertically through the

  unbaked  paste portion and into the  baked  portion of the anode.  As

  the anode  is  consumed and moves down  the  casing, the bottommost

  stude  are  periodically extracted before they become exposed to the

  bath at  the bottom of the anode.
       The stationary anode casing and  the  projection of the studs

  through  the top of the anode allow  the installation of a  gas

  collection skirt between the anode  casing and the bath surface.

  The  gases are ducted to  integral  gas  burners where the hydrocarbon

   tars  are burned  to  gaseous  fractions  that do not  interfere with

   the  operation of subsequent pollutant removal equipment.

   Maintenance  of  the  skirt system is a problem, however.

   Irregularities  in cell  operation can extinguish  the  burner  flame,

   and  the skirts  may  melt or be  deformed by the heat.   Pilot  lights

   can  help  ensure that  the burners stay  lighted.
                               4-17

-------
4.3.2  Horizontal  Stud Reduction Cells
     Figure 4-9 shows a sectional view  of a typical  horizontal
stud Soderberg reduction cell.  The anode, suspended over the pot,
is contained in a rectangular compartment made of aluminum sheeting
and perforated steel channels that is raised or lowered by means
of powered -jacks.  The entire anode assembly is moved downward as
the working surface  is oxidized.  Studs are inserted into the anode
through  3-inch perforations  in  the steel  channels at a point about
3 feet or so above  the molten bath where  the paste  is still fairly
 soft.  Electrical  contact  is through flexible  connectors  between
 the studs and  the  bus bar.   As  the anode  is moved downward,  the
 paste bakes  solid  and grips  the stud.   When  the  bottom  channel  reaches
 the bath, the flexible connectors are  moved  to a higher row  of  studs,
 the studs in the bottom row are pulled out,  and the bottom channels
 are removed.
      The construction of the HSS cell  prevents the installation of
  an integral gas collection device such as a skirt,  since the anode
  casing  is formed by removable  channels supporting  the horizontal
  stud  electrodes, and these  channels are  periodically changed as the
  anode moves downward and  is  consumed.  Hooding  is  restricted to
  canopy  suspension,  resulting in so much  air dilution that self-supporting
  combustion  in burners  is  not possible.   The hydrocarbon  tars thus
  condense in  the  ductwork  and tend to  plug pollutant removal
  equipment.
                                 4-18

-------
ALUMINA HOPPER
FULLY BAKED ANODE
SOLIDIFIED CRUST
 OF ELECTROLYTE
 AND ALUMINA

STEEL SHELL

INSULATION
CARBON LINING
                          ELECTROLYTE
                                                    GAS COLLECTION DUCT

                                                           ANODE PASTE

                                                             POT
                                                        ENCLOSURE DOOR

                                                        PARTIALLY BAKED
                                                            PASTE

                                                           ANODE STUDS

                                                          GAS AND FUME
                                                            EVOLVING


                                                       MOLTEN ALUMINUM


                                                             CATHODE
                                                             COLLECTOR
                                                               BAR
          Figure 4-9.  Details of horizontal stud Soderberg reduction cell.18
  4.4  REFERENCES  FOR SECTION 4
Air Pollution Control  in  the Drimary Aluminum Industry.   Sinamaster
and Breyer, Hew York,  !i.Y.   Prepared for Office of Air Pronrams,
Environmental Protection  Aqency,  Research Triannle Park,  N.C.,  under
Contract Number CPA  70-21.   July  23, 1973.  p. 3-1, 3-2,  3-6  to 3-10,
3-16, 3-18 to
                     3-23.
  2.  Background  Information for Establishment of National Standards
      of Performance  for New Sources. Primary Aluminum  Industry.
      Environmental Engineering, Gainesville, Florida.   Preoared  for
      Air Pollution Control  Office, Environmental Protection  Agency,
      Durham, N.C., under Contract Number CPA 70-142, Task Order
      No. 2.  (Draft  Copy dated March 15, 1971).  D.  2-1  to  2-8.

  3.  Shreve, R.  N.   Chemical Process Industries. 3rd Ed.  New York,
      N.Y., McGraw-Hill  Book Company, 1967.  pp. 246  -  250.

  4.  Robinson, J. M.  et al.  Engineering and Cost Effectiveness  Study
      of Fluoride Emissions  Control.  Resources Research, Inc.  and
      TRW Systems Group, McLean, Va.  Prepared for Office of  Air
      Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, Durham, N.C.,  under
      Contract Number EHSD 71-14.  January 1972.  p.  3-13,  3-15,  3-17.
                                 4-19

-------
 5.   Background  Information  for  Standards of Performance::  Primary
     Aluminum Industry.   Volume  1:  Proposed Standards.  Emission
     Standards and Engineering Division, OAQPS, Environmental
     Protection  Agency,  Research Triangle Park, N.C., Ocllober 1974.

 6.   Reference 1,  above,  p.  3-1, 3-2.

 7.   Reference 3,  above,  p.  246.

 8.   Reference 4,  above,  p.  3-17.

 9.   Reference 1,  above,  p.  3-6, 3-8.

10.   Reference 2,  above,  p.  2-5.

11.   Reference 2,  above,  p.  2-6.

12.   Reference 2,  above,  p.  2-8.

13.   Reference 1,  above,  p.  3-20.   (Modified)

14.   Reference 1,  above,  p.  3-21.

15.   Varner, B.  A., Trip Report:  Trip to Alcoa  (Badin, N.C.)
     Aluminum Plant, Standards  Development  and Implementation
     Division, SSPCP, Environmental Protection Agency,  Research
     Triangle Park, N.C.  Auciust 21, 1972.

16.   Reference 1,  above, p.  3-22.

17.   Reference 1,  above, p.  3-10, 3-12.

18.   Reference 2,  above, p.  2-9, 2-10.

19.  Reference 1,  above, p.  3-12, 3-13, 3-16.

20.  Reference 2,  above, p.  2-11.
                               4-20

-------
                     5.  FLUORIDE EMISSIONS1
     Pollutants emitted from primary aluminum plants include fluorides,



participates, hydrocarbons (organics), sulfur oxides, carbon monoxide,



and nitrogen oxides.  EPA tests have shown nitrogen oxide levels to



be insignificant.  Although significant levels of sulfur oxides and



carbon monoxide can be emitted, control technology has not been



demonstrated and adequate source test data defining emission levels



have not been obtained for these two pollutants.  On the other hand,



fluoride control has been demonstrated and characterized through EPA



source tests.  These tests have also shown that, if fluorides are



well controlled, the resulting incidental control of particulates and



organics will be good.  For these reasons 3 the  LPA standards of per-



formance for new primary aluminum plants  are  stated in terms  of



fluoride.   Likewise, discussion of emissions,  control  techniques, economic




impact and emission standards  in this document is restricted  to fluorides



except where other pollutants  have a bearing  on cost or performance.





 5.1   POINTS  OF  EMISSION1'2



      The  principal  points of  fluoride  emission  are the primary  and



 secondary emissions  from  the  potrooms  housing  the  reduction  cells



 and,  in the  case  of the prebake  cell,  the emissions  from  the associated



 anode  bake plant.   Figure 5-1  shows  these emission points from  a



 prebake plant with  an  anode ring  furnace.  The  anode  bake plant,



 together  with  its emissions,  is not  part of the  Soderberg plant.



      Figure  5-2  shows  now the reduction  cells  are  hooded  and how the



 evolved gas  stream  is  ducted  to  a primary control  device  exterior  to
                            b-1

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
the potroom.  Emissions from this device are termed primary emissions.
That portion of the evolved gas stream that escapes the hooding passes
to the monitor in the roof of the potroom, where there may or may
not be a secondary control device.  Emissions from the building are
termed secondary emissions.
     For potroom emissions, the overall control efficiency (OCE) may
be expressed as:
                  OCE= npcnpr+  (1 - npc)nscnsr                    (5.1)
where:  n   =  Primary  collection  efficiency
         pc
        n   =  Primary  removal  efficiency
        n   =  Secondary collection efficiency
         o C
        n   =  Secondary removal  efficiency
      Some plants  in  the United States  employ both  primary and secondary
 removal equipment.   However,  the majority of plants  do not have secondary
 equipment,  relying on  efficient primary collection (good hooding)  to
 obtain high overall  control  efficiencies.  For these plants, n$r = 0
 and equation  (5.1) reduces to:

                            OCE= VV                            (5'2)
      A few  U. S. plants  employ only secondary removal equipment.
 For these plants, npc = 0 and equation (5.1) reduces to:
                            OCE = n  r,                               (5-3)
                                   'sc 'sr
 Although secondary collection efficiency might be assumed to be 100
 percent in  this scheme, deficiency in the design of the provisions for

-------
air intake to the buildings may bring about a reduction  in  the  collection
efficiency.  Some potline buildings have openings in the sidewalls  at
working floor level through which ventilation air enters as shown in
Figure 5-3.  This air is supposed to sweep past the cells and up
through the roof monitor collection system, but adverse winds may blow
through the buildings in such a way as to carry potline emissions out
through wall openings in the buildings, thus short circuiting the
collection system  and reducing  its efficiency.   Figure  5-4 shows a
building  arrangement that  helps  to avoid  this  short  circuiting of the
collection system.  Fresh  air  is  drawn  into  the  building below the working
floor level  and is allowed to  pass  up through  gratings  past  the  cells
to the monitor collection  system.
      For the more general  case of primary plus secondary control,  if
 it is assumed that all  secondary emissions are from the roof monitor,
 then:
                              v-,.0
  and equation (5.1) can be written in terms  of three  variables:

                      OCE  =  VV  +  °  - V)nsr                     (5'5)

  Equation (5.5) is the expression of OCE that will be used in
  discussing  retrofit control techniques (Section 6).   However, the
  aforementioned limitation on secondary collection efficiency because of
  short circuiting  should be  kept  in  mind.
       Fluoride  is lost  from the potrooi in other ways besides the
  airborne crinarv  and  secondary cessions.   Fioure 5-5 shows a fluoride

-------
      INDUCED DRAFT FAN
                                         ROOF MONITOR SPRAYS
      Figure 5-3.  Room collection system, sidewall entry.3
ROOF MONITOR SPRAYS
                                             INDUCED DRAFT FAN
                                                             FLOOR GRATING
       Figure 5-4. Room collection system, basement entry.3
                              5-6

-------
                              PRIMARY
                                AIR
                              EMISSION
                                  4.2
SECONDARY
    AIR
 EMISSION
                                                 10.8
                             SPRAY
                             SCRUBBER
                             WET
                             REMOVAL
                                  38.4
RECOVERED
 SOLIDS
                              MULTIPLE
                              CYCLONE
                              DRY
                              RECOVERY
                                  54.4
          34.2
 WATER
 EFFLUENT
• - IMPOUNDED,
 LOST, OR
 RECOVERED
 AS CRYOLITE
                                                 10.8
               16
               44
  CRYOLITE
               24
 ALUMINUM	*•
  FLUORIDE
  CALCIUM •
  FLUORIDE
               2.8
                                     POTROOM
                                                            20
                                                                  •*- POT LININGS
                                                            1.6
                                                                 -»•- SPENT BUTTS
      Figure 5-5.  Specific prebake potroom fluoride  balance (balance values
      in pounds of total fluoride per ton of aluminum produced).4
                                     5-7

-------
balance, in pounds of total  fluoride  per ton  of  aluminum  produced,
around a specific prebake potroom.    This particular plant  has  no
secondary removal equipment.  Its primary removal  equipment consists
of multiple cyclones for dry recovery of particulate fluoride followed
by spray scrubbers to remove most of the gaseous fluoride and some
particulate fluoride.  This level of control  is  neither representative of
best demonstrated control technology for new plants nor of best retrcfit
for existing plants.
    For the potroom  shown in Figure 5-5, approximately 65 of the 87
pounds  of fluoride  (or 75 percent of the total) added to the pots is
released in the  potroom  emissions.  About 20 pounds  is absorbed into  the
pot cathode linings  and  1.6 pounds adheres to the anode  butts.  The butts
 are  returned  to  the carbon  plant (see Figure 4-6) and the  linings may
be treated  to  recover cryolite  after  their useful life  (about  3
years).
     Of the approximately 54 pounds  directed  to  the  primary removal
 equipment, only 16 pounds are recovered and  returned directly to  the
 pots. About 34 pounds end up in the scrubber water discharge.   This
  large  quantity  of  fluoride may  be discharged directly with  the plant
  effluent,  treated  to remove most of  the fluoride content  and  then
  discharged,  or  sent to  a cryolite  recovery  plant  for further  process-
  ing.   Zero fluoride water  discharge  is difficult  to attain with any
  of  these  alternatives.
       Although the airborne primary  emission is only about 4 pounds,
  the relatively low primary collection  efficiency (83.4 percent)  and
  the lack of any secondary  removal  equipment for the specific potroom
                              5-8

-------
result in a secondary emission of about 11  pounds,  for a  total emission
of 15 pounds and an overall control efficiency of only // percent
of the 65.2 pounds generated.
  5.2   UNCONTROLLED  EMISSIONS  -  SOURCE, CHARACTERISTICS, AMD
  5.2.1   Reduction  Cells  (All  Types )b'6
       Fluorides  are emitted from the  reduction  cell  as  parti cul ates
  and gases.
  5.2.1.1   Parti cul ates— Parti cul ates  originate  from  the volatilization
  of the  cryolite bath  with  subsequent condensation,  from mechanical
  entrainment of  bath material  by the  air sweep  over  the cell  surface a
  and from dusting  of raw materials  during the raw  material  feeding
  operations.
       The largest  particulate component  is alumina.   Fluoride
  components  that have  been  identified include cryolite  (NaJ\lFg),
  aluminum fluoride (A1F.,),  calcium  fluoride (CaF9),  and chiolite
                        O                        L.
     rAl-F-..).  Other non-fluoride parti cul ates are  carbon, hydrocarbon
     s, and iron  oxide  (Fe^O..).   It  is estimated that fluorides
  comprise 10 to 25 percent of the  total  parti cul ates.
       Reported determinations of particle size  distributions  in
  primary  uncontrolled cell emissions  are plotted in Figure  56.
  Two plots  are shown for prebake potlines,  one  reported  as  the
  average  of four samples of pot emissions,  the  other as  the average
  of five  samples of electrostatic  precipitator  intate.   A single  plot
                              5-9

-------
   100
      98
E
n.
oi
M
O
    90 —
    80
    70
    60
    50
    40
    30
    20
    10
      c
      8
      "j
      6
      c
     0.
             QR
                     90
                               WEIGHT PERCENT LARGER PARTICLES

                              80     70   60    50  40    30    20
                                          10
T
                                 HSS
                                         PB TOTAL SOLIDS
                                                                1
                       10
 20    30    40   50   60   70     80

 WEIGHT PERCENT SMALLER PARTICLES
                                                                         90
                                                   95
0
0
0
0

0
                                                                HSS TOTAL SOLIDS       —
                                                                                         20
                                                            1.0
                                                            0.9
                                                            0.8
                                                            0.7
                                                            0.6

                                                            0.5

                                                            0.4

                                                            0.3


                                                            0.2
                                                                                          0.1
                                                                                        98
                                                               INDUSTRY REPORTED DATA


      Figure 5-6.  Particle size weight distribution of potline primary cell emissions.8

                                           5-10

-------
of average samples is shown for HSS.   l',o cornoarable data have been
obtained for VSS emissions.
     These plots are illustrative of the comparative size
characteristics of the primary dusts from two types of cells.
The slopes of these data give an indication of the range of particle
sizes  in the samples, and  the placement of the curves on the plot
indicates  that  a  substantial  fraction of the orebake and HSS
particulate weight  is submicron, or  in  the range where  particulate
removal efficiencies of most  equipment  are low.
     A more recent  determination of  particle size  distributions
in  primary uncontrolled HSS  cell emissions is  shown  in  Figure 5-7.
For this  study:   (1)  The  mass  mean  particle diameter was  5.5  micro-
meters (ym).   (2)  The  geometric standard  deviation  was quite  hi oh
 (around 25).   (3)  Thirty  percent by mass of the particles were less
than 1 um and  1G  percent were less  than 0.2  um in  diameter.  (4)  The
mass mean particle  diameter  and the standard deviation  were  lower,
 and the particle  mass concentration was higher when  the cell crust
was unstable  (gas vents).   (5)   Increasing the air collection  flow
 rate increased the  mass  mean particle  diameter,  but  the particle
mass concentration  remained  the same.   (6)   The  fraction of  particles
 less than 0.5  m  decreased as the  distance from  the  cell  increased
 in the primary cell gas  collection  duct.
      Published or reported particle size distribution data are
 sparse and techniques  for measurement  are  subject to variations,
 even among different investigators using similar equipment,  so
 caution should be exercised  in drawing conclusions from these  data
 or in comparing data from one source with  those from another.
                             5-11

-------
   100
     98
E
3.
(A

LU
_J
o
95
                    90
                  WEIGHT PERCENT LARGER PARTICLES


                80    70   60   50   40   30     20
                                                                      10
                     10
                 20     30   40   50   60   70     80



                   WEIGHT PERCENT SMALLER PARTICLES
                                                                       90
                                                                                       0.1
         Figure 5-7.  Particle size weight distribution of HSS primary cell emissions.9


                                              5-12

-------
5.2.1.2  Gases--The Drincioal  qases emitted from the reduction cell


are carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.   Gaseous fluoride components


present durina normal operation include hydrogen fluoride (HF) and


silicon tf-rafluoride (SiPA).   Other gaseous, non-fluoride components


are sulfur dioxide (S02), hydrogen sulfide (H,S), carbonyl sulfide (COS),


carbon disulfide (CS^, and water vanor.  The S02 is becomina a problem


(1970) because of increasinn sulfur content in anode raw materials.


Durina an anode effect (discussed below), fluorocarbons, orincipally


carbon tetrafluoride (CF4) and very small amounts of hexafluoroethane

                                 2
(CoFfi), are known to be produced. "


     Thermal hydrolysis of volatized bath materials appears to be


responsible for a substantial part of the hydrogen fluoride found in


reduction cell fumes.  This reaction of  solid or vaporized fluorides at


elevated  temperatures takes nlace  primarily at  the point where the  hot


gases  escape through vents in the  crust  at the  cell surface.


     A source of  hydrogen  is  necessary  for the  Generation of  hydrogen


fluoride.  Water  vapor in  the air  is a  contributor of  part of this  hydrogen


Other  sources include residual moisture  in alumina and bath raw materials,


and  hydrocarbons  in  the  carbon anodes.   Generation of  HF  increases  with


increased cell operation  temperature.


      Some gaseous hydrogen fluoride  is  removed  from the reduction cell


fumes  by interaction with the contained particulate matter.   Chemical


reaction is  responsible  for  some of  this pickup,  and  some is  the  result


of chemisorption, absorption, and adsorption.


 5.2.1.3   Composition and Quantity—Although  the determination of  total


 fluoride content of fumes may be guite reliable, estimates  of the distri-


 bution of fluoride between gaseous and particulate forms is  subject to
                                 5-13

-------
uncertainty because of such factors as the degree of thermal hydrolysis
during burning of the gases and the method of separation of gases and
particulates during sampling.  One study reports that the ratio of gaseous
to particulate fluoride in reduction cell fumes varies over a range of
about 0.5 to 1.3.10  These values are given for fumes that have burned
in contact with air.  Weighted average data obtained in a data
acquisition questionnaire  indicate that this ratio  is about 1.2 for
prebake cells, 1.7  for HSS cells, and 3.0 for VSS cells with  integral
gas burners.    Unburned funes usually show a lower rationof  about
O.3.10
     The rate of uncontrolled total fluoride emissions  (evolution or
generation) also varies over a wide range, from 25  to 65 pounds per
ton  (Ib/ton) of aluminum produced.  Section 5.3.1 gives the range and
average evolution  for each cell  type.
     The effective  control  of ei'iiss^o  s  from  ar  aluminum reduction
 potline involves  attention to:
     1.    Operating conditions  in the  cells.
     2.    Collection of pollutants from  the  cells.
     3.    Removal  of pollutants  from the collected streams.
 Uncontrolled emission minimization through  proper operation will  now
 be discussed.  Items (b)  and (c) will be teken up in Section 6.
     The quantity and composition of uncontrolled emissions can
 be strongly influenced by operatinq conditions such as temnerature,
                                  5-14

-------
bath ratio, frequency of anode effects, and method of crust breaking.
Moreover, it may vary with time for any given plant, because of
gradual changes that may occur in potline operations.
5.2.1.4  Normal Operation—Under normal cell operation, experimental
work established correlations between three cell operating parameters
and the level of fluoride generation for a 10,000 ampere laboratory
experimental prebake type aluminum reduction cell.    It was shown that
increasing bath ratio (NaF/AlF-), increasing alumina content of the
bath, and decreasing the bath temperature combine to effect a decrease
in the fluoride generated.  These effects would be expected from the following
principles of physical chemistry:  (a) A1F., is more volatile than NaF and
tends to be driven off as its relative amount increases; (b) decreased
temperature decreases the evolution of all volatiles, including A1F~;
and, (c) the addition of alumina should tend to increase aluminum ions
concentration in the melt, which may decrease fluoride ion concentration
by a mass action effect.  This effect would change fluoride ions into AlFo.
Fluoride ions in the bath are probably not volatile, but A1F~ is volatile.
Table 5-1 summarizes the findings of these tests.

                Table 5-1.  EXPERIMENTAL EFFECT OF THREE OPERATING
                       VARIABLES ON FLUORIDE GENERATION12

Bath
(1.44



ratio
to 1.54)
1.50
1.50
Range of variabl
Alumina
content, %
4
(3 to 5)
4
e
Temperature
°C
975
975
(982 to 972)
Fluoride
level ,
% decrease
31
20
24
                             5-15

-------
     The report of the above experimental  work  calls  attention to the
fact that "determination of the effect of operating  variables on the
fluoride emission from electrolytic reduction cells  is difficult to
accomplish with a high degree of certainty.   This is true even with
small-scale experimental cells operated by research  personnel.  It
appears from the work reported here, however, that cell temperature,
bath ratio, and alumina concentration are the most important variables
                                   12
affecting total fluoride emission."
     It should be noted that the researchers did not carry out an
exhaustive study of all the variables that could affect fluoride
emissions.  Also, the absolute relationships reported may not hold
for  full-scale cell operation.
5.2.1.5   Process  Interruption—Normal cell operation  is  interrupted by
occasional anode  effects,  cell working  to introduce  alumina  feed,  and
periodic  tapping  of molten aluminum.  Cells  may also be  operated at
elevated  temperatures in  a "sick"  condition.   Normal  operation  of prebake
 cells  is  interrupted  by the periodic changing  of anodes, and normal
 operation of VSS cells can be interrupted by a "stud blow..11
      Tapping and changing anodes cause moderate increases in fluoride
 evolution, depending  upon how much of the molten electrolyte is
 exposed.   Anode effects,  operation at elevated temperatures, cell working,
 and stud blows can cause significant increases in fluoride evolution and
 will now be examined in some detail.
 5.2.1.5.1  Anode effects—Normally a cell operates with about 2 to  5
 percent  of alumina in  solution  in the  bath, but as the electrolysis
 proceeds the alumina content  is decreased, being intermittently replenished

                             5-16

-------
 by feed additions.   When this  content falls  to about 1.5 to 2.0 per-
 cent the phenomenon of an "anode effect"  occurs.  It is believed that
 at ten's alumina concentration  the bath fails to wet  the carbon anode
 and a gas film of CF^ collects under the  anode.  This film causes  a
 high electrical resistance, the normal cell  voltage  increases  10
 to 15-fold,  and the power input to the cell  increases more than 10-
 fold.   To correct the condition the cell  crust must  be broken  and
 more alumina added  to bring the concentration back to its  normal
 content.   The gas film ut der the anode is  dispersed  and the cell
 returns to normal voltage.
      The power increase to  the cell  is converted into heat, which  in
 turn raises  the temoerature of the cell electrolyte.   At the
 higher cell  temperature,  the fluoride evolution is increased.   For
 the anode effect evolution  rate compared with quiet  cell  operation,
         13
one study   found a 27-fold increase in solid F and  a 2.7-fold
increase in HF.  Another study    determined that the  normal fluoride
 evolution from a crusted-over  cell  is  approximately  30  pounds  of fluoride
 per ton of aluminum produced,  but during  an  anode effect the fluoride
evolution rate increases to approximately  756 Ib/ton  of aluminum.
      Depending on the  promptness  with  which  the cell  operator  reacts,
 this  anode effect may  last  from 3 to  15 minutes.  Occasionally
 cell  operators  will  deliberately  allow anode  effects  to  continue in or-
 der to  soften  an  unusually  hard  crust.  Automatic crustbreakers help
 to  minimize  the  need  for  this  practice.  In  normal cell  operation
                            5-17

-------
with manual crust breaking, the frequency of anode effects  is  from less
than 1/2 to as many as 6 anode effects per cell-day.
     The frequency of anode effects can be reduced to the range of 1/2
to 1 anode effect per cell-day by placing cells on an anode effect
suppression system.   Workings  of  the  cell are scheduled  so that the
alumina content of the electrolyte is replenished before it falls below
the  concentration causing  the  anode effect.  The  newer computer-controlled
potlines may  operate  almost  free  from anode  effects.
 5.2.1.5.2   Elevated  temperature  operation-The  higher the  bath temperature,
 the more will the bath salts vaporize and be carried into  the cell  emissions
 Normal operating temperatures for cells with a bath  ratio  of approximately
 1.40 are between 970 and 980 °C.  Abnormal  or "sick" cells operate at
 temperatures in excess of 1000 °C and sometimes they do not crust over.
 Under these  conditions, the high-temperature molten electrolyte is
 exposed,  and there is a large increase in volatilization of bath salts
 with  a corresponding  increase of fluoride.  Operation of cells at
  the lowest possible  temperature  to minimize fluoride emissions requires
  trained,  conscientious  cell  operators  or computer control.
       The  temperature of the cell may be  lowered  by  adding lithium-
  salts to  the electrolyte to lower  its  freezing point,  but the net
  benefit of these additions  is the  subject  of  controversy.   One foreign
  investigator15 reports among other advantages, a substantial decrease
  of fluoride losses in waste gases, which resulted in a reduction of
  fluoride emissions.  In this country, experiments undertaken by a major
  producer were reported to have  demonstrated an increase in fluoride
  emissions upon adding  lithium salts.

                                   5-18

-------
     The electrolyte system is complex, and electrolyte conditions
which reduce fluoride emissions from the molten bath, but which
simultaneously destroy the ability of the bath to crust over and
carry a cover of alumina, may result in a net increase in cell emissions;
the alumina cover intercepts a substantial quantity of fluoride and
returns it directly to the molten bath.
5.2.1.5.3  Cell working, mechanization, and computer control--Breaking
the crust of the cell for a cell working causes the fluoride evolution
                                                     14
rate to rise to approximately 106 Ib/ton of aluminum.    The duration
of a cell working varies according to the size and type of the cell and
whether the cell is equipped with automatic crust breakers.  With the
automatic crust breaker on a prebake cell, working is accomplished quickly,
taking only 1 or 2 minutes.  For a normal-size prebake cell of approximately
90,000 amperes, a manual working may be accomplished in 5 to 10 minutes
depending upon the hardness of the crust.  Soderberg cells and side-
worked prebake cells are normally worked by means of a pneumatic crust
breaker similar to a paving breaker.  A working may be accomplished in
approximately 5 minutes on a 90,000-ampere side-worked cell.
     Mechanization of crust breaking and cell feeding allows the cell
operators time to maintain close watch over the operating cells and
to control them within narrow temperature ranges.  The overall effect is
lower average operating cell temperature, fewer and briefer anode effects,
and a reduction in the fluoride content of cell off-gases compared with
normal manual cell operation.
     Full mechanization of reduction cells makes it possible to apply
computer control, which incorporates the frequent scanning of operating
                                5-19

-------
variables on each cell  and the triagerina of automatic corrective
action for any variation that is outside set operating limits.   Such
control makes it possible for all cells in a notline to be operated
at the lowest practical temperature and with nearly complete freedom
from upsets caused by anode effects.  Cell feeding and crust breaking
operations can be cycled in response to the needs of individual cells,
and the number of abnormal or "sick" cells usually associated with
manual potline operation can be  reduced.  Variations in cell operation
caused by having different shift oersonnel tending the cells over the
24-hour period are largely avoided.
     Many plants are developinq  various degrees of computer control  in
combination with mechanization.  Full  automation  has been satisfactorily
accomplished  on  at least  one plant.
5.2.1.5.4  VSS stud  blows—An abnormal  occurrence that can  increase
emissions  from a VSS cell  is  a  stud blow.   (See  Section 4.3.1  for  a
process  description  of the VSS  cell).   This  abnormality happens  when the
steel, current-carrying studs are  not  extracted  before being exposed
to the bath  at  the  bottom of the anode.   Stud blows  can last up  to an
 hour before the  unbaked oaste portion  of the anode  eventually  covers
 over the exposed area-.  The  frequency  of stud blows  can be  minimized by
 proper operator attention.
 5.2.2  Anode Bake Plant
      Uncontrolled fluoride emissions from anode bake plants originate from
 the recycled anode butt scraos that carry absorbed or adherent bath
 materials (principally cryolite) back into the anode cycle.  The fluorides
                                  5-20

-------
are incorporated into the green anode paste and released during the
subsequent baking process.   (See Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for further
process information.)
5.2.2.1  Ring Furnace--A1though the physical state of the fluorides
evolved from the ring furnace has not been thoroughly investigated,
it is believed that most of the fluorides evolved are gaseous at the
elevated operating temperature.  (Combustion temperature is around
1300°C.)
     The fluoride balance in Figure 5-5 shows 1.6 pounds of fluoride
recycled with the butts per ton of aluminum produced.  An emission
level of 1.6 Ib/ton represents emissions that can be expected when
adherent cryolite is simply knocked off the butts at the potroom prior
to sending them to the anode plant.  It is reported that fluoride
emissions can be maintained at less than 0.4 Ib/ton (a four-fold
reduction) by exercising particular attention to cleaning the spent
anode butts.16
     The principal  ring furnace emissions are solid products of firing
combustion (smoke)  and burned and unburned hydrocarbons derived from
the heating and carbonizing of the paste binder pitch.  Some SCL and
sulfur trioxide (SCk) is derived from the sulfur in the coke.   Visible
                   O
emissions can be reduced by:
     1.   Using natural gas instead of oil to fire the furnace,
     2.   Preventing leakage of cold air into the sections under
         fire, and
     3.   Not locating the exhaust manifold too far from the sections
         under fire.
                                  5-21

-------
5.2.2.2  Tunnel  Kiln—Although the direct-fired ring furnace has  been
the normally used type for prebake anodes,  attention has been given to
the development of continuous tunnel  kilns  for this purpose.  (See
Section 4.2.1.2 for a process description of the tunnel  kiln.)
Combustion conditions are significantly different and zonal temperature
control closer, with one result being a reduction in the emission of
fluorides by a factor of 0.02,16 or to a level of £0.03 Ib/ton of
aluminum produced.  Drastic  reductions in the  emission  levels of other
ring  furnace pollutants are  also achieved.
      Test data on  tunnel  kilns are old.  Emission  criteria  developed for
tunnel  kilns should  be  based on new sampling  data  collected by prescribed
 EPA methods, or  other methods.
 5.2.2.3  Production  Bases—The above  discussion  of fluoride emissions
 is based on weight of fluoride emitted per  weight:  of aluminum produced.
 This  generally involves converting the weight of carbon anode produced
 to the equivalent weight of aluminum  produced.  The proper method for
 performing the calculation is given in the primary aluminum Standards
                                           •I Q
 of Performance for New Stationary Sources.     The  weight of total
 fluoride emitted per unit of time is  divided by the weight of anode
 produced per same unit of time.   This ratio is divided by 2 or some
 other  proven factor representing the ratio of the weight of aluminum
 produced to the weight of anode consumed.

 5.3   TYPICAL  FLUORIDE  EMISSIONS AND  EXTENT OF CONTROL
 5.3.1   Reduction  Cells  (All  Typed)
       Figure 5-5 shows  a  total fluoride  balance  around  a specific  pre-
  bake potroom  that has  no secondary removal  equipment.   The plant's
                             5-22

-------
primary removal equipment consists of multiple cyclones followed by
spray scrubbers.  The total  fluoride emission level  is 15 Ib/ton of
aluminum produced.  This emission level  is typical  of a poorly controlled
prebake, VSS, or HSS potroom.
     Table 5-2 gives a range of cell evolution for center-worked prebake
(CWPB), side-worked prebake (SWPB), VSS  and HSS plants.  The table also
shows average evolution, average total primary plus  secondary emissions,
and overall control efficiencies for all 31 U.S.  plants and for the 29
plants comprising the controlled segment of the industry; one CWPB and
one SWPB plant are uncontrolled.  The ranges and averages in Table 5-2 are
computed directly from existing control  combinations shown in Table 7-2.
     Table 5-2 shows wide ranges of cell evolution,  particularly for
CWPB plants.  Average evolution is highest for SWPB  and VSS plants
being about 10 Ib/ton higher than for HSS plants and nearly 5 Ib /ton
higher than for CWPB plants.  Inclusion  of the uncontrolled SWPB plant
lowers SWPB overall control  efficiency much more than does inclusion
of the uncontrolled CWPB plant lower CWPB efficiency, because the SWPB
plant accounts for a much larger percentage of its respective total cell
type capacity.
     In 1970, an EPA contract study determined overall control efficiencies
                                   2
for the domestic aluminum industry.   Compared to Table  5-2, efficiencies
for the controlled segment of the industry were 8 percent lower for
prebake plants, 13 percent lower for HSS plants,  and 9 percent lower for
VSS plants.    Overall control efficiency for all plants, controlled and
                                  19
uncontrolled, was 8 percent lower.    The improvement in overall
control from 1970 to 1975 demonstrates existence of  a potential for
emission reduction.
                                 5-23

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     Table 5-3 shows the extent of control in the domestic industry



by cell type.  The percentages are computed directly from the collected



control status information that was used to construct Table 7-2.  The



table shows that CWPB plants have the greatest potential for improving



primary control.  It also shows that secondary control is not employed at



any CWPB or HSS plants.  By comparison, the aforementioned contract study



determined that, in 1970, only 31 percent of capacity had best primary


                                                                  20
control and only 4 percent had best primary and secondary control.







                   Table 5-3.  EXTENT OF POTROOM CONTROL, 1975
Cell Type3
CWPB
SWPB
HSS
VSS
All Cell
Types
Annual
Capacity, At Least
tons Al Primary Control
2,704,000
738,000
1,045,000
635,000
5,122,000
95
81 b
100
100
95
Percentage of Capacity Having:
At Least Best Best Primary Control
Primary Control + Secondary Control
61
79b
83
100
73
0
59
0
33
11
  CWPB -- center-worked prebake cells, SWPB -- side-worked prebake cells,

  VSS -- vertical stud Soderberg cells, HSS -- horizontal stud Soderberg

  cells.



  Or, secondary control with equivalent overall control efficiency.
                                     5-25

-------
5.3.2  Anode Bake Plant
     Table 5-4 gives a 1970 breakdown of evolved and emitted narticulate,
gaseous, and total fluorides on a pounds per ton of aluminum basis and
resultant overall control efficiencies for ring furnaces.19  The breakdown
is based on an EPA contract study.'  The data in this study are based on
reported data on  furnace gases, the control equipment identified in
individual  bake plants, and estimated control efficiencies ascribed to
these  control systems.  The evolved  total  fluoride  emission factor of
0.86 Ib/ton lies  between uncontrolled emission  factors  of  1.6  Ib/ton
representative of poor cleaninq of  the  anode  butts  and  of  0.4  Ib/ton
representative of proper cleaning.   (See Section  5.2.2) According  to
Table  5-4,  95 percent of the  evolved and emitted  ring  furnace  fluorides
 are gaseous.
      It is estimated that  prebake plants representing  about 43 percent
 of bake plant capacity have some sort of emission control, some  of it
 experimental.21   It is estimated that spray scrubber control  can achieve
 96  percent removal efficiency on gaseous fluorides and 75 percent removal
 efficiency on particulates and that 40  percent of  bake plant capacity
                        *   i 21
 have  this  level  of control.
       Tunnel  kilns are reoorted to  produce much lower emissions than ring
 furnaces  (See Section 5.2.2).  However,  the  proportion of orebake anode
 capacity  baked  in tunnel  kilns  in  1970 was  small enough  (about 7
 percent)  that to ignore them in  the above discussion  does not affect  the
  limited accuracy of the calculations.
                                   5-26

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
5.4  REFERENCES  FOR  SECTION  5


1    Background  Information  for  Standards  of Performance:  Primary
     Aluminum Industry.   Volume  1:  Proposed Standards.  Emission
     Standards and Engineering  Division, OAQPS,  Environmental
     Protection Agency,  Research Triangle  Park,  N.C.   October  1974.

 ?     Air Pollution  Control  in the  Primary Aluminum Industry.  Singmaster
      and Breyer,  New  York,  N. Y.   Prepared for  Office of Air Programs,
      Environmental  Protection Agency, Research  Triangle Park, N. C. ,
      under Contract Number  CPA  70-21.  July 23, 1973.  p.  3-3 to 3-6,
      3-25, 5-5  to 5-7,  8-9, 8-13.

 3.    Reference 2, above, p. 5-6.

 4.    Reference 2, above, p. 3-4.

 5.    Reference 2, above, p. 4-2 to 4-9,  5-1  to  5-4.

 6    Background  Information for Establishment of National  Standards of
      Performance for New Sources. Primary Aluminum Industry. Environmental
      Engineering, Gainesville, Florida.   Prepared for Air Pollution Control
      Office, Environmental Protection Agency, Durham, N.  C., undf/ ^"tract
      Number  CPA  70-142, Task Order No. 2. (Draft Copy dated March 15, 1971)
      p.  3-3  to 3-4.

 7.   Reference 2,  above, p. 4-2.

 8.   Reference 2,  above, p. 4-6.

 Q    Hanna,  T. R.  and  M. J. Pilat.  Size Distribution of Particulates
      Emitted from a  Horizontal  Spike Soderberg Aluminum Reduction  Cell.
      J. Air  Pol. Contr. Assoc. ^_:b33-b3b, July
  10    Henry, J.  L.   A Study of Factors  Affecting  Fluoride  Emission  from
       10 KA Experimental  Aluminum Reduction  Cells.   In:  Extractive
       Metallurgy of Aluminum.   New York,  Interscience  Publishers, 1963.
       pp. 67-81.

  11.   Reference 2,  above, p. 7-4 to 7-6.

  12.   Reference 2, above, p. 4-9.

  13   Less  L  N  and J.  Waddington.  The Characterization of Aluminum
    '   Reduction Cell Fume.  In:  Light Metals.  New York,  Proceedings
       of Symposia, 100th AIME Annual Meeting, March 1-4, 1971.
  14   Miller  S  V  et al.  Emission of Fluorine Compounds From Electro-
       lysis Cells in the Production of Aluminum.  Sverdlovsk Nolich,
       Issled Inst.
                                   5-28

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
 6.  CONTROL TECHNIQUES FOR POTROOM AND ANODE BAKE PLANT FLUORIDES


     Section 6.1 discusses potroom retrofit primary collection systems,

and explains in detail a method for calculating hooding efficiencies for

each of the four cell types.  The calculated efficiencies are shown to

agree well with those given by several plant operators, and are important

in later development of the State guidelines for existing primary aluminum

plants.

     Section 2 discusses potroom and anode bake plant removal equipment,

both in general terms.  It is difficult to generalize about retrofit

controls for this industry since costs and methods of emission control

vary widely from plant to plant.  Hence, Section 6.3 gives three detailed

and seven capsule case descriptions for potroom retrofits at ten actual

plants.  These descriptions cover nine best primary control retrofits

and two best secondary control retrofits, but the plants selected do not

necessarily typify all domestic plants.

     Finally, Section 6.4 discusses the length of time needed to install

fluoride controls at existing primary aluminum plants.

6.1  POTROOM RETROFIT PRIMARY COLLECTION SYSTEMS1"6

     For potroom emissions, overall control efficiency (OCE) was expressed

in Section 5.1  as:


     OCE = VV      + ° - V)nsr                       <5-5)

where:  nnc   =  Primary collection efficiency

        n     =  Primary removal efficiency

        n     =  Secondary removal efficiency
         sr
                                 6-1

-------
     The best retrofit primary removal  equioment characteristically '
high total  fluoride primary removal  efficiencies, generally 98 percent or
greater.  Secondary removal equipment characteristically have total fluoride
secondary removal  efficiencies no higher than 75 percent and many olants
have no secondary^control.   Hence a  high overall control efficiency greatly
depends on an efficient primary collection system.
     Primary collection systems include the hooding devices installed
at the reduction cells, the individual  cell ducting to common headers
serving groups of cells, and the main ducting leading to the primary
removal equipment.  This section discusses hooding design, presents an
experimental method for calculating primary collection efficiency, and
discusses primary exhaust  rates and ducting layouts.

6.1.1   Cell Hooding
     A  high primary collection efficiency greatly depends on a hood
that is highly efficient at containing fluoride emissions and directing
them to the primary removal equipment.  The characteristics of the
different cell types  place various  limitations  on hooding design.

6.1.1.1  Prebake  Cells —  Figure  6-1 illustrates  the  hooding for a
typical prebake cell.   The hooding  consists  of  removable  end doors  and
a gas  collection  skirt on  both sides made up  of segmented,  lightweight
aluminum  doors  or side covers.
      As mentioned in  Section  4.2.2, prebake  (PB)  cells  may  be  center-
worked (CWPB)  or  side-worked  (SWPB).   CWPB cells  can  be worked from the
end or internally without  removing  the side  covers.   Because  of this,
 CWPB potlines  have total  fluoride primary collection  efficiencies of

                                  6-2

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
at least 95 percent or are capable of achieving  this  level  through
appropriate cell design changes to improve hooding.   The prooer approach
is to tightly seal the hood and to perform as many cell  operations as
possible with the hood intact.  Tight seals are achieved by having tight-
fitting end doors and side covers that fit snugly and align with each
other. Edge sealing of worn and misaligned covers Is improved  by
including  deep  90°  side edges  on  covers at time of fabrication.
The  top seals around  the  anode stems are  the most difficult to achieve.
This is due to  the  low density of the gases  inside the  hooding enclosure.
This top  seal is  particularly  difficult for  prebake  cells  equipped with
anode stems that  vary in  cross-sectional  area,  resulting in variable
clearances as the anodes  are  lowered.  As for  internal  working,  CWPB
 cells can be  equipped with automatic crust breakers  and are capable
 of achieving  the full mechanization with  computer control  described  in
 subsection 5.2.1.5.3.
      At  least one CWPB plant  has  adopted  a different hooding design
from that shown in  Figure 6-1.   In  this design, the  side covers  are
flat, heavy aluminum  doors hinged at the  bottom with a  gravity seal
at the top.   In addition, a labyrinth  seal  provides  an  excellent cover-
 to-cover fit.   This door  is expected to provide a retrofit primary
 collection efficiency of  97 percent, although  this  has  not yet been
 demonstrated  in full-scale potline operation.
      SWPB cells must  be worked manually along  both  sides with  the side
 covers removed.  Hence,  SWPB potlines are typically capable  of achieving
 a total  fluoride primary  collection efficiency of no higher  than 85
 percent, and some can do  no better than  80 percent.   The tight sealing

                                6-4

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
its length would be wasted in a conversion.   If left  no alternative but
to convert to the CWPB design, the owner of  a SWPB potline would probably
abandon the potline and build a new CWPB facility.
     As shown in Figure 6-1, CWPB and SWPB cells  generally have  single-
point pickup at one end of the cell.   To get uniform  gas flow across
the cell, the gas duct at the top of the cell is  vaned to give the
same pressure drop from various points above the  cell to the single-
point pickup.
6.1.1.2 - Horizontal Stud Soderberg (HSS)  Cells  - Figure 6-2 illu-
strates the total-enclosure hooding for a typical HSS cell; however,
the anode pins and the steel casing generally extend closer to the
bath than is indicated.  The hood doors extend the full length of both
sides of the cell, and working a side requires opening an entire door.
Most draft systems cannot provide sufficient capture velocity to
efficiently collect emissions  under  these circumstances.
     HSS  potlines  are  capable  of achieving  total  fluoride primary
collection  efficiencies  of  85  to 95  percent.   Like CWPB  potlines,
the  proper  approach  involves  tighter hood sealing and  internal  working
with the hood  doors  closed.   Tighter sealing can be  achieved  by replacing
manual  with mechanically operated  doors and by eliminating
 gaps on the top and the ends of the  cell hooding enclosure.   To minimize
 door openings, at least one HSS plant (See  section  6.3.1.1)  has installed
 a mechanized feeding system that feeds most of the  alumina with
 the hood doors closed.  It is still  necessary to manually work the cell
 periodically, but the length of time per cell-day that the doors are
 open is reduced.  The mechanized feeding system may operate at preset

                                6-6

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
time intervals, or the potline may be computer-controlled  with  alumina
being added on a demand basis.
     The primary collection efficiency an  HSS  potline can  achieve depends
upon cell age and cell geometry.8  Older,  smaller cells may need to be
opened more frequently than newer ones.  For example, one  plant has
cells installed in the early  1940's that must be opened about 50 times
per  ton  of aluminum produced,  and cells installed  in the  late
1960's that are opened only 16 times per ton.  As for geometry, two
HSS  plants have cells with an  unusually high length:width  ratio of
8:1  as opposed to  a normal ratio  of  5:1.  Ceil working  constraints
 require  single point  pickup  at one end of the  cell,  rather than
 the desirable pickup  at both ends.
 6.1.1.3 - Vertical Stud Soderberg (VSS) Cells  -- Figure 6-3 illustrates
 the hooding  for a typical  VSS cell.   The  hood  skirt  consists of an in-
 verted U- or V-shaped channel that runs around the edge of the anode
 assembly at the bath  level.   The channel  is formed by the anode itself
 and the outer anode casing.   The channel  serves  as a duct to carry the
 evolved gases to integral  gas burners, typically one on each end of the
 cell.   Hence, a substantial  area of the cell  surface is outside the
 hood skirt.  This annular, exposed area is  normally covered by a crust
 of  cryolite  and alumina, the  latter adsorbing fluorides that otherwise
 would escape.  However, this  crust is broken when the  cell  is worked,
 exposing  the molten bath until the crust reforms or the bath is covered
 with alumina after the  cell  is worked.  During  the  exposed  period,  large
 quantities of fluoride  escape to the  potroom roof.  Total fluoride  pri-
                                 6-8

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
mary collection efficiencies for VSS potlines vary from 75 to 92 per-
cent.
     Table 6-1 shows the effect that exposed bath area has on primary
collection efficiency for two VSS plants.9  Both plants were built by
the  same firm  and have cells capable of producing about one-half ton
of  aluminum  per  day.  Table 6-1 shows that  the plant with the greater
exposed surface  area  has  a  correspondingly  lower  primary  collection
efficiency.
 Table 6-1    PRIMARY COLLECTION EFFICIENCY  VERSUS  EXPOSED  ANNULAR
                        AREA FOR TWO  VSS PLANTS^

                        Exposed Annular           Primary  Collection
nan i
S
T
ni t,u 3 i i*
37.6
62.4
80 - 85
75 - 80
  Ejij_j_Fffect  of  Hooding  on Overall  Control -- The  aforementioned
  hooding  limitations mean  that CWPB  and some  HSS plants  appear  capable
  of achieving high overall  control efficiencies without  installing
  secondary control if  aopropriate cell  design changes  are made  to im-
  prove hooding.  High  primary collection efficiencies  (90 percent or
  greater) are not achievable on  SWPB, most VSS,  and some HSS plants,
  and secondary control would be necessary for these plants to achieve
  high overall control  efficiencies.
                                   6-10

-------
6.1.2  Calculation of Primary Collection Efficiency
     One primary aluminum company operating SWPB cells of Swiss-design
submitted an experimental method for calculating primary collection
efficiency.  All the fluoride generated from unhooded cells in a tight
building was sent to a secondary wet scrubber, whose water was analyzed.
Analysis was repeated for all the cell functions; this resulted in the
generation severity indices shown in Table 6-2.    For instance, anode
changing generates six times as much fluoride as normal cell operation.
Since all but the normal operation requires the hood to be open, the
number of minutes in 24 hours required for each function is measured,
and designated as "function time" in Table 6-2.
     Using the submitted data, generation rates for each function
and an overall generation rate are calculated.  Establishing the percent
of leakage for each cell function, the secondary loading (non-primary
collection) for each function and an overall secondary loading can be
calculated.  For one plant employing this cell design, the leakage rate
is estimated to be 7 percent when the cell is  closed.    For this same
plant, the hood door opens fully for anode changing, and leakage is
assumed  to be 85 percent.  For all other non-normal operations, the  hood
door is  partially open,  and  leakage is assumed to  be 70 percent.
     Primary collection  is determined as the difference between generation
rate and secondary loading,  from which a primary collection efficiency
of 80 percent is  calculated.  As of spring 1975, the above plant had not
completed  hood  installation, and hence had not measured primary collec-
tion and secondary loading.  However, they estimate primary collection
                              6-11

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
                              11 12
efficiency will be 81 percent,  '   in close agreement with the
calculated efficiency.
     No other aluminum companies submitted severity indices or function
times for any cell types.  However, the above calculational procedure
was extrapolated to other cell types, keeping the same severity indices
but modifying function times and leakages.  Other cell types chosen for
this analysis were:
     a.   An SWPB plant of French design that is retrofit case descrip-
          tion C in section 6.3.3.
     b.   A typical American-design CWPB plant.
     c.   An HSS plant that is retrofit case description A in section 6.3.1
     d.   A typical VSS plant.
     Table 6-3 shows the calculations for the French-design SWPB plant.
The function time for anode effects has been reduced from 6 minutes to
3 because this plant is computer-controlled, while the Swiss-design
plant was not.  Leakage rate is estimated to be 5 percent when the cell
is closed.    The hood door opens fully for all non-normal operations.
Leakage is assumed to be 70 percent instead of the 85 percent for the
Swiss-design plant because, unlike the latter, the French-design plant
has a fixed superstructure that should cover a greater portion of the
cell with the doors open.  The calculated primary collection efficiency
of 83 percent agrees well with a measured efficiency of 85 percent.
                             6-13

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     Table 6-4 shows the calculations for a typical  modern American-
design CWPB plant.   Compared to Table 6-2, the plant is again assumed
to be computer-controlled, the function time for anode effects being
reduced from 6 minutes to 3.  The function time for short side crust
breaking is zero since there is none; and that for long side crust
breaking is halved since a CWPB cell has one crust break area while an
SWPB cell has two.  The cell remains closed during normal operation,
crust breaking, and raw material additions.  The leakage rate with  the
door closed is estimated at 3 percent.10  The cell end covers must  be
removed for metal tapping and, presumably,  for bath/metal measurement
with an estimated leakage rate of 8  percent.14  Removal of  side  covers
during anode  effects  and  anode changing  increases the  leakage rate  to  50
percent.15  The calculated  primary  collection efficiency  of 95 percent
agrees with measured  efficiencies at numerous CWPB  plants.
     Table  6-5  shows  the  calculations  for the HSS plant  that is  retro-
fit  case  description  A in section 6.3.1.   For HSS plants,  the function
times  for anode changing  and  short  side  crust breaking are zero  since
these  operations  are  not  performed.   Plant A estimates that only 20 per-
cent of crust breaking is done with the  doors  open.   This translates to
a function time of 5  minutes  with  the doors open;  21  minutes with the
doors closed.  Plant A estimates the door is open a total of 8 minutes
 per cell  day.  For Table 6-5, this  means that only 3 minutes open time
 remain for metal  tapping, anode effects, flex raising and stud pulls
 combined.  Function times have been arbitrarily assigned for these
 functions, and anode effects do occur even though the table shows  a
                               6-15

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
zero function time.   Also, the fluoride generation rate for flex raising
and stud pulls has been assumed equal  to normal  operation -- particulate
generation rate would not be equal.   Cell  leakages are assumed identical
to the French design SWPB plant since the cell has a fixed superstructure.
The calculated primary collection efficiency of 93 percent: agrees well
with a plant estimated efficiency of 95 percent that is based on proto-
type testing—see section 6.3.1.3.
     This method of calculating primary collection efficiency is not
very sensitive to errors in function time or duration of hood opening.
For example:  at unchanged leakage for normal operation, all other
leakages listed in Table 6-2 were increased by 10 percent - all in the
same direction.  The calculated primary collection efficiency decreased
less than 2 percent from that shown.
     The 3 percent hood leakage under normal operation  (Table 6-4) was
assumed to double to 6 percent.  All other operating leakages were held
constant.  The calculated primary collection efficiency decreased less
than 3 percent.  Another calculation on this same CWPB  cell assumed that
all cell openings were 3 times as frequent as shown in  Table 6-4.  The
primary collection efficiency decreased less than 2 percent from that
shown.
     The examples shown  in Tables 6-2  through 6-5 apply to  specific
plants and are given to  illustrate  this method for estimating  primary
collection efficiency.   Users of  the method  should - as a minimum -
determine the  function times  for  plants that  they want  to check.

                              6-18

-------
     Extrapolation of the above calculational  procedures to VSS cells
is probably without theoretical justification  since the hooding is
radically different.  However, Table 6-6 shows such an estimate for
a typical VSS plant.  The function times are the same as in Table 6-2,
except J,here is no anode changing.  Stud blows have been ignored
since their severity index is unknown.   It is  assumed there is no
capture of emissions from all non-normal operations, and a 3 percent
leakage from the anode channel during normal operation.  The calculated
primary collection efficiency of 80 percent is within the range of VSS
cell performance of 75 to 92 percent given in  section 6.1.1.3.

6.1.3  Primary Exhaust Rates
     Operating the cells at the proper primary exhaust rate is important
for efficiency primary collection.  Too low an exhaust rate results in
a low collection efficiency; too high a rate results in the primary removal
equipment being oversized and in solids being needlessly entrained from
the cell surface into the equipment.  The proper exhaust rates for a
given cell design cannot be empirically determined because the total open
area of an operating cell's hood  is virtually impossible to calculate.  Instead,
                             6-19

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
the optimum exhaust rate is usually determined from e, ceil  nrrtotvoe.
This rate is that which will continuously maintain a slinht neoative
pressure drop across all the hood openings.  The pressure drop can be
measured by sensitive pi tot tubes and anemometers, or proper operation
can be  visually  checked by  releasing snoke just outside the openings
and observing the  resultant travel path.
     The proper exhaust rate is most difficult to maintain  when the hood
door is open.   Some designs maintain it throunh "dual ranne ventilation"
as explained in section 6.1.4.   Consideration should also be given to the
fact that the hood will inevitably deteriorate with time as the cell
deteriorates.   Such deterioration can be held to a minimum, however, by
maintaining the hoods in proper condition and makinn sure that ooerators
exercise care in handling hood doors.
     EPA personnel visited  seven primary aluminum plants in the Spring
  of 1973 to develop data for this guidelines document.  For these seven
  plants, Table 6-7 shows primary collection efficiencies and primary ex-
                                                  ,  .  . 3,4,13,16-18
  haust  rates for retrofits  either underway or completed.
  The age of the  plant  and of the control equipment  (if different) is
  also given.  From Table 6-7 it can  be concluded that:
      1.  HSS  potlines  generally reouire  higher primary exhaust rates
          than CWPB potlines to achieve the same primary collection
          efficiency.
      2.  Older CWPB potlines generally require higher primary exhaust
          rates than newer  CWPB potlines to achieve the same primary
          collection efficiency.
                               6-21

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     3.    Even with higher exhaust rates,  older  HSS  potlines  may  not
          readily achieve primary collection efficiencies  as  high as
          those attainable by newer HSS potlines.
VSS cells characteristically have lower primary  exhaust rates than
either prebake or HSS cells.
6.1.4  Ducting Layouts
     Practice varies among aluminum plants as to the number of cells
connected with a single control system.  In centralized or "central"
installations, an entire potline of 150 or more cells may be ducted to
a single control system; whereas, in decentralized or "courtyard"
installations where smaller control units are usually located in
courtyards between potlines, 20 or fewer cells may be ducted to each
control  system.  Figures 6-4 through 6-6 illustrate schematically several
possible ducting layouts for PB,  VSS,  and HSS potlines.19  The manifold
ducts are generally  inside  the potroom and  elevated above and near the
cells.   However, some  SWPB  and VSS potrooms  have basements,  the  primary
exhaust  being  directed downward  into manifold ducts in  the basement.
     The illustrative  courtyard  installations are patterned  after existing
installations  and  were selected  as the bases for the  cost analysis in
Section  7.   With a courtyard  layout, each  piece of  removal equipment
is  a separate module.   To  control a  larger plant, additional  modules
are added.   The use of courtyard layouts  thus eliminates  the possible
economy  of  scale associated with control  of larger  plants.   Further-
more,  the  control  costs can be presented  on a  cost  per ton  of aluminum
 capacity basis because the control  cost per ton does  not vary with plant

                              6-23

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
             COURTYARD SCHEME (10 CELLS PER MANIFOLD DUCT
                     MAIN
                                                       •MANIFOLD DUCT
10
CELLS
g



R

•*

6
nn
10 — --. ,
CELLS \ /
— ^
— \
X /
gg gg p \p/ p



R

••-


tit\


R *-




R *•


\
! i ^
i i




g gg pg g


* R



fl fl ffll S fl ft


* R





*• R





* R


fl fid flfi A
 10        10
CELLS     CELLS
  Figure 6-5.  Primary collection systems:  typical ducting  layout for a
  single VSS potline with 160 cells, 2 rooms (R indicates removal equipment).19
                                6-25

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
size-  Table 6-8 shows the gas volume relationship  to aluminum production



capacity that was used in Section 7  to  determine the required primary


                       20
control equipment size,   and the sizes  of  the  courtyard primary control


                                                         21
device modules used as the bases for the cost estimates.    For com-



parison, Table 6-8 also shows the gas volume  relationships  and equipment


                                      20 21
capacities used for secondary control.   ' m,  For an equivalent production



capacity, secondary removal equipment must  be larger by at least an



order of magnitude.


       Table 6-8.  GAS VOLUMES AND CONTROL DEVICE MODULE  SIZES FOR

                       ECONOMIC IMPACT ANALYSIS2"'21

Gas voluma to primary control
device, 106 acf/ton AT
Primary control device module size
Dry systems, acfm
Wet systems, acfm
Gas volume to secondary control ...
device, 106 acf/ton Al
Secondary system equipment capacity,
106 acfm
Cell tvpe
Prebake
5.0
100,000
82,000
50
10
vss
1.0
10,000
7,000
70
10
HSS
7.0
70,000
70
10
     Table 6-9 gives 1975  primary  collection system capital costs for


                                     22
courtyard and central  installations.     With a central layout, the



ductwcrk is larger and  longer,  and thus  more expensive.



     For a specific retrofit,  it  is not  possible to generalize as to



which approach is more  economical.   Central  installations are used when



the courtyard is too narrow  to  install  the primary removal equipment.
                               6-27

-------
 Table  6-9.   CAPITAL  COST  COMPARISON  BETWEEN COURTYARD AND CENTRAL
                   PRIMARY  COLLECTION SYSTEMS"
       ($/annual  ton  of Al  at  full capacity, new construction)
                          (December,  1975)


Cell hoods and
branch duct
Manifold duct
Main duct
Total
CWPB
Courtyard
8.78
15.46
7.98
32.22
Central
8.78
35.44
3.61
47.83
HSS
Courtyard
8.78
25.45
14.09
48.32
Central
8.11
48.85
3.72
60.68
Dry scrubbing systems—like the fluidized bed and injected alumina processes--

require particularly wide courtyards.  A courtyard that is 50 to 60

feet wide may be too narrow for retrofitted dry scrubbing equipment, but

wide enough for retrofitted wet scrubbing equipment.  Of the nine plants that

EPA personnel visited in developing this document, the two that had courtyard-

installed dry scrubbing retrofits had courtyards that were 100 to 150 feet wide,

     Other considerations, such as flexibility by provision of duct inter-

connections for continued pollution control when part of a control system

may be out of service, and the ease of cleaning deposits from the inside of

ducting, may influence the design of ducting layouts.  Maximum collection

efficiencies are realized when the designs provide  for continuous exhausting

of all operating cells through removal equipment even when parts of a

potline  are  being  serviced, and when dampers are available to increas*  the

air flow rate from a  cell  that may have  part of  its  hooding  removed for

cell working or anode replacement  (dual  range  ventilation).   Duct pluggage

is  a problem in HSS potlines  and  in  poorly operated VSS  potlines  because

unburned hydrocarbon tars  will  condense  in the ductwork.
                                  6-28

-------
6.2  POTROOM AND ANODE BAKE PLANT RETROFIT REMOVAL EQUIPMENT AND
     ITS PERFORMANCE
     This section discusses potroom primary and secondary removal
equipment, along with anode bake plant controls.  Although the intent
is to describe retrofit operation and performance, there is no known
difference in the operation and performance of a specific piece of re-
moval equipment on a new versus a retrofitted primary aluminum plant.
Hence, the descriptions should apply to both new and retrofit instal-
lations.  The removal equipment considered falls into three classes:
     a.   Dry scrubbing equipment suitable for potroom primary control.
     b.   Wet scrubbing equipment suitable for potroom primary control
          and anode bake plant control.
     c.   Wet scrubbing equipment suitable for potroom secondary control.
     Finally, potroom and anode bake plant best retrofit performance
is summarized.   Evolution rates in Section 5.3 are combined with best
retrofit collection and removal efficiencies in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 to
show the overall effect on potroom total fluoride emissions.  Evolution
rates in Section 5.3 are combined with best retrofit removal efficiencies
from an EPA contract study  to estimate controlled anode bake plant
performance.

6.2.1  Potroom Primary Dry Scrubbing
     Two types of dry scrubbing systems, fluidized bed and injected
alumina, are discussed in the following subsections.  These systems
have been applied to many domestic and foreign plants.  In addition,
                             6-29

-------
one domestic company has been installing its own dry scrubbing
system on two CWPB and two HSS plants.   One of these HSS retrofits
is retrofit case description plant A in Section 6.3.1.  This dry
scrubbing process is proprietary.  However, operating conditions are
similar to those of the fluidizied bed and injected alumina processes
described below.  Total fluoride removal efficiencies are projected to
be 98-98.5 percent for the two CWPB plants and 97-98 percent for the
two HSS plants.
6.2.1.1  Fluidized Bed -- Figure 6-7 is a flow diagram of the fluidizied
bed dry scrubbing process.  The fluidized bed dry scrubber employs a
fluidized bed of sandy alumina to contact and chemically absorb HF
in the cell gas followed  by a baghouse  to trap particulates.  Floury
alumina will not fluidize and, hence,  is not  suited for this  process
or for the  injected alumina process.
      Alumina is continuously  fed to the reactor  bed in  amounts  up  to
100 percent of  the  potline  feed  requirements, and  the reacted bed
material  overflows  and  is used as cell  feed.  Virtually all  of  the cell
gas particulate is  trapped  in the fluid bed —  perhaps  by  electrostatic
agglomeration.   Fugitive  particulate,  primarily alumina,  is  stopped by a
bag filter  mounted  over the reactor.   The  bags  are cleaned intermittently,
                                                     no  oc
and the  catch  drops back  into the  fluid reactor bed.
      The vendor of the fluidized bed  dry  scrubber  reports  that, with
proper operating and  maintenance procedures, this  system  is capable of 98
 percent particulate and 99  percent  HF removal efficiencies on prebake
 potline effluents,27  or about 98.5  percent on total fluoride.
                              6-30

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     The fluidized  bed  dry  scrubber has  been  applied  in foreign plants
to VSS cell  gases with  pilot lights or  other  devices  used  to  ensure  that
                                                                       27
all burners  are lit.  The system has not been applied to HSS  cell  gases.
It has been  installed in one domestic VSS plant with  a projected  re-
moval efficiency of 98.8 percent.
     Dry scrubbing  processes afford much less cooling for  the cell
gas than wet scrubbing  processes.  Since conventional filter  fabrics
like Dacron or Orion deteriorate above 275°F, the cell gas is usually
delivered to the fluidized bed at  275°F or below.25  Typical  pressure
drops are 8 to 10  inches of water  across the fluidized bed and 4 to 5
inches  of water  across  the  baghouse.3'28  A  typical  power requirement is
                                                         3      29
4.4  horsepower per thousand cubic  feet  per minute  (hp/Mft -min).
6.2.1.2  Injected  alumina  --   Figure 6-8 is  a  flow diagram of the
injected alumina dry scrubbing  process.  The process  is similar  in  con-
cept  to  the fluidized  bed  —  reaction  of aaseous fluoride with sandv
alumina followed by  baghouse  collection of particulate — except  that
the  reaction occurs  by injecting the  alumina into  the flowinq oas stream
 rather  than  by passage of  the gas  stream throuoh a fluidized bed.  The
                                        3
 reaction occurs  in a matter of seconds.
      Alumina  is  continuously fed to the process in amounts  up to 100
 percent of  the potline feed requirements.   The removal  efficiencies
 of the injected alumina process are similar to those of the fluidized
 bed.  One major difference, however, is that loss  of raed to the
 fluidized bed (Figure 6-7) will not result  in a loss in removal
 efficiency for 8  hours thereafter because of the larae alumina inventory
 in the fluidized  bed.   Loss of  feed to the  injected  alumina process on
                                6-32

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
the other hand can quickly result  in  a  loss  in  removal  efficiency due
to a low alumina inventory.   Recycling  a  portion  of  the reacted
alumina back into the cell gas stream provides  some  insurance  against
a total feed loss.
     More than one vendor markets  an  injected alumina process  designed
for prebake potlines.  An Alcan and a Prat-Daniel-Poelman design are
explained in Section 6.3.3.
     Cell gases from VSS potlines  have higher concentrations of HF
than prebake cell gases, and they  may contain unburned tar fumes.
Here again, alumina is injected into  the flowina aas stream, but from
this point on, the Alcan process is modified sliohtly.  Provision is
made to separate the bulk of the alumina containing adsorbed HF from
the portion containing unburned hydrocarbons.  The latter minor quantity
of alumina is calcined to remove the tar prior to beinq returned to the
cells  along with  the main portion of the collected alumina.  This svstem
does not  require  that all VSS  cell burners  be  lit all  the time.
     Comments on  temperature  limitations for the fluidized  bed  also
apply  to  the  injected alumina  process.   A typical pressure  drop is
6 inches of water across  bag  filters  operatino at an air-to-cloth ratio of
                                               27
about  6 ft3/min per square  foot of filter area.     A typical  power
                          3     29
 requirement is  2.2 hp/Mft -mm.

 6.2.2  Potroom Primary  and Anode  Bake Plant Wet Scrubbing
      A potroom primary  wet scrubbing scheme that gives removal  efficiencies
 comparable to dry scrubbing is the combination control of spray tower
 followed by wet ESP.  This combination control is most frequently  applied
                                6-34

-------
to VSS and HSS plants.   Dry scrubbing,  spray  tower-wet  ESP  or wet  ESP-


spray tower controls also effectively remove  particulate  and fluoride


from anode bake plant exhaust.   Since most of the  latter  fluoride  is


gaseous, the spray tower -- and not the ESP -- controls fluoride emissions.



^.2.2.:  Scrav Tew;- -- The terr spray tower is aoDlied to  gas  scrubbing


devices in wnich the gas passes through an enclosure at relatively low


velocity and is contacted by water, alkaline liauor or limed water


". Iquor sprayed from headers usually in counterflow with the gas.   In pre-


bake or HSS potline service, the units may range from 38,000 to 630,000


actual cubic feet per minute capacity and may spray from  1.7 to 10.0


gallons of  liquor per thousand cubic feet of gas.   A typical  spray tower


in  prebake  service  uses water or limed water and consists of an open


top redwood tower,  12  to  15 feet in  diameter and 40 to 70 feet high,


with cyclonic  inlet breeching and  a  mist  eliminator at the top.   Liquor

                                                                       31
may be sprayed down from  the top or  at several elevations in the  tower.


      Spray  towers operate  at a  low pressure  drop,  typically 1  inch

         nn                                                  O
of  water.    Typical power reouirements are  0.4 to  0.9 hp/Mft  -min for


prebake service,  1.0 to  1.3 hp/Mft3-min for  VSS service, and 0.3  to 0.5

       o                     09
hp/Mft -min for HSS service.    Spray  towers  cool  the  cell qas stream


to  near ambient temperatures.


      Properly  operated  and maintained  spray  towers  can achieve removal


efficiencies  for  potline  HF in  percentages  ranging from  the low to hi oh


nineties.   Compared with  other  types of wet  scrubbing  eauipment,  sprav


towers show relatively  low removal efficiency for  fine particulates.


 Spray towers  in HSS service appear to  perform less efficiently than similar
                                6-35

-------
scrubbers in prebake or VSS service.   This has  been sime,teH to De the

result of an interference by the hydrocarbons in the wettino of the particu-
                                                T]
lates and diffusion of HF to the snray drool^ts."1

     Typical gaseous fluoride removal  efficiencies are 95 nercent

for prebake potlines, 99 percent for VSS potlines, 93 oercent for HSS

potlines, and 96 percent for anode bake olant ririo furnaces.29'33  Tvoical

participate fluoride removal efficiencies are 80 percent ^or orebake
                                                                        33
potlines, 75 percent for VSS potlines, and 64 percent for HSS potlines.

     Additional information on spray towers can be found in many texts

including references 32 and 34.   Two points worth mentioning are:

     1.  As with any mass transfer unit,  the added increase  in

         fluoride removal efficiency drops off  raoidly with  each

         subsequent mass transfer stage;  therefore, the  attainment o?

         fluoride removal efficiencies that are higher than  those

         previously given is most difficult.

     2.  Exhaust from a redwood spray tower that is capped with a

         cone mist eliminator can be easily ducted to other control

         equipment (such as an ESP) downstream of the tower.  On the

         other hand, it is difficult to cap redwood towers that were not

         originally designed with caps.  Such cappinq is necessary in
                                                             4
         ducting the exhaust to downstream control eouipment.


 6.2.2.2  Wet Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP)  - - The ele^Lt ustatic

 precipitator is a relatively large chamber through wh-!v.h cell  qas streams

 pass at low velocity, usually 3 to 5 feet per  second (ft/sec).   In its

 usual  form, high negative voltaae corona discharoe wires are suspended
                                 (3-36

-------
across the air stream and grounded collector plates form parallel
passageways for the air.  The ionizing field surrounding the discharge
wires ionizes part of the gas stream and imparts electric charge to most
particles, some positive but most negative.  Positively charged particles
migrate toward the discharge wires and negatively charged particles
migrate to the grounded collection plates.   When collected particles
lose their charges, they tend to agglomerate and collect on the surface.
     The removal efficiency of electrostatic precipitators for many
kinds of particulate is improved if the entering gas is conditioned
by raising its moisture content.  When applied to VSS or HSS potlines,
precipitators are usually preceded or followed by a spray tower that
removes most gaseous fluoride.  Spray towers preceding precipitators
also condition the gas.  However, for some HSS retrofits, space limita-
tions and requirements for balanced ducting layouts have necessitated
removal of the spray towers that would have otherwise preceded the
ESPs.  In these instances, effective gaseous fluoride control and
conditioning is achieved by a scrubbing section in the ESP inlet.
     Electrostatic precipitators fall into two categories:  dry ESPs
where the collected particulates are knocked off the plates and wires
by mechanical rapping to be gathered dry in a hopper; and wet ESPs where
the plates and wires are washed with falling water or electrostatically
collected mist with the particulates removed as a slurry.  A dry ESP
followed by a spray tower is not widely applied as primary equipment for
Soderberg cells since it does not prevent  the emission of a blue
hydrocarbon haze.
     Unlike many types of control equipment, electrostatic precipita-
tors may be designed for almost any selected efficiency.  By using
                               6-37

-------
conservative design dimensions,-by  controlling  humidity  of  the  incoming

gas, and by operating  at high  voltaga,  both  wet and  dry  orecipitators


can achieve 98 to 99 percent removal  of potline cell  gas particu-

lates.     Total fluoride removal  efficiencies  for scrubber-wet  ESP

controls vary from 99.2 to 99.9  percent on domestic  VSS  plants,  and


from 95 to 99 percent on domestic HSS plants.

     Electrostatic  precipitators operate  at a  pressure  drop of  less than


 1  inch  of  water.   Typical  power  requirements for the wet ESP are  0.66 to  1.36

 hp/Wt3-min for VSS service and  1.4  hp/Hft  -min  for  HSS service.    Liquor
                                 q        2Q
 requirements are 5  to  10  gal/Mft°  of gas.   Because  wet ESPs are  usually

 preceded by a wet scrubbing device,  they  operate at  near ambient  tempera-


tures in potline service.  For anode bake plant service, a  typical
                               o
power requirement is 3.8 hp/Mft -min, and tyoical liquor requirements

                    •5        29
are 0.3-0.4  gal/Mft  of gas.

     Additional  information on ESPs can be found in many texts  including


references  35,36, and 37.  Three points worth mentioning are:


     1.  The design of  the  ESP should  insure that the plates are  not

         likely  to  warp in  service.  Such warping will  cause the  affected

         sections to short  out with  a  resultant  loss in removal efficiency.


     2.  The design of  the  ESP should  insure that the plates do not

         develop dry spots  and short out.  One  plant reoorts that

         this problem v:as  overcome by  installing internal  sprays  to


         continuously  irrigate the plates.

     3.  Net ESPs  in  potline  service are  subjected  to corrosive

         operating  conditions.   For  this  reason, the ESP internals are
                                6-38

-------
        usually  of  stainless  steel  construction,  and  the  interior
        steel  shell  walls  are lined or  coated.  Steel  ESPs are  likely
        to  corrode  rapidly unless  the composition and pH  of  the feed
                                        3
        liquor are  carefully  controlled,

6.2.3  Potroom Secondary Wet  Scrubbing
     For practical  oumoses,  choice of  potroon secondary  control  is
limited to the spray screen scrubber.   The term spray screen scrubber  is
applied to wet scrubbing equipment in  which the liquor is sprayed into a
gas stream and on to screens  or open mesh filters enclosed in a olenum
chamber.  The assembly also usually includes a mist eliminator.  Gas
flow may be powered by exhaust fans, or may be moved by unpowered con-
vection.  Figures 6-9 through 6-12 illustrate several designs of soray
screen  scrubber installations that have been used in the primary
aluminum industry.38"41  The  particulate removal  mechanisms are inertial
impact!on on  and interception by  the liquid droplets or filters.  The
gaseous removal mechanism  is  absorption into the  liquid droplets.
     The low  gas pressure drop across spray screen scrubbers and their
relatively low power cost recommends them for secondary, or potroom,
scrubbing service.  For secondary  prebake service, typical  power require-
ments  are 0.3 to 1.0 hp/Mft3-min  and typical  liquor  requirements are  3  to
10  gal/Mft3 of  gas. 29
     Table 6-10 gives total  fluoride secondary removal efficiencies for
                                                   3  13  17  42  43
spray  screen  scrubbers  at six existing  U.S. plants.
Without primary control,  all  the  fluoride  generated  at the  cell  is
directed  to  the secondary scrubbers that  remove  80-85 percent  of the  total
                                b-39

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
                                                                       SEPARATOR
                                                                        SECTION
                                         FAN
CD
I
                                                 Figure 6-11.  Powered spray screen scrubber

-------
I
-P»
oo
                                                          WATER COLLECTING TROUGH
                                             Figure 6-12.  Powered monitor spray screen scrubber.1*'

-------
Table 6-10.  PERFORMANCE OF SPRAY SCREEN SECONDARY SCRUBBERS AT
                   SIX EXISTING PRIMARY UUMIiiUM PLANTS
                        Total Fluoride Secondary Removal Lffici_ency_j%l
Cell Type3
SWPB
SWPB
SWPB
VSS
VSS
VSS
Without Primary With Primary
Control Control
80 87
71b
85.5
75
75
80C
 aSWPB  -  side-worked prebake; VSS-vertical  stud Soderberg.

  Projection  based  upon  limited  testing.

 Projection  based  upon  detailed contractor study.
   fluoride.  With primary control at SWPB and VSS plants, only 10-20

   percent of the fluoride generated at the cell escapes the hooding and

   is directed to the secondary scrubbers.  At this reduced fluoride loading,

   Table 6-10 shows that the scrubbers have a removal efficiency of 75-80

   percent, on the average.  The two secondary scrubber efficiency rfadings

   of 80 and 87 percent for the SWPB plant - first line of table - were

   taken at different times, and emission variability and sampling error

   are factors to help explain why the two efficiency figures seem reversed;

   i.e., the secondary efficiency should be higher without primary

   control.  However, the 87 percent reading was the result of 93 tests,

                                6-44

-------
24 hours per test, and 3 tests per week.   At this same time, 92 similar



tests showed a primary collection (hooding) efficiency of 83 percent.



Thus, the value of 87 percent for secondary removal efficiency in the



presence of primary collection seems firmly supported.  In addition,



one aluminum company had plans to build a new CWPB plant that included


                                                            44
primary control and spray screen scrubber secondary control.    They



anticipated achieving a 98 percent primary collection efficiency, so that



only 2 percent of the fluoride generated at the cell  would be directed to



the secondary scrubbers.  At this very low loading, they projected a



secondary removal efficiency of 75 percent.    Hence, based on this plant's



projected performance and Table 6-10, a secondary removal efficiency of



75 percent should be achievable at almost all plants adding on secondary



control to existing primary control.    Although the above mentioned plant



was not built, it was proposed to a State that has extremely strict fluoride



emission limitations, and was based on designs by a major engineering firm



that is highly experienced in the design of aluminum plants and their



emission controls.  It is therefore clear that both the aluminum manu-



facturer and the designer were confident that their proposed secondary



scrubber could achieve 75 percent total fluoride removal after primary



control.



     In practice, a scrubber designer would balance costs of the simultaneous



addition of packing depth and wash water flow increase; both of these



design factors work to produce increased fluoride removal efficiency.



An additional factor is, that coarser particulate sizes are the easier



to remove by water scrubbing; addition or improvement of primary hooding



tends to preferentially remove the fine particulate from the secondary




                              6-45

-------
stream, thus shifting the size distribution  to the larger sizes  which
are much easier to scrub out in the secondary scrubbers.
     Obviously, either increased packing depth or increased wash water
flow adds to costs.  This is why secondary retrofits should not be
required in most locations (See Section 8.3) and then only if there is
a fluoride problem and costs are balanced against fluoride reduction
benefits.  In addition,  secondary scrubbing is rather energy intensive.
     Although more sophisticated scrubbing devices, such as the cross-
flow packed bed scrubber, can  achieve higher  removal efficiencies for
both particulates  and  HF than  does  the  spray  screen,   the costs  are
30  to  100 percent  greater and  the  cost  effectiveness much  lower when
applied to  secondary treatment.   It is  the  consensus of  the  industry
 that,  for  secondary  treatment in  combination  with primary  control,  the
 cost differential  would be  more effectively invested  in  improved  primary
 collection and removal equipment.   Among the alternative secondary
 scrubbers  only the spray screen is considered economically feasible.
      Two points worth mentioning are:
      1.   Although many plants with secondary scrubbing use once-through
           water, tighter effluent  regulations will require that the water
           be treated  and recycled.  Recycled treated water has the added
           advantage of  inhibiting  corrosion.
       2.   Although  Figure  6-9 through  6-12 show  secondary equipment lo-
            cated  on  the  roof,  the  potroom roof at many plants may  not
            support the equipment.   This may  be particularly  true  in  northern
            plants that are  subjected to heavy snowfalls.   Installing  secondary
            controls  in the  courtyard may be time-consuming and  more expensive
                                                     4
            than installing  them on the potroom roof.
                                6-46

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
6.2.4.2 Anode Bake Plants -- Table 6-12 shows the Average evolution,


best retrofit removal efficiency, and resultant emissions for gaseous,


particulate and total fluoride at anode bake plants.  All of the



quantities are expressed as pounds of pollutant per ton of aluminum


produced, not per ton of carbon anode produced.  The evolution rates


in Table 6-12 are the same as those for ring furnaces shown in Table 5-4.


Hence, they are intermediate between uncontrolled total fluoride emission


factors of 1.6 Ib/ton representing poor cleaning of the anode butts and


of 0.4 Ib/ton representing proper cleaning.  The removal efficiencies

                                      A ^
are taken from the EPA contract study. °


     By comparing Table 6-12 with Table 6-11, it can be seen that the


best retrofit anode bake plant total fluoride emission is much less


than the best retrofit potroom total fluoride emissions.  Total fluoride


emissions from CWPB, VSS and HSS potrooms that have secondary control,


lowest possible evolution rates, and best possible primary collection and


removal efficiencies are about the same as uncontrolled total fluoride


emissions from anode bake plants.




  Table  6-12.  SUMMARY OF ANODE  BAKE  PLANT BEST  RETROFIT  PERFORMANCE

Gaseous Fluoride
Particulate Fluoride
Total Fluoride
Average
Evolution,
Ib/ton Al
0.816
0.044
0.85-9
Removal
Efficiency,
%
95
80
94.2
Average
Emissions ,
Ib/ton Al
0.041
0.009
0.050
                                  6-49

-------
6.3  RETROFIT CASE  DESCRIPTIONS
     This section contains three case  descriptions  of  actual  potline
retrofits underway or completed in the United States as  of  the  summer
of 1973.  These case descriptions are  for best retrofit  controls  for
specific plants and are not necessarily representative of the industry.
The section  contains descriptions, engineering information, oerformance
results, and cost data for actual retrofits.  Since it is unlikely that
any two aluminum plants will face the same problems in retrofitting,  one
of the  objectives  of this section is  to make the States aware of many
of the  varying problems that different plants may  encounter.  No attempt
 has  been made to match  these case descriptions with the  control equipment
 specified in Section  6.2  or to  include all  types of cells  and  control
 equipment.
      Instead, engineering descriptions of actual  retrofit  emission
 controls at three primary aluminum plants are presented.  Each case
 includes  a  description of control units, ductwork, supports, fans and
 other  accessories, along with  practical considerations such as Inter-
  ferences,  spatial  relationships, and procurement  and construction
  difficulties.  Capital and operating costs  are accompanied  bv the
  overall fluoride reductions obtained by the exoendltures  outlined.
  The result Is a description of some  retrofit controls, each of which
   1S practical for Us plant and for Its  owners and each of which  will
   meet  the performance described.  For a process as complex as a primary
   aluramum plant,  1t 1s evident that  a retrofit control must be tallor-
   made  and should  not be  generalized  as  to  costs or even as  to method
   of emission control.
                                6-50

-------
     The coverage of the three detailed retrofits  in this  section  is
primarily based upon a trip report covering visits to several  primary
aluminum plants3 plus supplementary drawings,  emission estimates,  and
cost data subsequently provided by the plants  visited.  Most of the
drawings are considered proprietary in nature  and  hence are not referenced
in the case descriptions.  Retrofits under construction are described
for mid-1973, but estimated construction lead  times, completion date?,
emission data, and costs have been updated.
     Following the three detailed case descriptions is a subsection
containing capsule descriptions of the three retrofits and of retrofits
at seven other plants.  The presentation includes  a summary of the actual
retrofit emission reductions and costs for the ten plants.
     Although  EPA conducted source tests at several retrofitted plants
in developing  the data  base for the standard of performance for new
primary  aluminum plants, most  of the  detailed and capsule  descriptions
are  for  plants  other than  the  ones  tested.  Furthermore,  descriptions
are  not  given  for all  the  plants  tested  by  EPA.   The  lettered  nlant
codes  in the case description  are  not meant to correspond to those in
                                                                   2
the  background document for the  new plant  standards  of performance.
Whenever possible,  emission data furnished by the companies have  been
 included with the ten case descriptions contained herein.
                                f-51

-------
                                                         49
6.3.1   Plant A--HSS Cells—Primary  Dry  Scrubbing  Retrofit
     This plant has three operating HSS potlines (lines 1, 2 and 4)
with wet scrubbers presently used for primary emission control.  Plans
are to retrofit the primary exhaust with two dry scrubbing systems,
one for lines 1 and 2 and one for line 4.  The potlines  have no
secondary control  and none is planned.
     Dry scrubbing has not previously  been installed for HSS primary
control in  the  United States because of  the  inherent pluggino  tendency
of the unburned hydrocarbons in  the primary  exhaust.   Nevertheless,
tests on a  company prototype have  shown  that the system  planned for
plant A effectively removes fluoride,  particulate,  and hydrocarbon
from the primary exhaust.   However, the  long-term effect on metal
 purity  and  potline operation when  using  the  recovered  materials in a
 "closed  loop" system is  not yet  known.
      Potline operation,  present  controls,  and the planned retrofit are
 now described, first for lines  1 and  2 and then for line 4.  Next the
 present emissions and the emissions expected after total retrofit are
 presented.   Finally, capital  and annual  operating costs  for the total
 retrofit are estimated.
 6.3.1.1  Engineering Description - Lines 1  and  2

 6.3.1.1.1   Potline operation — Lines 1 and 2 have a  total capacity of
 40,000 short  tons of aluminum per year  (ton/year).  Each line  has 120
 cells set  in  four rows  in one potroom,  30 cells per row.   The  lines
 were built in  1942 and  the present primary  controls were installed in  1951

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     Each  manifold  originates  in  the middle of the potroom and grows
in size from a diameter of 2  feet to a  diameter of 4  feet as  it proceeds
to a fan that is  outside on the end of  the  potroom.   Each fan is  driven
by a 100-hp motor and is upstream of a  redwood spray  tower.   Hence,
lines 1 and 2 have a total of 16 towers, 4  on each end of each potroom.
Each tower is capped with an inverted  cone  that  serves as a  mist  elimina-
tor.  The capping was strictly for design purposes,  and there was never
any intention of adding on control equipment downstream of  the towers
at a later date.
     The  plant has experienced emission control  problems on lines 1
and 2  because of improper hood sealing and duct pluagage.,  The cell
cathode shells tend  to  bow down  in the center of the  sides due to lack
of proper structural  support.  This tendency makes effective  sealinq
of the hood doors  difficult.   Duct plugqage  is caused by the hydrocarbons
 present in an HSS  primary exhaust and  by the fact that the  ducts in
 lines  1 and 2 are retrofitted and contain  design flaws.
 6.3.1.1.3  Aqueous waste -- Water oasses once through the  spray  towers
 and, along with the water discharged  from  the  scrubbers on line  4,
 goes to  water treatment.  At the water treating facility,  water from
 the scrubbers is fed to  a circular, ground-level, open-top reactor
  tank  about  25 feet  in  diameter.  Lime is added as a  slum from an
  elevated 14-foot  by 25-foot  tank.  The water is continuously mixed
  and bled off to a  second circular, ground-level, open-top tank  for
  continued mixing  and reaction but no  lime addition.   This  second
                               6-54

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
en
 i
en
CT)
OUIM i nuL.
BUILDING
J
) ton/hr
R SLIDE
J J
=*T7 — = — n
	 ™ — ^^
1000-ton
ALUMINA BIN 	 v
150,000 acfm FAN
WITH 800-hp MOTOR
^-^V
[I
f 	 ^^ '"I I
I*.

L
<|
rv
i.
.
|jj 	 1 L;
i 50 ton/hr i
T ALUMINA AIR SLIDE T
1 UNLOADING ^*
-------
   Table 6-13.  MAJOR RETROFIT ITEMS—PLANT  A—LINES  1 AND  2
1.   Two circular elevated mild steel  ducts, each 8 feet in diameter
     and 700 feet long, convey primary exhaust from the  south  halves
     of potlines 1  and 2 to the retrofit area north of the ootlines.
     Each duct is designed to handle 150,000 acfm of exhaust at 180°F.

2.   Four fans, each driven by an 800-hp motor,  designed to handle
     150,000 acfm of exhaust at 180°F and 26 inches of water total
     pressure drop.  Each fan has two inlet dampers and  one outlet
     damper.

3.   Two ground-level rectangular mild steel ducts, each about 200
     feet long.  Each duct feeds nine reactor-baahouse dry scrubbino
     units, reducing in size from a height of 13 feet and a width
     of 6 feet to a height of 4 feet and a width of 2 feet.

4.   Eighteen mild steel reactor-baghouse dry scrubbers, set in two
     rows of nine each.  Each scrubber is a rectangular  box, 11  feet
     by 42 feet and 15 feet high.  The top of each scrubber is 40
     feet above the ground.  Each scrubber has four compartments.  Each
     compartment has a gas inlet section shaped  like an  inverted
     rectangular pyramid on the bottom and a stack on the top, or a
     total of 72 stacks for the 18 scrubbers.  The stacks are  15 feet
     high, discharging 55 feet above the ground.  Each scrubber is
     designed to handle 40,000 acfm of exhaust at 180°F.  The  bag-
     houses on each scrubber are cleaned by air  pulse, requiring 90
     psig compressed air.  Each scrubber requires one damper in the
     inlet gas line, air activated gravity alumina feed  and discharge
     devices, and five manually operated alumina shut-off nates.

5.   Alumina unloading station containing a hopper with  screen to
     receive alumina from railroad dump cars,  the station is  located
     immediately north of the potrooms.

6.   Combination mild steel air slide about 400  feet long.   It is
     designed to simultaneously convey 50 ton/hr of fresh alumina
     from the new unloading station to the new fresh alumina storane
     bin and 20 ton/hr of reacted alumina from the scrubbers to the
     four existing 900-ton reacted alumina storage bins  that are
     located at the north ends of the potrooms.   Each end of the air
     slide is preceded by an equivalently-sized  air lift.

7.   Mild steel 1000-ton fresh alumina storaae bin located near the
     18 dry scrubbers with high, intermediate, and low level bin
     indicators.  The bin is circular, 38 feet in diameter, with conical
     top and bottom.  Straight side height is 19 feet.   The bottom  of
     the bin is 45 feet and the top is 95 feet above the ground.
                          6-57

-------
   Table  6-13  (continued).  MAJOR RETROFIT ITEMS—PLANT A—LINES 1 AND 2
8.   iwo 10 ton/hr mild steel  air slides,  each slide conveying alumina
     to nine dry scrubbers and equipped with a flow control  valve and
     a manually operated shut-off gate.  Total length of each slide is
     about 230 feet.
9.   Two 10 ton/hr mild steel  air slides,  each slide conveying reacted
     alumina from nine scrubbers to an activator tank that services
     both air slides  and feeds the 20 ton/hr air slide in item 6.  Total
     length of each slide is about 190 feet.
10.  Three small cylonic dust collectors for alumina transfer and
     storage operations.
11.  A 30- by 4U-foot control  building  with  a  power  substation.
      At the north end of the potrooms, exhaust from the eight manifolds
 servicing the north halves of both potrooms  joins  the two central  ducts
 as depicted in Figure 6-13.  A new damper will  be  required at the
 end of each manifold.  The central ducts cross a plant roadway and lower
 into rectangular ducts 7 feet wide and 13 feet hiqh.   Each of these ducts
 handles the total primary exhaust from one potroom of 300,000 acfm at
 180°F.  Each duct splits and feeds two of the four fans installed on a
 north-south axis.  As shown in Figure 6-13,  the two north fans move
 exhaust from potline 2 to feed the nine dry  scrubbers on the north side;
 while the two south fans handle potline 1 and feed the dry scrubbers
 on the south side.
      The per-cell primary exhaust rate on lines 1  and 2 should increase
 from 2000 acfm at 150°F to 2500 acfm at 180°F.   Hence, the primary
 collection efficiency on lines 1  and 2 should increase.  The ducts
 inside the potrooms are undersized for handlinq the increased flowrate,
 resulting in a high fan pressure drop requirement  and a resultant
 increased power cost.  However, it was considered  to be more economical
 to leave tne internal ducts unchanoed.
                                b-58

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
6.3.1.2.2  Present controls -- Every cell has a duct at each end that
carries the primary exhaust from the top of the cell hoodina enclosure
to a circular manifold duct.  Primary exhaust from 10 cells -- 25 percent
of one cell row -- is manifolded together.  These are a total  of 16
cell gas manifolds for line 4.  The exhaust rate is 4400 acfm per cell
at 180°F.
     The two potrooms in line 4 are west of lines 1 and 2 and are also
oriented in a north-south direction.  The control equipment for line 4
is southwest of the line 4 potrooms and constitutes a central
installation.  Two elevated circular steel ducts running south alonq
the west side of the westernmost potroom pick up the sixteen 4-foot
manifold ducts, four at a time.  Each set of four pickups consists of
one manifold from each of the four cell rows in the potline.  The
elevated ducts increase in size from a diameter of 6 feet to a diameter
of 10 feet as they proceed south.   The two ducts jointly handle all  of
the exhaust from the preceding manifolds.
     Near the south end of the potroom, each elevated circular duct
divides in two, turns west, and lowers to a oair of around-level fans.
The four fans are installed on a north-south axis as shown in Figure 6-14.
Each fan is driven by a 500-hp motor and is rated at 218,000 acfm, a
capacity exceeding the 4400 acfm per cell exhaust rate.  Flow is dampered
during normal dual-fan operation, and if one fan is not operating, the
exhaust rate only drops 30 to 40 percent in the respective feeder duct,
not 50 percent.
     Exhaust from each pair of fans is recombined into a rectangular
steel duct.  The two rectangular ducts proceed west, then north
to four cement blockhouse scrubbers in one building.  One rectangular
                               6-61

-------
  1000-ton
ALUMINA BIN
                                                                       EXISTING DAMPER
                                                                          AND DUCT-
                                                                            WORK
 150,000 acfm
FAN WITH 700-hp
    MOTOR
                                                                                FROM POTLINE 4
CONTROL
BUILDING
                     Figure 6-14.  Retrofit layout -- plant  A - line 4.
                                     b-62

-------
duct feeds two scrubbers from the east side of the building and  the
other feeds two scrubbers from the west side.
     Each of the four scrubbers has three qas  inlets  to a  single spray
chamber, the inlets being on the same horizontal  plane. There  is a bank
of nine countercurrent sprays at each inlet.   The nas flows upward
through the chamber and out the top throuqh a  single  exit.   Near the
top is another bank of-countercurrent sprays,  with a  nist  eliminator
above this bank.  Gas enters the scrubbers at  150 to  160°F and  leaves
at about 5°F above ambient temperature.  Hence scrubbing causes  a
loss cf thermal stack lift.
     Rectangular wooden ducting conveys the exhaust from the four
scrubbers to a common inlet on a single stack  that discharges to the
atmosphere 500 feet above grade.
     The plant has experienced less emission control  problems on line  4
than on lines 1 and 2.  The cell cathode shells do not bow down  in the
center of the side, making tiaht hooding possible.  The ducts are better
designed to handle the hydrocarbons in the primary exhaust.
     Water passes once through the cement blockhouse  scrubbers  and,
along with the water discharged from the scrubbers on lines 1 and 2,
goes to water treatment.  The operation of the water  treating facility is
described in subsection 6.3.1.1.3.

6.3.1.2.3  Planned retrofit -- The planned retrofit consists of rerouting
the line 4 primary exhaust downstream of the fans.  The primary exhaust
will go to 18 dry scrubbers located toaether in an area west of the
blockhouse scrubbers -- aqain a central installation.  The existing
scrubbers will be bypassed.
                              6-63

-------
     Figure 6-14 is  a  layout of  the  retrofit  for  line  4,  and  Table  6-14
lists the major retrofit items.   The ducting  to the f*ns  will  regain
unchanged.  The existing fans will  be modified to handle the increased
pressure drop requirement.  Primary exhaust fron all four fans is
ducted together as shown.  Hence, four fans handle both potrooms of
line 4 and feed all  18 dry scrubbers as pictured in Figure 6-14.
     The per-cell primary exhaust rate on line 4 should not increase
as a result of  the retrofit.  Hence, there should be no increase in
the  primary collection efficiency.
     The dry scrubbers are  sized so that at least two of the  18  can be
off-line at a  given time  and the remaining scrubbers will still  handle
the  600,000 acfm  exhaust.   Originally  the plant  planned  to manifold
the  72  stacks  and convey  all the scrubbed line 4 primary exhaust to the
existing  500-foot stack.   However,  a  private  firm did a  meteoroloqical
study  that indicated  that it was not  necessary to go  to  the  stack  in  order
to achieve ambient  air quality  standards.  The plan now  is  not to  use
the stack.  One advantage in not using it  is  the ability to  pinpoint
 broken bags.   The 72  stacks could  be tied  in to  the existing stack at a
 later date.
       As  in the retrofit  for lines  1  and 2,  considerable solids
  handling is  involved in  the line  4 retrofit.  The existing  alumina
  unloading station  is adequate  to  supply fresh alumina  to  the dry
  scrubbers.  All  of the solids  handling equipment is  being  designed
  for 100 percent feed.  Although one-pass  feeding to  the scrubbers is
  planned, it will be  possible  to recycle alumina from the  reacted  alumina
  storage bin to the fresh alumina  storage  bin.   It will  also be possible

                             6-64

-------
        Table 6-14.  MAJOR RETROFIT ITEMS—PLANT A—LIKE 4
1.   Four fans, each modified to handle 150,000 acfm at 180°F and 20
     inches of water total pressure drop and driven by a 700-hp motor.
     Modification will include a new damoer on the outlet of each fan.

2.   Two ground-level rectangular mild steel ducts, each about 150
     feet long, feeding into one rectangular duct about 200 feet lonq.
     The latter duct feeds all 18 reactor-baqhouse drv scrubbina units,
     reducing in size from a height of 13 feet to a height of 4 feet.

3.   Eighteen mild steel  reactor-baghouse dry scrubbers, set in two
     rows of nine each.  Each scrubber is a rectangular box, 11  feet
     by 42 feet and 15 feet high.  The top of each scrubber is 40 feet
     above the ground.  Each scrubber has four compartments.  Each
     compartment has a gas inlet section shaped like an inverted
     rectangular pyramid on the bottom and a stack on the top, or a
     total of 72 stacks for the 18 scrubbers.  The stacks are 15 feet
     high, discharging 55 feet above the ground.   Each scrubber is
     designed to handle 40,000 acfm of exhaust at 180°F.  The baghouses
     on each scrubber are cleaned by air Dulse, requiring 90 psio com-
     pressed air.   Each scrubber requires one damper in the inlet aas
     line, air activated gravity alumina feed and discharge devices,
     and five manually operated alumina shut-off aates.

4.   Combination mild steel  belt conveyor-air slide  about  500  feet
     long.  The 24-inch belt conveyor is designed to handle 100  ton/hr
     of fresh alumina.  An existing belt conveyor transports alumina
     uphill  from the existing unloading station east of the line a
     potrooms to the top of the existing 2750 ton reacted alumina
     storage bin.   This bin is located between and above the two line 4
     potrooms, centered along the length of the potrooms.   The new
     conveyor transports  alumina from the existing conveyor up a slight
     grade to the  top of the new fresh alumina storage bin -- item 5.
     The 20-ton/hr air slide returns reacted alumina from the scrubbers
     to the existing reacted alumina storaae bin.   The air slide is
     preceded by a 20-ton/hr air lift.

5.   Mild steel, 1000-ton fresh alumina storage bin located near the
     18 dry scrubbers with high, intermediate, and low level  bin
     indicators.  The bin is circular,  38 feet in diameter, with
     conical  top and bottom.   Straight side height is  19 feet.   The
     bottom of the bin is 45 feet and the top is  95 feet above the
     ground.

6.   Two 10-ton/hr mild steel  air slides,  each slide conveying alumina
     to nine dry scrubbers and equipped with a flow control  valve and
     a  manually operated  shut-off gate.   Total  length  of each  slide
     is about 190  feet.
                               6-65

-------
  Table 6-14 (continued).  MAJOR RETROFIT ITEMS--PLANT A—LINE 4
7.   Two 10-ton/hr mild steel  air slides,  each slide conveying reacted
     alumina from nine scrubbers to an activator tank that services
     both air slides and feeds the 20-ton/hr air slide in item 4.
     Total length of each slide is about 230 feet.
8.   Four small  cyclonic dust collectors for alumina transfer and
     storage operations.
9.   A 20- by 25-foot control  buildinq.
 to unload fresh alumina  directly  to  the  reacted  alumina  storage  bin.   All
 of the air slides  will be operated by blowers.
      The fresh alumina storage bins  and  the  dry  scrubbers  will occupy
 an area roughly 220 feet long and 110 feet wide.  Nothing  had to be
 torn down or moved to accomodate  the equipment.   The existina cement block-
 house scrubbers, located east of  the dry scrubbers, will continue to
 operate until the  tie-in to the dry  scrubbers is made and  will  not be torn
 down afterwards.
      The fate of the existing waste  treating facility is explained in
 subsection 6.3.1.1.3.
      Retrofit items common to line 4 and to  line 1 and 2,  and estimated
 installation times are given at the  end of subsection 6.3.1.1.4.

 6.3.1.3  Emissions Before and After Retrofit
      Tables  6-15  and 6-16 present data on before  and after
 retrofit  emissions provided  by the  operating company in mid-
 1973  and  re-submitted in October 1974.  Table 6-15  shows  the
 quantities  of fluoride  and particulate generated  at the cells,  the
                               6-66

-------
Table 6-15.   BEFORE RETROFIT  EMISSIONS-PLANT A--LINES 1,2, AND 4
                            (Ib/ton  AT)

Fluoride (as F~)
Gaseous
Particulate
Total
Particulate
Dry solids
Condensibles
Total
Generation

19.0
11.0
30.0

114.3
12.8
127.1
Emissions
Primary

5.0
2.5
7.5

20.1
9.0
29.1
Secondary j

0.6
1.2
1.8

9.5
0.9
10.4
Total

5.6
3.7
9.3

29.6
9.9
39.5
Removal

13.4
7.3
20.7

84.7
2.9
87,6
Table 6-16.  AFTER RETROFIT EMISSION  ESTIMATES—PLANT  A—LINES  1,2, AND 4
                               (Ib/ton  Al)

Fluoride (as F~)
Gaseous
Particulate
Total
Particulate
Dry solids
Condensibles
Total
1 	 1
Generation

19.0
11.0
30.0
[ Emissions
Primary

0.4-0.6
0.2-0.4
0.6-1.0
!
114.3 2.0-3.0
12.8 i 1.5-2.5
127.1 ; 3.5-5.5
Secondary

0.5
1.1
1.6

6.0
0.5
Total

0.9-1.1
1.3-1.5
2.2-2.6

8.0-9.0
2.0-3.0
i
6.5 10.0-12,0
Recovery

18.0
9.6
27.6

105.8
10.3
116.1
                               6-67

-------
quantities emitted from the present primary control  equioment and the
secondary building roof monitors, and the quantities removed by the
primary control equipment that eventually become solid and liquid
waste.  All of the quantities are expressed as pounds of pollutant ner
ton of aluminum produced (Ib/ton Al).  The fluoride values are expressed
as fluoride ion.  Dry solid particulate includes particulate fluoride as
well as alumina and carbon.  Condensibles could be alternately labeled
"Cr\\r Solubles" or "Hydrocarbon Tar  Foq and Gas."
  b o
     The  generation and emission levels in Table 6-15 correspond to a
primary collection efficiency of 94  percent, a primary  removal efficiency
of  73 percent, and an  overall control  efficiency of  69  percent on  total
fluoride  for  plant A.   These  levels  also  correspond  to  a  primary collection
efficiency of 92  percent,  a  primary  removal  efficiency  of 75 percent,  and
an  overall control  efficiency of 69  percent on  total  particulate.   Overall
control  efficiency on  hydrocarbon condensibles  is  only  23 percent.
      Table 6-16 shows  the quantities of fluoride and particulate that are
 expected to be emitted after the dry scrubbing  retrofit is installed by
 late 1974, and the quantities recovered and recycled to the cells.  The
 emissions are preliminary estimates based on prototype tests mentioned in
 the introduction of this case description.  Although the retro-Fit does not
 include  secondary control, secondary emissions should  be reduced  throuoh
 increased primary collection.  This improved collection  should  be brounht
 about by the  increase  in  the per-cell  primary exhaust  rate  on lines 1 and 2,
 mentioned under  subsection 6.3.1.1.4,  and  by better  hood  saline  and
 improved operating  practices throughout  the  plant.
                                 6-68

-------
     The emission levels in Tables 6-15 and fi-16 are averages.
However, the preliminary nature of the data upon which the
primary emissions in Table 6-16 are based necessitates stating
these emissions in ranges.
     After four years of operating experience with this retrofit,
plant A submitted actual data on total fluoride control in June 1979,
showing average primary collection efficiency of 93.5 percent, an
average primary removal efficiency of 99 percent, and average overall
control efficiency of 92.5 percent.  Hooding efficiency was less,
and scrubber efficiency more, than projected.
     This retrofit was installed to meet State particulate standards
of 15 pounds of solid particulate per ton of aluminum produced.  This
limit was achieved, but hood leakage is more than projected because
of recycle to the cell of tars from anode pitch and "fines" from
attrition of alumina in the dry scrubber.  Adding recycle to the
somewhat lower than expected hooding efficiencies, a doubling of
secondary emissions of both dry solids and condensibles over Table 6-16
has resulted.
     These increased secondary emissions affect workroom comfort,
therefore plant A has installed a "roaster" to burn the tars after
capture and before recycling the alumina to the cells.  This added
item has increased the projected capital costs.
     In summary, observed total fluoride emissions have been
2.3 Ibs/ton Al.   Plant A is in an industrial region and the State
has no fluoride emission standard.
                                6-69

-------
6.3.1.4  Capital  and Annual  Operating Costs  of Retrofit

6.3.1.4.1  Capital costs -- Table 6-17 presents capital costs and
estimates for the total retrofit furnished by the company in December 1974
and broken down into the major retrofit items.  Although the installation
is complete, not all of the final figures are known.  Assuming an annual
aluminum capacity of 80,000 tons, $11,313,000 is equivalent to a capital
cost of $141 per annual capacity ton.
     The largest cost  item in Table  6-17 is ductwork.  Of the $1,819,000,
$1,600,000 is estimated for the collector ducts on  lines 1  and 2.
Equipment purchase  costs  for  fans, reactors,  and baghouses  amount to
$200,000, $500,000  and $987,000  respectively.   Costs of  the seven small
cyclonic dust collectors  listed  in Tables 6-13 and  6-14  are covered
 under  alumina transfer and storage  in Table 6-17.   Site  preparation
 costs  total  $367,000 and  are  covered under  ducts,  fans,  reactors, and
 alumina storage in  Table  6-17;  the  costs include building  and equipment
 demolition  both before and after retrofitting.  Of the $320,000 for
 instrumentation and sampling, the control  buildings are estimated at
 $68,onn, instrumentation at $220,000, and sampling at $30,000.   All  of
 the sampling costs is for gas sampling; part of it for sample ports and
 part for sampling equipment.   The $670,000 for bag maintenance covers
 the cost of the aforementioned  (see  subsection 6.3.1.1.4)  bag rehabili-
 tation building, a mobile crane and  associated equipment.  The $458,000
 for compressed air covers the cost  of  the  aforementioned compressor
 building and associated  equipment.   Of the $1,830,000 for  engineering,
                                    6-70

-------
Table 6-17.  RETROFIT CAPITAL  COST  ESTIMATE-PLANT A-LIMES 1,2, AMD 4
       Ducts                                $1,819,000
       Fans                                    341'°°°
       Reactors                              1,775,000
       Baghouses                             1,269,000
       Alumina transfer                      1,196,000
       Alumina storage                         415,000
       Electrical                              975,000
       Instrumentation and sampling            320,000
       Bag maintenance                         670,000
       Compressed  air                         458,000
       Capital  spares                           60.000
            Subtotal                          $9,298,000
   Direct—NonCapital
        Preoperating expense                  $  150,000
        Equipment testing                       - 35,0,00
            Subtotal                         $  I85-000
   Indirect—Capital
        Engineering                          $1,830,000
        Contingency
        Escalation                             ___-__—
             Subtotal                          $1,830,000
    Project total	                         $11 ,313,000
                                   6-71

-------
engineering performed by the operating company is estimated at $200,000;
plant engineering at $60,000; construction management at $200,000; and
contract engineering, fee, and procurement at $1,620,000.   There are no
contingency and escalation costs since total installation is complete.
     All of the ducts, reactor-baghouses, bins, and conveyors are mild
steel construction.  This is a cost advantage that a dry control retrofit
enjoys over a wet ESP retrofit, as the latter normally requires 316
stainless steel construction.
     The book value of all assets to be retired as a result of the
retrofit was $801,214 as of December 31, 1971.  Approximately
50 percent of these assets will be demolished or abandoned in place.
The  remaining assets, including fans, motors, pumps, and steel
ductwork, may have some salvage value if they can be sold.  Because
of the  uncertainty of the disposition and recoverable value of
these assets, their salvage value has been  ignored by the company
in its  capital cost estimate.
     The company  has done considerable development work at this plant
and  at  other locations.  These development  costs are not reflected
in Table 6-17.   In June 1979,  Plant A resubmitted actual capital  costs.
These were about  4 percent  under  the forecast.   However, the  "roaster"
being installed  will  add  about $4,000,000 to  the capital cost.
                                  6-72

-------
6.3.1.4.2  Annual operating costs - Table 6-18 is a company estimate
of what the gross and net, annual operatina costs of the total retrofit
should be during the first year of operation.  Met annual  operating
cost for the before-retrofit control is estimated to be $292,800.
Assuming a daily aluminum production of 2Q5 tons equivalent to an
annual production of 74,825 tons, the gross annual operating cost in
Table 6-18 of $741,450 amounts  to $9.91 per ton.  Making the same
assumptions, the net annual operating cost of  -$65,128 amounts to
-$0.87 per ton.  The negative  net annual  operating  cost does not
represent profit because  capital-related  charges  are not included.
     Most of the items  under  gross  annual  operating cost in  Table  6-18
are self-explanatory.   The electric power rate is equivalent to  2.99
mills  per  kilowatt-hour,  which is  very  low for the United  States.
 Part of  the  power  requirement is for producing compressed  air  for  bag
 cleaning.
      As  mentioned  in subsection 6.3.1.1,  only the recovered alumina
 and fluoride are considered to be valuable materials.   The amount  of
 recovered alumina is estimated from a recovery rate of 52.4 Ib/ton Al
 and an annual  production of 74,825 tons.   The amount of recovered
 aluminum fluoride is estimated from a recovery rate of 27.6 Ib/ton Al
 (Table 6-16) equivalent to 45.2 pounds of aluminum fluoride containing
 61.1 percent fluoride, and an  annual production  of 74,825 tons.  The
 latter estimate assumes  that  both  gaseous and particulate fluoride
 ion will be returned to  the  cells  as aluminum fluoride.   An alumina
                                    6-73

-------
Table 6-18.  RETROFIT ANNUAL OPERATING COST  ESTIMATE--PLANT  A—
                          LINES 1,  2,  AND 4
Gross Annual Operating Cost
Based on 1975 (first year of operation)  cost levels.
     Operating Supplies
     Bags:  28,080 installed + 5% damaged =  29,484 replaced
            once per 18 months or 19,656 per year
                 19,656 replaced @ 5.50 each =                $108,108
     Other supplies (15% of operating labor)                    30,500
                                                              $138,608
     Operating Labor
     Bag change-out @ 3 bags/manhour @ $8.55/manhour
          19,656  X $8.55                                     $ 56,020
            3
     Operating and control:  1 operator/shift = 8,760
     manhours at $10.31/manhour                                 90,316
     Fan and duct cleaning:  7,500 manhours  @ $7.60/manhour     57,000
                                                              $203,336
     Maintenance
     Labor:  11,484 manhours @ $12.47/manhours                $143,205
     Material:  57% of labor                                    81,627
     Outside contract:  Painting & $140,000/5 years             28,000
                                                              $252,832
     Power
     49,056 megawatt-hours @ $2.99                            $146.677
                       Total Gross Annual Operating Cost      $741,450
Value of Recovered Material
     Alumina Recovered:   1960 ton/year @ $96.80/ton          $189,728
     Aluminum Fluoride Recovered:  1690 ton/year @ $365/ton    616.850
                    Total Value of Recovered Material         $806,578
Net Annual Operating Cost                                    -$ 65,128
                              6-74

-------
cost of $96.80 per ton is equivalent to 4.8 cents per pound.  A cost
of $365 per ton for aluminum fluoride containing 61.1 percent fluoride
is equivalent to 29.9 cents per pound of fluoride.  By comparison, an
EPA contract study gives 1971 recovered alumina and. fluoride values
                                            50
of 3.2 and 25 cents per pound, respectively.    The value of recovered
materials has increased due to rather siqnificant increases in the
v<..lue of alumina which reflects the recent changes in bauxite prices
around the world, as well as some increase in the value of fluorides.
     Net annual cost includes the above operating costs along with
capital-related charges.   Such charges include depreciation, interest,
administrative overhead, property taxes, and insurance.  These were
not furnished by the company and, hence, are not included in Table 6-18.
Based on a "capital recovery" factor of 11.683 percent, an "administrative
overhead" factor of 2 percent, and a "property taxes and insurance"
factor of 2 percent, capital related charges would amount to 15,683
percent of capital  cost for this retrofit.  The "capital recovery"
factor covers depreciation and interest and is based on a 15-year equip-
ment life and 8 percent interest.  Capital related charges for
this retrofit thus  amount to 15.683 percent of "511,313,000 — or
$1,774,218.  Adding these charges to Table 6-18 would result in a
gross annual cost of $2,515,668 and a net annual cost of $1,709,090.
     Actual operating charges in June 1979 showed higher manpower
costs but also higher and offsetting values of material recoveries.
Current operating costs are approximately 10 percent under the forecasts.
                                 6-75

-------
6.3.2  Plant B--HSS Cells—Primary Viet ESP Retrofit
     This plant's reduction facilities include two HSS plants -- a
south plant and a north plant.  Primary control  presently consists
of wet scrubbers, but plans are to retrofit the primary exhaust with
31 wet electrostatic precipitators, 10 for the south plant and 21 for
the north plant.  The plants have no secondary control and none is
planned.
     Wet ESPs are being installed because:
     1.  The presence of a cryolite recovery plant to handle the
         scrubber-F.SP effluents makes dry scrubbing less attractive.
     2.  Aluminum product  purity  at plant B is high,  among the
         highest in  the nation.   According to plant personnel,  dry
         scrubbing with attendant recycle would  lower this purity.
     3.  High  energy scrubbers would  require  excessive power inputs
         to achieve  the desired  control.
                                                           D
     4.  The cross  flow packed  bed scrubber with Tellerette   packing
         applied to  an HSS potline will  plug  after only  30 minutes  of
         operation.
      5.  Although  the floating  bed scrubber  does not  plug,  it cannot
          attain as high  a level  of control  as the ESP.
                                    6-76

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
6.3.2.1.2  Present controls -- Four 8-inch  ducts,  two on  each  end
of each cell, pick up the primary exhaust from the top of the  cell
hooding enclosure and carry it to a circular manifold duct.   Each
manifold handles primary exhaust from 15 or 16 cells.  The primary
exhaust rate is 2000 to 2500 acfm per cell  at 200°F.
     Each manifold leads to a fan that is driven by a 50--hp motor
and is located just outside the potroom.  Originally each fan was
upstream of one Douglas fir spray tower, each potroom having eight
spray  towers apiece.  However, four of the 24 towers have been replaced
by two larger towers, the  larger towers each handling exhaust from two
fans or manifolds.   Each tower is  capped with an  inverted cone.  The
20 smaller towers  are each about 8  feet  in diameter  and  35 feet  hi ah,
and  the  two  larger towers  are each  about 15  feet  in  diameter  and 50 feet
high.   By way  of comparison,  the  peaks  of  the  adjacent potrooms  are 39  feet
high and the tops of the roof monitors  are 22  feet above the  peaks, for
a total  building height of 61 feet.
      The towers are equipped with dual  sprays  that are fed  with  a cir-
 culating alkaline solution that contains 2 qrams  of fluoride  per liter  of
 solution.   Because fine sprays plug, plant personnel consider it essential
 to use a coarse spray and thoroughly wet the walls of the tower in order
 to maximize gaseous and particulate fluoride removal efficiency.

 6.3.2.1.3  Planned retrofit  — Fiqure 6-15 is a layout of the south
 plant retrofit and Table  6-19 lists the major retrofit items.  The
 three potrooms are  oriented  in a  northeast-southwest direction.  The
                                 6-78

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     Table 6-19.   MOOR RETROFIT ITEMS-PLANT B--SOUTH  PLANT

1.  Several circular elevated mild steel  ducts conveyinq primary
    exhaust to two retrofit areas southeast and southwest of  the
    plant.  For each area, 4-foot ducts combine and qrow into
    one 14-foot duct that reduces in size to 7 feet as  it feeds
    5 ESPs.
2   Ten fans, each driven by a 300-hp motor and upstream of an ESP.
    Each fan is designed to handle 100,000 scfm of exhaust at about
    4 inches of water total pressure drop.
3   Ten steel ESPs each designed  to handle  100,000 scfm of exhaust.
    Each ESP is a rectangular box 29 feet square arid 29 feet high with
    a stack discharging about 80  feet above the around.  Each ESP
    has a  gas side-inlet section  of flattened rectanqular pyramidal
    shape.
4.  A 20-  by 50-foot control building.
 planned  retrofit  consists of  ducting  all the primary exhaust from
 potroom  J  and  half  from  potroom  K to  five ESPs located together as  shown
 in Figure  6-15, and ducting all  the primary exhaust from  potroom L  and
 the other  half from potroom K to five ESPs also  located together.   Each
 set of five ESPs  is termed a  central  installation.
      The per-cell primary exhaust rate will be  increased  from  2000-2500
 acfm at 200°F to  3500 acfm at 200°F,  increasing  the  south plant's
 primary collection efficiency.  The ducts  inside the  potrooms  are
 presently oversized, so they  will not have to be modified to hanole
 the increased flowrate.  Primary collection efficiency will also be
 improved by installing new motorized doors on the cells and sealina
 the top of each  cell's hooding  enclosure with glass wool.

                               6-80

-------
     Redirecting the south plant's primary exhaust from courtyard
to central controls will require a balanced ducting layout design
that ensures equal pressure and flowrates in all of the 12 manifolds
that are serviced by each set of 5 ESPs.
     The ducting changes for this central retrofit will be external
to the potrooms.  The existing fans and spray towers will be bypassed.
All of the spray towers will eventually be torn down, but many will
have to be torn down during the installation to make room for the
ducting shown in Figure 6-15.  This will mean that portions of the
plant will run uncontrolled for varying periods of time during the
installation.  Nothing but the spray towers will have to be torn
down as a result of the south plant retrofit.
     Removal of the existing spray towers will force the wet ESPs
to act as absorbers for gaseous fluoride and require that liauor be
fed to the inlet sections of the ESPs.  Plant personnel hope to control
corrosion of the ESP steel internals by controlling the composition and
pH of this feed liquor.  Even so, they anticipate having to rebuild the
internals every 10 years.
     Estimated installation times are given at the end of Subsection
6.3.2.2.
6.3.2.2  Engineering Description - North Plant

6.3.2.2.1  Potline operation — The north plant also has three potlines
and has a capacity of 140,000 ton/year for a total plant capacity of
210,000 ton/year.  Each potline has four rows of 168 cells in two not-
                                 6-8T

-------
rooms, or two 42-cell  rows  per potroom,  for a  plant total  of 504
cells.  The potrooms have sidewall  and basement ventilation.  The
plant was built in 1968.
     The cells are elevated slightly above the floor and have total-
enclosure hooding with mechanically operated aluminum doors extending
the full length of both sides of each cell.  Comments on emissions from
the top of the cell enclosure and on door opening for the south plant
also  apply to the north plant.
6.3.2.2.2  Present  controls  ~  Four ducts,  two on each end  of each
cell, pick up the primary  exhaust  from  the top of  the cell  hooding
enclosure  and carry it  to  a  circular manifold  duct.  One  manifold
 handles primary  exhaust from 14 cells.   The primary exhaust is  3600
 scfm per cell.
      Each manifold proceeds  to a 50,000 scfm  fan that  is  driven by a
 125-hp motor, is located outside the potroom, and is upstream of a
 spray tower.  Figure 6-16 shows the general location of the 36 spray
 towers at the north plant.  Each tower is 13 feet in diameter and is
 capped with an inverted cone that connects to a 5-foot stack.  This
 stack discharges to the atmosphere about  70 feet above the ground.
 By way of comparison,  the peaks of the potrooms are 54 feet hi oh
 and  the tops of the roof  monitors are  8  feet  above  the peaks,  for
 a  total building height of  62  feet.  The towers are fed  with the  same
 alkaline  solution  as the  towers at the south  plant.
                                6-82

-------
                                  o

1
CO
OJ
POTROOM
2 Q SPRAY TOWERS 	 -
-------
6.3.2.2.3  Planned retrofit — Figure 6-16 is  a layout of the north
plant retrofit and Table 6-20 lists the major  retrofit items.  The
south end of the north plant is 1100 feet northwest of the north end
of the south plant.  The planned retrofit consists of adding 21 ESPs
downstream of the existing fans and spray towers.  The plan is to install
three 50,000 scfm wet ESPs on the outside of each of the two end
buildings, one per spray towar, and three 100,000 scfm wet ESPs in each
of the five 51-foot wide courtyards between potrooms and between  pot-
lines  (see Figure  6-16).   Each  of  the  latter  ESPs will handle  the exhaust
from two spray towers,  one from each adjacent building.
      Primary  collection efficiency should not increase at  the  north
plant as a  result of the retrofit  because the north  plant  already in-
 corporates  all  of the same modifications that are expected to  increase
 collection efficiency at the south plant.  The per-cell  primary exhaust
 rate will remain at 3600 scfm.  The existing  fans and spray towers and
 all the ductwork upstream of the spray towers will  not be changed, and
 nothing will have to be torn down as a result of the north plant retrofit.
 Downstream of each tower  a 5-foot duct will carrv the tower exhaust
 from the tower's  inverted cone to the  inlet  section of the  adjacent ESP.
 There will also  be a valving  arrangement to  vent the  tower  exhaust to
 the atmosphere  if the  ESP is  inoperative.
       At the  north plant,  liquid will  be fed  to  the  inlet  section of the
  ESPs and will  pass  through an ESP before nassing through  its  associated
  spray tower(s).   As at the south  plant, plant personnel  hope  to  control
  corrosion by controlling the composition and oH of  the  liouor,  but
  anticipate rebuilding the ESP internals every 10 years.
                               6-84

-------
      Table 6-20.   MAJOR RETROFIT ITEMS-PLANT  B--NCRTH  PLANT


1.   Six steel  ESPs, each designed to  handle  50,000  scfm .0^  exhaust-
    Each ESP is a rectangular box 29  feet by 14 feet and 29 feet  high
    with a stack discharging about 80 feet above the ground.   Each
    ESP has a gas side-inlet section  of flattened rectangular
    pyramidal  shape.

2   Fifteen steel ESPs, each designed to handle 100,000  scfm of
    exhaust.  Each ESP is a rectangular box 29 feet square and 29
    feet high with a stack discharging about 80 feet above the ground,
    Each ESP has a gas side-inlet section of flattened rectangular
    pyramidal shape.

3.  Seven 8- by 20-foot control  buildings, one for each set of three
    ESPs.
      It was necessary to have the wet ESP tailor-made to the plant.

 It was also necessary to prove  its operability before makinn a total

 plant commitment.   For  these reasons, and because of the limited

 availability  of funds and manpower,  the  retrofit was completed in

 phases.

      In  late  1970, design was  started on a  pilot  50,000  scfm  unit  on

 the north plant.  As of September 1973,  one more  50,000  scfm  unit  and

 three 100,000 scfm units were  operating  on  the  north  plant.   These

 five units comprise Phase I of the retrofit.  Phase II  involves

 installing the remaining 16 ESPs on the  north plant,  and Phase III

 involves installing the 10 ESPs and accompanving  fans  and ductwork on

 the  south plant.

      Plant B completed Phases  I and II   in January 1975 and, as of

  March 1975, planned to complete all three phases by June 1975.   It
                               6-85

-------
will then have been about 4-1/2 years from the start of development
through total plant installation.  Had the pilot unit not proven
operational, this time could have been much longer.
     Because the plant's engineering design capabilities increased
with operating experience, each subsequent phase has taken less time
to design than the former.  By necessity, work on a subsequent phase
begins before the installation of the former phase is completed.

6.3.2.3  Emissions Before and After Retrofit
     Tables  6-21 and 6-22 reflect estimates of emissions before and
after  retrofit  provided  by the  company.  All of the quantities are
expressed as pounds of  total fluoride ion  per ton  of aluminum  pro-
duced  (Ib/ton Al).  The tables  show the  quantities generated at the
cells, the  quantities  emitted  from  the applicable  primary  control  equip-
ment and the secondary building roof monitors,  and the Quantities removed
 by the primary  control  equipment that eventually become either cryolite
 or liquid waste.  The overall  plant average is  a weighted average
 based on the north plant accounting for 67 percent of plant B's pro-
 duction.
      The generation estimates in Tables 6-21 and 6-22 are based on a
 statistical analysis for the 10-month period beginning June 1, 1972,
 and ending  April 1, 1973.  Plant personnel selected this  time interval
 because the total plant was at  full production and had the fewest
 in-process  variables  to distort the results.  Data from other time
 periods would, of course, be  somewhat different.
                                6-86

-------
Table 6-21   3EFORE RETROFIT MAXIMUM EMISSIONS-PLANT B--KORTH
                           AND SOUTH PLANTS
                         (To tcte.1 F"/ton Al)
	 	 	 	 	 — 	 	 	
	 — 	 r 	 l
i •
! Generation
North plant
South plant
Overall plant
average
J
j 38.2
1 50.0
i
I 42.1
i
Emissions
Primary
3.6
4.0
i
1
Secondary
1.9
10.0
Total
5.5
14.0
8.3
Removal
32.7
36.0
33.8
 Table 6-22.
AFTER RETROFIT MAXIMUM EMISSION ESTIMATES-PLANT B-
             NORTH AND SOUTH PLANTS
              (Ib total F"/ton Al)
	 — 	 — i
North plant
South plant
Overall plant
average
Generation
38.2
5(hO
42.1

Emissions
Primary
0.7
1.4


Secondary
1.9
5.1

!
Total
2.6
6.5
3.9

Removal
35.6
43.5
38.2

                               6-87

-------
     The method of analyzing the data was taken from Probability and
                         52
Statistics for Engineers.    Sample averages and standard deviations
were calculated from data derived from the plant's standard monthly
sampling program.  In this program, the plant samples the input to and
the output from 6 to 10 spray tower fume control units and the output
from 4 to 6 roof monitor locations.  Different locations are sampled
each month.  The plant's objective is to sample every location across
the plant once every 6 months.
     The average pounds of total fluoride generated per day was computed
on a monthly basis by adding the average daily emissions from the
monitors to the average daily spray tower inputs per month per plant.
The monthly average pounds of total fluoride generated per ton of aluminum
produced was then computed for each of the 10 months by dividing each such
average generation per month per plant by that plant's averaqe daily
production rate for the month.  The average and the standard deviation
for the 10-month period  in each plant was then computed from the 10
monthly averages.  The Kolomogorov-Smirnov Test was conducted on the data
derived for each plant and it was  determined that a normal distribution
provided a good  fit for  each plant and for the  total plant.  The generation
estimates  in Tables 6-21  and 6-22  represent 95  percent tolerance limits
at  a  95 percent  confidence level.
      The primary and secondary  emissions  in Tables  6-21 and 6-22 are
computed by applying estimated  primary collection and removal efficiencies
to  the  above generation  estimates.  Estimated  primary collection and
                              6-88

-------
removal  efficiencies for Table 6-21  are 95 and 90 percent, resoectivelv,
for the north plant, and 80 and 90 percent, respectively, for the south
plant.  Estimated primary collection and removal  efficiencies for Table 6-22
are 95 and 98 percent, respectively, for the north plant, and 90 and 97
percent, respectively, for the south plant.  Assumino a zero percent
secondary removal efficiency, the above primary collection and removal
efficiencies correspond to overall control efficiencies before retrofit
for the north and south plants of 86 and 72 percent, respective!v; and to
overall control efficiencies after retrofit for the north and south plants
of 93 and 87 percent, respectively.
     Although not shown in Tables 6-21 and 6-22, the retrofit should
increase the total particulate primary removal efficiency from 55 to
98 percent, and the hydrocarbon primary removal efficiency from a control
level of 8 to 10 percent up to a control level of 92 to 94 percent, the
latter being a ten-fold increase.  The hydrocarbons comprise a substantial
portion of the small-diameter particulate that the present scrubbers are
incapable of removing.
     Table 6-23 contains revised June 1974 company estimates of emissions
after retrofit.  The sampling methods and statistical  treatment are the
same as for Table 6-22.  However, the data are averages rather than 95
percent tolerance limits and are computed over a 14-month period of full
production that includes the 10-month period used for Table 6-22.  Also,
the primary emission estimates at both the north and south olants are 95
percent confidence level estimates based on actual testing of primary
emissions at the north plant.  Twelve months of emission testing in 1972
yielded an average total emission before retrofit of 5.4 Ib F/ton Al.
                                 6-89

-------
Table 6-23.  AFTER RETROFIT AVERAGE EMISSION  ESTIMATES-PLANT  B«
                 HORTH AND SOUTH PLANTS  (Ib total  F/ton  Al)

North plant
South plant
Overall plant
average
Generation
32.1
31.1
31.8
Emissions
Primary
0.25
1.10

Secondary
1.6
4.0

Total
1.85
5.1
2.9
Removal
30.25
26.0
28.9
      The  primary  and  secondary emissions in Table 6-23 correspond to
 primary collection, primary  removal, and overall control efficiencies
 of 95, 99.2, and  94 percent, respectively, for  the north plant;  and of
 87, 96, and 34  percent, respectively,  for the south  plant.
      From Table 6-22  it can  be  seen that the maximum expected total
 fluoride emissions of 3.9 Ib/ton Al for this existing plant after
 retrofit is about twice that of the EPA standard of  performance  for
 new primary aluminum plants of 2.0 Ib/ton  Al.   The average exoected
 total  fluoride emission of 2.9  Ib/ton Al  in Table 6-23 is  somewhat
 higher than the  average expected total fluoride emission for plant A
 of 2.4 Ib/ton Al  shown in Table 6-16.  However, as can be seen by com-
 paring the  efficiencies for plant  B with those for plant A in Section
 6.3.1.3,  the total fluoride primary removal efficiency for the wet ESP
 retrofit at plant B  is  the  same or higher than the  96 percent primary
 removal  efficiency for the  dry  scrubbing retrofit at plant A.   The
 expected total  fluoride emissions  at  plant B are  higher than those
  expected at plant A  because the primary collection efficiency ot the
                               6-90

-------
 south plant at plant  B  after retrofit  is  estimated to be only

 87-90 percent. The primary collection  efficiency at plant A  and at

 the north plant of plant B are both estimated to be 95 percent after


 retrofit.




 6.3.2.4  Water Treatment



 6.3.2.4.1  Current practice-- Fluoride  is  removed from the primary exhaust

 in  the north and south  plant spray towers  into a recirculatinq liouor

 stream.  Fluoride  is  recovered from this  liquor as standard  orade (90

 percent) cryolite  in  a  cryolite recovery  plant.  This recovery is


 illustrated in Figure 6-17:


                                                   ALKALINE LIQUOR
    LIQUOR
     FROM
SCRUBBING TOWERS
THICKENERS
                  SLUDGE OR
                  UNDERFLOW
              NaOH
                                                    OVERFLOW
                                               BLEED
                                                TO
                                               RIVER
                        DIGESTER
              CO2
                      PRECIPITATOR
                         TANK
                                           ALKALINE LIQUOR
                                               LIQUOR TO
                                            SCRUBBING TOWERS
                                        (30 grams/liter TOTAL SODA)
                        CRYOLITE
                 Figure 6-17.  Flow diagram — plant B -- cryolite recovery plant.
                                6-91

-------
The lowering of the pH in the precipitator  tank  causes  cryolite
precipitation.
     At the spray towers, the recirculating liouor nicks  up  some  of
the sulfur dioxide that is generated at the reduction cells.   This
causes a sulfate buildup in the liquor, and it is necessary  to bleed a
small portion of the liquor to control the sulfate level.  The bleed
is controlled by a constant volume regulator.  It goes directly to a
waste water discharge sump where it is thoroughly mixed  before being
discharged  to a nearby waterway.
     Plant  B  also  recovers fluoride from its spent ootliner.  It used
to buy  potliner from  other plants, but no  lonncr does  this due to
stricter water effluent  standards.
                                                                  53
     Plant B water  effluent loadings are presented in an  EPA study.
Plant  B in  this  document is  plant J in the EPA  study.  Plant  B
 net  effluent loadings include fluoride and suspended solids loadings
 of 2.2 and 3.8 Ib/ton Al, respectively.04   By comparison, the recom-
 mended 30-day effluent limitations  for the primary  aluminum industry
 to be achieved by July 1, 1977, are 2 and  3 Ib/ton  Al  for fluoride  and
 suspended solids, respectively; and the  recommended dailv effluent
 limitations are 4 and 6 Ib/ton Al,  resoectively/0   These  limitations
 are considered to be attainable through  the application  of  the best
 practicable control technology.  For wet scrubbing systems, best
 practicable control technology is defined as cryolite orecinitation
 with recycle as practiced at plant B, or  lime treatment with either re-
 cycle  or subsequent  adsorption on activated alumina.'
                               6-92

-------
     Table 6-21  shows that 33.8 oounds  of total  fluoride  are  removed
by the soray towers per ton of aluminum produced.   Plant  personnel
did not provide an estimate of the fluoride recovered  from  potliners.
If we assume the latter to be 20 Ib/ton Al  (see  Figure 5-5),  then  the
cryolite recovery plant handles 53.8 Ib/ton Al  of fluoride.   If  it is
assumed that there is 100 percent recovery of fluoride from the  pot-
liners and that the plant's net effluent fluoride loading of 2.2 Ib/ton
Al is all attributable to cryolite recovery, then it can  be concluded
that the cryolite plant fluoride recovery efficiency for  plant B is
95.9 percent.
6.3.2.4.2  Changes due to retrofit—Presently the hydrocarbons collected
in the recirculating scrubber liquor cause foaming in  the cryolite
recovery plant when treating the resultant sludge.  Such  foaming can
make it extremely difficult to operate sludge treating equipment and
can result in airborne fluoride emissions.  The plant  can process  in
spite of the present foaming, but, as noted in subsection 6.3.2.3,
the retrofit is expected to result in a ten-fold increase in the hydro-
carbon collected.  If foaming is a direct function of the hydrocarbon
content in the sludge, then something must be done.
     The plant has investigated three possible solutions.  The first
two involve oxidizing the hydrocarbons and the third involves con-
trolling  cryolite  plant process variables so foaming does not occur.
                                   *
     The  oxidation methods  considered are direct  calcination in a
rotary  kiln  and  the  Zimpro  wet  oxidation process.  Direct calcination
is  difficult  to  operate,  has  high  energy requirements and high operating
                              6-93

-------
costs, and probably will  require  one  more  wet  ESP  to  control  emissions.
The performance of the Zimpro process on this  type of sludge  is  not
well known and the capital  costs  are  quite high.
    The plant hopes to be able to identify the process variables that
affect foaming and thus accomplish a  solution  with considerably lower
capital costs.  As of March  1975, it was not known if oxidation
would be  required.
    The plant has no immediate plans to reduce the effluent loadings
associated with its bleed stream.
6.3.2.5   Retrofit Capital and Annual Operating Costs
6.3.2.5.1  Capital  costs-Table  6-24 is a spring  1973 estimate  of  the
 total retrofit capital  costs for the north plant,  south plant,  and the
 sludge treatment  project broken  down into the major  retrofit items.
 Assuming  an  annual  aluminum capacity of 210,000 tons,  $23,457,500  is
 equivalent to a capital  cost of  $112 per annual capacity  ton.
     Plant B  furnished the direct costs in Table  6-24.  Reduction cell
 sealing,  new motorized doors, and new fans at the south plant will
 increase primary collection efficiency.  Two  new  thickeners, one for
 each  plant,  are included under phases II and  III  in Table 6-24; but
 in reality, they are part of cryolite recovery.   New thickeners are
 needed to handle the higher flowrate  and higher fluoride loading  re-
 sulting  from  the retrofit and to remove smaller particulate.   Smaller
 particulate  removal  is  required  because  the ESPs will  have  finer
 spray nozzles  than the  present  sprav  towers, and  finer nozzles are  more
 likely to plug.
                              6-94

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
     Table  6-24 (continued).  RETROFIT CAPITAL COST ESTIMATE-PLANT B
 Subtotal    Phase  I                                      $1,480,000
             Phase  II                                      6,880,000
             Phase  III                                     7,675,000
             Sludge  treatment                              2,010,000
  Subtotal  direct costs                                  $18,045,000
Indirect costs
  Engineering                                             $1,804,500
  Contingency                                              1'804'500
  Escalation                                               1>804'500
  Subtotal indirect costs                                  5,412,500
  Subtotal direct costs                                   18,045,000
Project total cost                                       $23,457,500

        Sludge treatment  costs are shown for the equipment associated with
  both  direct calcination and wet oxidation because olant personnel believed
  that, regardless  of  the alternative  selected, thev will probably soend
  $2 million for suitable sludge  treatment equipment,  The  sludoe  treat-
  ment equipment will  be installed  on  land that is  oresentlv  used  to  store
   used potliners.  The site preparation costs  for sludge treatment in Table
    6-24 represent the funds  necessary to prepare this  land.
        Plant B did not  furnish indirect costs.  Enaineerina, continaencv,
    and  escalation costs  in Table  6-24  are each based on arbitrary factors
    of 10  percent  of direct capital.
                                   6-96

-------
    The plant B retrofit would have been more costly had the ESPs
been constructed of 316 stainless steel, the normal  material of con-
struction for wet ESPs applied to an aluminum plant.  As mentioned on
subsection 6.3.2.1.3, the plant hopes to control  corrosion of the
steel internals but still anticipates rebuilding  the internals every
10 years.
    The assets to be retired as a result of the planned retrofit have
essentially no book value.
    Table 6-25 is an October 1974 update of the total retrofit capital
costs for the north plant, south plant, and the sludge treatment pro-
jects.  Assuming an annual aluminum capacity of 210,000 tons, $19,300,600
is enuivalent to a capital cost of $92 per annual caoacity ton.  The
direct costs in Table 6-25 are from the company.   The indirect engineering
cost  is based on an arbitrary factor of 10 percent of direct capital.
There are no escalation  and contingency costs since installation is
nearing completion.
              Table 6-25.  REVISED  RETROFIT  CAPITAL  COST
                                ESTIMATE—PLANT B
              Direct costs
                  North plant                $8,871,000
                  South plant                 7,675,000
                  Sludge treatment            1,000,000
                               Subtotal      $17,546,000
              Indirect costs
                  Engineering                $1,754,600
                  Contingency
                  Escalation                   	-	
              Project total  cost            $19,300,600
                                     r_o

-------
6.3.2.5.2  Annual  operating costs— Table 6-26 is  a company estimate
of year-to-year additional  gross and net annual  operating costs for
operating the ESPs after the plant has been  retrofitted.   Assuming
an annual aluminum production equal to the annual  capacity of 210,000
tons, $171,000 for operating the ESPs amounts to $0.81  per ton.  Plant
personnel stated that, even though these additional costs are quite
modest,  annual operating costs for plant B's present system are
substantial.  However, plant personnel are not able to break out  the
present  emission  control annual operating costs.  Also,  although
an estimate  of annual operating costs  for sludge  treatment was not
obtained,  plant personnel  stated  that  its operating costs  should  be
considerably smaller  than  that  shown for the ESPs  in Table  6-26.
     The  planned retrofit will  not directly  recover any valuable
 material;  hence,  the  zero  credit.  Generally,  the value  of the
 fluoride recovered in an aluminum plant that has  a wet  scrubbing
 system  and cryolite recovery is offset by the operating costs of
 recovering the fluoride.
     The capital-related charges that  are part of net annual cost were
 not furnished by  plant  B  and are  not  included in Table  6-26.  Based on a
 "capital  recovery" factor of 14.903 percent, an  "administrative  over-
 head" factor of  2 percent and  a  "property taxes  and insurance" factor
 of  2  percent, capital  related  charges would amount to 18.903  percent of
 capital cost for this  retrofit.   Since  the  plant anticipates  rebuilding
  the ESPs  every 10 years,  the "capital recovery"  factor  covering
                                 6-98

-------
Table 6-26.  RETROFIT ANNUAL OPERATING COST ESTIMATE—PLANT B--
                      NORTH AND SOUTH PLANTS
Grjss annual  operating cost
    Operating labor and materials                       $56,000
    Utilities
        Fuel                                                 -0-
        Electricity                                      40,000
        Water                                             5,000
    Maintenance labor and materials                     J70,000
        Total gross annual operatinq cost              $171,000
Value of recovered materials                                -0-
Net annual operating cost                              $171,000
depreciation and interest is based on a 10-year equipment life and 8
percent interest.   Capital  related charges for this  retrofit thus  amount
to 18.903 percent of $19,300,600—or $3,648,000.  Adding these
charges to Table 6-26 would result in gross and net  annual  costs of
$3,819,000.
                             6-99

-------
6.3.3  Plant C--Prebake Gel Is—Primary Infected Alumina  Dry
       Scrubbing Retrofit57
    This plant has three side-worked prebake potlines.   As built,
the potlines had only secondary control  consistinq of wet scrubbers,
but all three potlines were recently retrofitted with primary control
systems.  Hoods were installed on the cells, and the primary cell oas
exhausts were directed to injected alumina dry scrubbers.
    In the following sections, potline operation, secondary controls
with associated water treatment, and the primary retrofit are described:
Next the emissions before and after total retrofit are presented; and
capital and annual costs for the total retrofit are estimated.

6.3.3.1  Engineering Description
6.3.3.1.1   Potline operation—The plant was  built in 1965  usino
European technology.   Its three  computer-controlled ootlines  have a
total  capacity  of 265,000 ton/year.   Each potline has 240  cells  in
4 rows of  60  cells per row,  installed  in  2  buildings, for  a  plant total
of 720 cells.    Each  building  consists  of 2 single-row  notroons  with
 side-wall  ventilation  on the outside  walls  and a  corridor  between the
 center walls, so that  there  are  4  potrooms  per potline  or 12 ootrooms
 for the whole plant.   The cells  are set into the  potroom floor,  but
 the potrooms  have no basements.
     Each cell has 18 anode assemblies, 9 to a side.   Each assembly
 consists of three small rectanoular carbon  anode blocks, two copner
 branch rods to a block - six rods to an assembly.  The six branch rods
 are connected to a center rod that introduces electrical current.  The
                               6-100

-------
 cells  are designed  for 4 volts and 130,000 amperes, and are amona
 the  lowest-voltage  cells in the industry.

 6.3.3.1.2  Secondary control system—The as-built secondary controls
 consisted of 30 fiberglass Ceilcote scrubbers per building, on a floor
 on top of the corridor between the potrooms but under the building
 roof.  Each scrubber thus handled four cells.  To reduce water effluent
 discharges, only 17 scrubbers per building are now operating -- about
 every other one -- and each thus handles emissions from about  7 cells.
     Each scrubber consists of a horizontal spray section with 80 co-
 current spray nozzles, a 40-hp fan on the inlet, and a slat mist
 eliminator on the outlet.  Each scrubber handles 104,000 scfm at 20 to
 22°C and discharges through a 12- by 18-foot rectannular stack 18 inches
 above the peak of the potroom.   This peak is  52 feet above the ground.
 A 40-hp pump recirculates the scrubbing water at 1200 nal/min from a
 hold tank beneath the scrubber.  A small  amount of water is bled off
 this scrubbing loop to a water treatment plant.
    The secondary control  system as installed cost $10 million.

6.3.3.1.3  Water treatment—In  the water treatment plant,  water from the
scrubbers is  treated with sodium aluminate to form cryolite.   The
cryolite is  filtered on  a vacuum drum filter  and then  dried in a kiln
and recycled  to  the cells.   This  cryolite is  of  poor quality.
    The water treatment  plant was  installed  in  1971  for  $1.45  million.
                             6-101

-------
6.3.3.1.4  Primary control  retrofit—Overall  control  efficiency  with
just the secondary system was low,  and plant  manaqement started
investigating improved control  in 1970.   After experimenting  with
small hoods over the gas holes  in the crust,  they constructed a
Quonset hut over a cell to find out what was  being emitted.   They
determined that fine particulates were the most difficult to  control,
installed a 20-cell ESP, and ran it for 6 months.  The level  of  control
obtained by ESP was not satisfactory.  They also considered the  venturi
and determined that it lacked the proper level of control.  At about
that time, the plant designers had been investigatina bag collectors,
and the plant decided to abandon wet scrubbing for the injected alumina
dry scrubbing system.  The retrofit that was completed in the Spring of
1973 consisted of  installing primary collection systems and injected
alumina primary removal equipment on all three potlines.
6.3.3.1.5  Primary collection  retrofit—Side-worked prebake cells must
be worked manually along the entire  side of  a cell.   Hence, the  gas
collection skirt  at plant  C  consists of two  nonsegmented  doors,  one
on each  side  of the cell.  Some  of  the  cells  have  doors operated bv  air
cylinder,  others  by air motor.
     The  doors have to  be  open  about 10  percent  of  the time to change
 anodes and to add alumina  by manually workinq the  cells.  The 20
 cells  whose  primary exhausts were  directed to the  ESP prototype
 have doors that must  also be opened to  tap aluminum.   The remaining
 700  cells  have small  tapping doors in the cell  doors, so the cell
 doors  remain closed during tapping.
                              6-102

-------
    A door closes with its bottom edge on the potroom floor.   This
edge has an asbestos cloth seal.   The closino doors  hit the floor
forcefully, generating considerable dust.  The doors are made of steel
because gas jets from the cells can cause holes in aluminum doors.
    In the middle of the cell superstructure, two circular ducts
pick up the primary exhaust and direct it upwards to a horizontal
12-inch circular branch duct that runs along the centerline of the
cell.  The primary exhaust rate is about 3000 acfm per cell at 200°F.
    Duct headers run along the corridors between the potrooms, each
header picking up branch ducts frorr 30 cells per potroom in line 1
and 15 cells per potroom in lines 2 and 3.  The headers are rectanaular
and increase in size as they pick up more branch ducts.  An average
size is about 2 feet by 4 feet.  Two headers join at the top of the
corridor, one from each potroom, and the common duct passes throuah
the roof to the control equipment in the courtyard.  A secondary
scrubber has been removed to accomodate  each common duct.  Line 1 has
two common ducts, and two scrubbers were removed per buildinq.  Lines 2
and 3  have four common ducts,  and four scrubbers were  removed per building,
Nothing else had  to  be torn  down or moved to accomodate  the  retrofit
equipment.
6.3.3.1.6   Primary  removal  retrofit—Each potline has  two  injected
alumina units  located in  the courtyards  between  its two  buildings,
each  unit  servicing half  of each  building.   Figure  6-18  is a qeneral
flow diagram  for the injected alumina process  at plant C.   The  process
                             6-103

-------
O1
I
                                        FUMES
                                 [7-^ CONTAINING
                                 I- • >l FLUORIDES
                                                      DAY BIN FOR
                                                  FLUORINATED ALUMINA
                                                       STORAGE
                          CLEAN
                           AIR
FLUORINATED ALUMINA
  RETURNED TO POTS
CLEAN
 AIR
                                                                                                                         FRESH
                                                                                                                       ALUMINA
                                                                                                                          SILO
                                     FLUORINATED ALUMINA
                                                                    /      /
                                                               DUCTING
                                                              TO COLLECT
                                                                 FUMES
                                                       HOODS COVERING
                                                        INDIVIDUAL POTS
                                                                                                           FRESH ALUMINA INJECTED
                                                                                                        TO ADSORB FLUORIDES IN FUMES
                                  Figure 6-18.  Flow diagram -- plant C - injected alumina process.

-------
involves reaction of gaseous fluoride with the alumina to be fed to
the cells followed by baghouse solids collection.   Alumina is iniected
into the flowing gas stream and the reaction occurs in a matter 0*
seconds.  As designed, 100 percent of the alumina fed to the cells
should pass through the units.  97 percent passage is actually achieved.
    Plant C's retrofit is somewhat unusual in that the fans are located
downstream of the baghouses.  This location helps keep the fan blades
from scaling.   Scale deposits will cause  the  fans to lose their dynamic
balance.  However,  a downstream fan  location  requires that the baa-
houses  operate  under negative pressure, and a negative operating  pressure
requires  a  stiffer  baghouse  structure.
     Potline 1 has  injected  alumina control  units  designed by Prat-
Daniel -Poel man  (POP)  and  potlines  2  and  3 have  control  units designed
by Alcan.  The  order of  retrofit  was 2-3-1.   Both designs are unique
 in this country and will  now be described in  detail.
 6.3.3.1.7  POP  design,—Figure 6-19 is a  schematic of the retrofit and
 Table  6-27 lists the major retrofit items for one of the two control
 units on potline 1.  Each unit has a total of 12 Venturis,  12 baghouses,
 6 fans,  and 6  stacks.
 6.3.3.1.8  Alcan design—Figure 6-20 is  a schematic of the  retrofit
 and Table  6-28 lists the major retrofit  items for one of the four
 control  units  on potlines  2 and 3.   There are no Venturis in the
 Alcan  design.   Each unit has a total of  22 baghouses, 22 fans and
 22  stacks.
                                  6-105

-------
                                                         FRESH
                                                           IMINA-
     EXHAUST
      FROM
    POTROOMS
          REACTED
         ALUMINA
 TO EXISTING
 DAY BINS ON
BOTH BUILDINGS
                                                                               EXHAUST
                                                                                FROM
                                                                              POTROOMS
                                                                           8ft.
^€>
                                                                     FAN
            CONTINUOUS
             LOW PRES-
             SURE CON-
              VEYING
              SYSTEM
        Figure 6-19.  Retrofit schematic -- plant C -- POP design (Venturis, ducts,
        fan, stack, and solids handling are depicted for one pair of baghouses only).
                                           6-106

-------
Table 6-27.   MAJOR RETROFIT ITEMS-PLANT C--PDP DESIGN


1.  Two 8-foot ducts, one from each building (see Fiqure 6-19),
    join opposite ends and sides of an 8-foot horizontal  duct.
    This horizontal duct runs underneath the control  unit and feeds
    six paired venturi-baghouse subsections.

2.  Six pairs of vertical Venturis.  Gas flows uoward throuah the
    Venturis each of which has two injection ports - one for fresh
     .luroina and one for reacted alumina that is recycled from the
    baghouse.  The ratio of recycled to fresh alumina is fixed at
    20:1.

3.  Six pairs of baghouses.  Each baqhouse handles 30,000 acfm of
    200°F primary exhaust.  Gas flow enterinn and leaving a baghouse
    is horizontal.  Gas leaving one of the two baghouses in each pair
    passes horizontally through the ooposite baahouse but not throucih
    the bags—there is no process connection—and the two baahouse
    exhausts join downstream of the opposite baghouse.  Each baqhouse
    is a rectangular box 18 feet sguare and 20 feet high with an
    inverted pyramid bottom gas inlet.  The top of each baahouse is 40
    feet above the ground,  the bags are cleaned by shaking with reversed
    air flow.  At the end of every 30 seconds, one baghouse is shaken
    for 4 seconds.  Thus the total cycle time for all 12 baghouses is
    6 minutes.

4.  Six 250-hp fans  located at  ground level.  Each far, exhausts a  pair
    of  baghouses   (60,000 acfm) and discharges to a 60-foot stack.

5.  A  100-ton fresh  alumina bin.

6.  A  continuous  low-pressure conveying system to convey reacted and
     unrecycled alumina  to  the existing  day  bins  on top  of  both pot-
     line 1  buildings.

7.   Local controls mounted on the  baghouse  structure.

8.   A  roof  of simple truss design  covering  the Venturis, baahouses,
     and local controls.   The  roof  is  about  20 feet  above the  tops
     of the  baghouses and is  supported by  14 I-beams,  7  to  a  side.
                              6-107

-------
                                FAN WITH
                                 STACK
o
oo
        EXHAUST FROM
          POTROOMS
                                                                                                                       NOT SHOWN ARE
                                                                                                                       11 DUPLICATE
                                                                                                                       BAGHOUSES AND A
                                                                                                                       FEEDER DUCT, IN-
                                                                                                                       STALLED AT
                                                                                                                       THE RIGHT
                                            FEEDER DUCT
                    6ft.
REACTED ALUMINA TO
EXISTING DAY BINS
ON BOTH BUILDINGS
BATCHWISE
HIGH PRES-
SURE CONVEY-
ING SYSTEM  •
                                         Figure 6-20.  Retrofit schematic -- plant C -- Alcan design (side view -- 5
                                         baghouses in a farther plane are not shown).

-------
   Table 6-28.  MAJOR RETROFIT ITEMS-PLANT  C--ALCAN  DESIGN


1    Two 6-foot ducts, one from each building (see Figure  6-20),
    ioin an 8-foot duct that runs underneath the control  unit_
    and feeds 11 baghouses.  The horizontal  duct reduces  in  diameter
    after each pair of take-offs.  There are three alumina injection
    ports-two for recycled alumina and one  for fresh-in the 8-foot
    duct upstream of the control unit.  The  ratio of  recycled to fresh
    alumina is variable from one to 10.

2   Ductwork identical to that just described under item 1 to feed
    a control unit that is installed to the  right, and in reverse,
    of the control unit shown in Figure 6-20.

3.  Twenty-two  baghouses in 2 groups of 11 each as shown in Figure 6-20.
    Each baghouse except the eleventh  (nearest the bin) has a twin
    beyond the  plane of the paper.  Each baghouse handles .16,400 acfm
    of 200°F primary exhaust.   Gas flow entering and leaving a baghouse
    is vertical.  Each baghouse is a  rectangular box 10 feet square
    and  18 feet high with  an  inverted  pyramid bottom gas  inlet,   me
    top  of each baghouse is about  50  feet above the ground.  The baas
    are  cleaned by a variable 15-  to  30-second high pressure jet air
    pulse.

4  Twenty-two  60-hp fans,  one  for each baghouse  (16,400  acfm).
  '  Each fan  sets on top of its respective  baghouse and  discharges
    to a stack.  The stacks discharge to  the atmosphere  60  feet above
    the ground.

 5.  A 100-ton fresh  alumina bin.

 6  A batchwise high-pressure conveying system to alternately  convey
     reacted and unrecycled alumina to the existing day bins on  top
     of each potline building.

 7.  Local  controls  mounted on the baghouse  structure.
                              6-109

-------
6.3.3.1.9  Retrofit increments  of progress—Table 6-29  presents  the
time increments of progress for each of the three  potline retrofits.
As Table 6-29 shows, the four major contracts were awarded at different
times for lines 2 and 3, but for line 1 they  were  awarded all at once.
Compliance testing for line 2 started after several weeks of shakedown
operation, approximately on September 15, 1972.  The line 1 retrofit was
operational when EPA personnel visited plant C on May 9, 1973.
     For  each"of the potline retrofits, only 9 to 10 months elapsed
between  the  date that the  first  contract was awarded and the date that
both control units on that potline were operational.  However, as mentioned
in  subsection  6.3.3.1.4, the plant  started investigating  improved control
in  1970, which was  3 years prior to  all control units being  operational.

 6.3.3.2  Emissions  Before  and  After Retrofit
     Table 6-30 shows average emissions before and after retrofit
 furnished by the company in October 1974.   All of the quantities are
 expressed as pounds of total fluoride ion per ton of aluminum produced
 (Ib/ton  Al).  The table shows the quantities generated at the cells;
 the quantities directed to the  injected alumina primary removal equip-
 ment after  retrofit (primary  collection); the quantities  escaping
 collection  (secondary  loading);  the primary,  secondary, and total
 emissions;  the quantities removed  by  the  secondary equipment that are
  sent to the cryolite recovery plant;  and  the  quantities  recovered by
  the dry primary  retrofit  and  recycled to  the  cells.
                               6-110

-------
                             Table 6-29.  RETROFIT INCREMENTS OF PROGRESS—PLANT C
en
i

Portion of control unit
contract awarded
Treatment system and
baghouses
Hood fabrication and
installation
Ducting fabrication and
installation
Electrical wiring
Total project
Construction started
Construction completed
Unit operational

Line 2
11/19/71
12/28/71
2/11/72
2/17/72
January 1972
Unit 1 Unit 2
6/27/72 8/4/72
7/5/72 8/15/72
Line 3 i Line 1
1/26/72 i
2/2/72 |
2/16/72 I
2/17/72 j
! 7/7/72
i
NAa j 8/1/72
Unit 3 Unit 4 I Unit 5 Unit 6
!
9/29/72 10/27/72 | 3/1/73 4/10/73
-ul 0/1 5/72 ^11/15/72 j NAa NAa
i
t
	 	 „__ 	 . — i 	 — 	
             aNot available.

-------
   Table 6-30.
EMISSIONS BEFORE AND AFTER RETROFIT—PLANT  C-
        LINES 1, 2, AND 3
      (Ib total  F~/ton Al)

Emissions
Generation
Primary collection
Primary emission
Secondary loading
Secondary emission
Total emission
Secondary removal
Primary recovery

Before
retrofit

45.5
-
-
44.5
9.0
9.0
35.5
-
i
After
retrofit

45.5
37.8
0.4
6.7
0.9
1.3
5.8
37.4

    Monthly average inlet loadings  to  the  primary  and  secondary  con-
trol systems were 37.76 and 6.72 Ib F/ton  Al  in  Sentember  1974.  The
generation level  of 45.5 Ib/ton Al  is  the  sum of these loadings, plus
a rough approximation that building leakage is 1.0 Ib/ton  Al.  These
loadings and the secondary emission of 9.0 Ib/ton  Al  before  retrofit
were measured with the plant operating at  capacity.   The primary and
secondary emissions of 0.4 and 0.9 Ib/ton  Al  are based on  92 and 93
tests, respectively, during Januarv-September 1974 when the  plant
was at or near full production.  For these nine months, testing  typi-
cally consisted of three tests per week on both the primary  and  secondary
                               fi-n?

-------
systems.   Each of the three tests was for emissions  from a different
potline and lasted 24 hours.  Plant personnel  have not been able to
determine any difference between the performance of the POP units and
that of the Alcan units.
    The emissions before retrofit in Table 6-30 correspond to a secon-
dary removal efficiency of 80 percent and an overall control efficiency
(including building leakage) of 78 percent on total  fluoride for plant
C.  The emissions after retrofit correspond to a primary removal
efficiency of 99 percent, a secondary removal efficiency of 87 percent,
a primary collection efficiency of 83 percent and an overall control
efficiency (including leakage) of 95 percent on total fluoride for
plant C.
    Two conclusions that can be drawn from the above efficiencies and
Table 6-30 are:
    1.  Hithout  secondary control, a primary collection efficiency
        of 83 percent would result in a secondary emission of 7.7
        Ib/ton Al and a total emission of 8.1 Ib/ton Al for total
        fluoride after  retrofit.
    2.  The  retrofit reduced by  84 percent the quantity of total
        fluoride that is removed  by  the secondary control system and
        sent to  the water  treatment  plant.  This  in turn  has reduced
        the  plant water effluent discharges.
                                6-113

-------
6.3.3.3  Retrofit Capital and Annual  Costs

6.3.3.3.1  Capital costs—Table 6-31  presents the total  retrofit
capital cost for the three potlines broken down into the major retrofit
items.  Assuming an annual capacity of 265,000 tons, $14,300,000 for
retrofit is equivalent to a capital cost of $54 per annual  capacity ton.
    The duct costs in Table 6-31 include all  ductwork from the cells
to the 8-foot horizontal ducts underneath the control units.   The
control unit costs include the remaining ductwork, Venturis,  baghouses,
fans, stacks, and solids handling for all the Alcan and  POP units,
Nondistributed costs are primarily, but not exclusively, related to
the control units and include such things as  utilities (primarily
compressed air) and instrumentation.   Research and development (R&D)
costs include only the development work that  eventually  became part
of the retrofit.  Hence, the costs are included for the  hoods on the
20 cells whose primary exhausts were directed to the ESP prototype,
but not for the ESP itself.  Plant personnel  are unable  to determine
the remaining R&D costs from their records.  All contractor engineering
and the plant R&D engineering costs that pertain to the installed
retrofit are included in the Table 6-31 costs.  Plant oersonnel are
unable to determine the remaining plant engineering costs from their
records.
    The secondary scrubbers were the only assets that were retired
as a result of the retrofit.  They were installed for $1,166,000,
were being depreciated over a 20-year life, and when retired  had a
book value of $907,000.
                             6-114

-------
         Table  6-31.  RETROFIT CAPITAL COST—PLANT C-
                          LINES  1, 2 AND 3
          Hoods                          $3,160,000
          Ducts                           1,190,000
          Emission control units          7,970,000
          Nondistributed costs            1,250,000
          Research and development          730,000
                            Total      $14,300,000
6.3.3.3.2  Annual  costs—Table 6-32 gives  annual  costs  for  both  the
primary injected alumina retrofit and the  secondary scrubbers  as
furnished by the company in March 1975.  Assuming an annual  aluminum
production equal to the annual capacitv  of 265,000 tons,  the total
retrofit annual cost amounts to $12.99 per ton;  the total secondary
scrubber annual cost amounts to $7.07 per  ton;  and the  plant's ool-
lution control annual cost amounts to $20.06 per ton.  The  total  retro-
fit annual operating cost of $936,000 amounts to $3.53  per  ton.
    The cost of producing compressed air for the retrofit is included
in maintenance materials.  The plant pays  no royalty costs  for the
Alcan or the Prat-Daniel-Poelman designs.   The secondary scrubbers are
leased.  Hence  the depreciation cost of $1,190,000 is rent, and  there
are no charges for interest or taxes.
                               6-115

-------
    In Table  6-32,  no  credit is given for the alumina and fluoride
recovered by  the retrofit  because  the plant  accounting system does
not credit these recovered materials.   Assuming a fluoride recovery
rate of 37.4 Ib/ton of aluminum produced  (see Table 6-30), an annual
aluminum production of 265,000 tons, and  a  fluoride cost of $0.25 per
pound,50 the value of the recovered fluoride would be $2,477,750
per year.
       Table 6-32.  1974 ANNUAL COST-PLANT C-LINES  1,  2,  AND 3

Operating costs:
Labor incl. dir. supv.
Supplies
Electricity
Water
Maintenance materials & labor
Bag replacement
Subtotal
Capital -related charges:
Depreciation
Interest
Insurance
Taxes
Arfmi m strati ve & overhead
Ciik-f-ntal
JUU LU ua I
Total
Injected
Al umi na
Retrofit

413,000
20,000
130,000
-
152,000
221 ,000

936,000

973,000
1,317,000
9,000
176,000
32,000
2,507,000
3,443,000
Secondary
Scrubbers

141,000
38,000
104;>000
21 ,,000a
355,000
-

659,000

l,190,000a
-
7,000a
-
17,000
1,214,000
1,873,000
Both

554,000
58,000
234,000
21 ,000
507,000
221 ,000

1,595,000

2,163,000
1,317,000
16,000
176,000
49,000
3,721,000
5,316,000
  aEstimated.
                                  6-116

-------
6.3.4  Case Description Summary
     Table 6-33 shows actual retrofit emission reductions and cost
for potroom retrofits at ten primary aluminum plants.    '    EPA
personnel had visited seven of these plants (A-G) at the time the
detailed case descriptions were developed.   Since any one of these
seven could have served as a retrofit case  description, a comparison
table and a rating sheet were prepared to select the best cases.
The three cases that have been selected (plants A, B and C)--
together with the discussion of primary collection, primary removal
and secondary removal systems-are believed to adequately cover
primary  aluminum fluoride retrofit control  techniques.
     The emission numbers in Table 6-33 are average total primary
and secondary total  fluoride emissions expressed as pounds of fluoride
ion per  ton of  aluminum produced.  The increase  in plant K emissions
after  retrofit  is explained in subsection  6.3.4.2.  The  capital costs
include  direct  and  indirect costs.   The  indirect costs  include
engineering  and, where  a  retrofit  is underway,  contingency and
escalation  costs.   However, as noted in  Section  6.3.3,  not all  the
engineering  costs  are  included in  the plant C retrofit.   Except for
plants G and  M, the retrofit  costs are final  or, where  the retrofit
 is still underway,  are the customary accurate appropriation  reauest
 estimates.   Plant  G costs are based on written vendor quotations  and
 should thus be reasonably accurate.  Since the accuracy of plant M
 costs is questionable, this plant is separated from the others in
 Table 6-33.  The capital costs are also shown adjusted to April 1974
 using plant cost indices from Chemical Engineering magazine.
                               6-117'

-------
            Table  6-33.   POTROOM RETROFIT  EMISSION  REDUCTIONS  AND COSTS  FOR TEN  PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS
Cell
type
CWPB
CWPB
CWPB
CWPB
SWPB
SWPB
HSS
HSS
VSS
VSS
Plant
code
D
Fd
G
H
C
K
B
A
E
M
Plant capacity
short tons/yr
115,000
32,850
250,000
130,000
265,000
35,000
210,000
80,000
91 ,000
180,000
Total potroom emissions,
Ib F/ton Al
Before .
retrofit0
7.8
5.1
19.0
6.9
9.0
7.7
5.4
9.3
4.2
5.3
After ,
retrofit
2.6
1.2
2.7
2.5
1.3
10.6
2.9
2.4
2.0
1.9
Retrofit capital cost,
$/annual ton Al
Actual
102
54
124
216
54
121
92
141
64
115
Adjusted to
AnHl 1974
117
71
108
188
62
105
98
157
81
121
Increased net
annual operating
cost, $/ton Al
NAC
NA
NA
NA
3.53e
NA
0.81
-4.7Rf
NA
9.57
CTl
I

-------
cr>
t
Table 6-33 (continued).   POTROOM RETROFIT  EMISSION  REDUCTIONS  AND  CUSTS  FOR TEN  PRIMARY  ALUMINUM PLANTS


FOOTNOTES:

aCWPB - center-worked prebake cells, SWPB  - side-worked prebake cells, VSS - vertical stud
 Soderberg cells, HSS - horizontal stud Soderberg cells.

bAverage primary and secondary total fluoride emissions.

CNA = Mot available.

dResults shown for only the one potline retrofitted.

Increased gross annual operating cost; net not available.  Net annual ooerating cost includes
 credits for recovered alumina and fluoride; gross does not.

f:1enative sign means decreased net annual  onerating cost.

-------
Plants A and B furnished the additional  net annual  operating  cost and
plant C furnished the additional  gross annual  operating cost  for their
retrofits as shown in Table 6-33.  Additional  net annual  operating cost
is also shown for plant M.  These annual operating costs do not include
capital-related charges.
     Table  6-33 shows as much as a three-fold variation in cost for
actual retrofits.  Real-life differences between plants that can
affect the  cost include:  the need to tear down varving types of
existing control; the possible need to  tear down other eauipment and
buildings;  the extent to which support  structure for the retrofit
already exists; and, the  need for installing or modifying primary
collection  systems.  The  latter  includes the extent of modification
that  is dictated  by  potroom layout and  by  cell geometry and operating
requirements.
      To further illustrate  the complexity  of real-life situations,
the  vendor  of the fluidized bed  claims  that the  installation cost of
fluidized bed removal equipment  can vary greatly,  from as low  as  about
$30  per  annual ton on some  new prebake  installations to levels  such
as shown  for Plant D in Table 6-33  ($117 per annual ton).  This four-
                                                                       (TO
fold variation in cost  is largely  determined by  the following  factors:
       1.  The volume of cell -gas to be  treated per ton of metal
          produced.  Smaller and older  design orebake cells, such as
          those of Plant  D, generate  as much as  twice the gas  volume
          of some newer cell designs  on a  cubic  foot per ton basis.
                                6-120

-------
     2.  The  physical  layout of the existing plant, which affects:
        a.   The  length  of  the duct svstem.
        b.   The  availability of  alumina  storage tanks  for storaae
             both preceding and following the  fume treatment system.
        c.   The  available  space  for  locating  the fume  treatment  svstem.
        d.   The  access  to  the area by  large construction equipment
             used to erect  the reactors,  baghouses, etc.
         e.   The  availability  of  sufficient electrical  power close to
             the  site chosen  for  the  control equipment.
     This  section Illustrates  the point that for  a  process as  complex
as a primary aluminum plant,  a retrofit control must  be tailor-made
and should not be generalized  as  to  costs or even  as  to method of
emission control.
     In the following subsections, capsule descriptions of each of
the  ten actual retrofits are given by cell type.

6.3.4.1  Center-worked Prebake Cells
     Plant D  completed a central  primary  fluidized bed  dry scrubbing
retrofit in  July  1974.  A  total  of 25 reactor-baghouses units were
installed, along with supporting equipment, to replace 30 courtyard
rotoclone-to-spray tower fume control units on the five plant
potlines.   Total  system capacity is 1,250,000 acfm.  The retrofit
did  not improve primary collection efficiency, although the caoital
cost included replacing the side shields on all 650 cells with new
identically-designed covers.   There was no secondary control  before
or after retrofit.  Total  retrofit capital cost was $11,766,900
which included the cost of removing and relocating the former control
equipment.
                              6-121

-------
    Plant F completed a courtyard primary fluidized bed dry scrubbing
retrofit on one of its five potlines  in May 1970.   A total  of 10
reactor-baghouse units were installed, along with  supporting equip-
ment, to replace three courtyard dry  ESP-to-dual  spray tower fume
control units.  Total system capacity is 400,000 acfm, and the
retrofit did not improve primary collection efficiency.  There
was no secondary control before or after retrofit.  Total retrofit
capital cost was $1,772,000.  This did not include the cost of
removing the six spray towers.  The three ESPs were left in
place because it was considered too costly to remove them.
    Plant 6 has 12 courtyard dual  multiclone-to-quadruple spray
tower primary control units and plans  to install a primary courtyard
fluidized bed or injected alumina dry  scrubbing  retrofit on all  six
potlines by July 1978.  As of January  1975, the  retrofit capital
cost estimate for the dry scrubbers was $28 million, the median  of
three vendor preliminary estimates.  The retrofit  also includes  im-
proved primary collection efficiency  by modifications to the plant's
1032 cells.  These modifications included tighter sealing between the
hood side shields and around the anode stems, reolacement of the curved
side shields with braced, flat side shields, and installation of new
end doors.  Cost of  these hooding modifications is estimated at $3 mil-
lion for a total retrofit cost of $31  million.  Table 6-33 shows the
combined emission reductions and costs for the hooding-dry scrubbing
retrofits.  Plant G  has no  secondary control before or after retrofit.
                              6-122

-------
     Plant H plans to install  a central  primary control  injected  alumina
dry scrubbing retrofit on all  five potlines  by November  1976.   Present
controls on four of the five potlines are courtyard primary multi-
clone-to-spray tower units and 50 secondary cyclone scrubbers per
potline along one edge of the potroom roof.   Present controls on the
other potline are primary central Venturis with no secondary controls.
The retrofit includes new hoods on all 700 cells which will improve
primary collection efficiency to such a degree that the company plans
to abandon all secondary controls.  As of February 1975, the total
retrofit capital cost was estimated at $28,046,000, equivalent to
$216 per annual ton in Table 6-33.  This figure does not include any
costs for dismantling existing equipment.  In addition, plant H plans to
install two  parallel  sets of spray cyclone scrubber-to-wet  ESP
controls on  its uncontrolled anode bake plant  at  a cost of
$2,150,000.

6.3.4.2  Side-worked  Prebake Cells
    The Plant C retrofit is described in detail in Section  6.3.3.
In April 1973, plant  C completed a courtyard  primary injected
alumina dry  scrubbing retrofit on all three potlines.  There are
six control  modules with a total system capacity  of 2,160,000 acfm.
Former control consisted only of 180  roof-mounted secondary spray
scrubbers.   By necessity, the retrofit included the hooding of all
720 cells.   The total retrofit capital cost of $14,300,000  included
the removal  of 20 secondary scrubbers.
                               6-123

-------
    Plant K plans to retrofit its one potline with a central
primary injected alumina dry scrubbing system and to abandon the
present spray screen secondary controls along the entire peak of
the potroom roof.  The retrofit also includes hooding all 90 cells and
oversizing the removal equipment to handle primary exhaust
from an additional 48 cells that are cart of a possible plant exoan-
sion.  The total retrofit capital cost was estimated to be $4,250,000
in March  1975.   The plant plans  to abandon secondary control because
they consider a  projected capital cost of $56 oer  annual ton for water
treatment of their once-through  scrubbing water  to be economically ex-
cessive.   The before  retrofit emission of 7.7 Ib F/ton  Al  is an average
for  the  first five months of operation in 1974.   The after- retrofit
emission of 10.6 Ib  F/ton Al  is  based on  an  average generation  level
 of 53 Ib F/ton  Al for the same five months  and  a projected
 plant overall control efficiency of 79.86 percent.  The actual  emis-
 sion  level will not  be  known  until  the retrofit has been  completed  in
 the surnner of  1975 and  then  operated for several  months.  Plant personnel
 are hopeful that emissions will average 6-7 Ib  F/ton Al .
 6.3.4.3  Horizontal  Stud Soderberg  CeTJs_
     The Plant  B retrofit is  described in detail in Section  6.3.2.
  Former controls were courtyard primary  spray towers.   The plant  is
  installing fifteen 100,000 scfm and six 50,000 scfm courtvard  pri
  mary spray tower- to-wet ESP units on the six potrooms comorising
  two-thirds of  its capacity, and ten 100,000 scfm central primary
  wet  ESP-only units on  the three potrooms comprising the other one-
  third.  The former does not include improved primary collection while
  the  latter does.  Improved collection on the latter includes <
  creased exhaust rate,  new doors, and better sealing on 372 cells.
                                   in-
6-124

-------
Estimated retrofit completion date is June 1975.   There was no secon-
dary control before or after retrofit.  An October 1974 total  retrofit
capital cost estimate of $19,300,000 does not include costs of removing
any of the 22 existing spray towers for the central retrofit.
    The Plant A retrofit is described in detail in Section 6.3.1.
The plant has installed a central primary dry scrubbing retrofit in
two locations, each having 18 reactor-baghouse units and handling
two potrooms, or  half the plant's capacity.  For half the capacity,
the retrofit involves bypassing the  16 spray towers at the ends of the
potrooms and improving primary collection efficiency on all 240 cells
by an  increased primary exhaust rate.  For the other half, the
 retrofit involves using  the  central  ductwork of  the existing  cement
 blockhouse  scrubbers  and  not improving  primary collection efficiency.
Total  system  capacity for the whole  plant is 1,200,000 acfm.   The
 retrofit was  operational  in  September 1974.  There was no secondary
 control  before  or after  retrofit.  A December  1974 total  retrofit
 capital  cost  estimate of $11,313,000 includes  demolition  costs for
 half the retrofit.  The  bypassed spray towers  ana a 25- by
 100-foot building were torn  down, but the cement blockhouse scrubbers
 were not.
 6.3.4.4  Vertical Stud Soderberg Cells
     Plant E completed a secondary retrofit in  November 1970 and a
 primary retrofit in February 1972 on all five  of its potrooms. The
 secondary retrofit consisted of abandoning previously retrofitted
 roof monitor spray screen scrubbers and installing a new dormer-
 tunnel design that is shown in Figure 6-10, one dormer tunnel along
 one entire edge  of each potroom  roof.  The primary retrofit
                               6-125

-------
consisted of adding eight 12,000 acfm and  four  6,000  acfm  wet
ESPs downstream of 20 previously retrofitted  courtyard  bubbler-
scrubbers.  The ESP retrofit did not improve  primary  collection
efficiency.  Table 6-33 shows the combined emission reduction  and
costs for the dormer-tunnel  and ESP retrofits.   Retrofit capital
costs were $4,155,078 and $1,662,701 for the  secondary  and primary
retrofits, respectively.  The primary retrofit  included removal  of
the plant's 20 multiclones.
     Plant M has ten potrooms, courtyard multiclone-to-
venturi primary controls and no secondary control.   It  has been
developing a foam scrubber secondary control  system.   If this  scrub-
ber proves too ineffective or costly, the plant will  revert to in-
stalling spray screen secondary controls.   An EPA contract study
estimated that, in December 1973, roof mounted  powered  spray screen
scrubbers would cost $20,688,000 or $115 per  annual ton to reduce total
fluoride emissions to 1.8 Ib F/ton Al.  There would be  60  scrubbers
and 60 fans per potroom, or 600 apiece for the  plant.  Total system
capacity would be 25,800,000 acfm with a I1quid-to-gas  ratio of 5
gallons per thousand acfm.  The retrofit would  also Include 20 redr-
culating pumps, 10 recirculating tanks, six miscellaneous  pumps,  and
one clarifier.  The scrubber water would be lime treated.   The con-
tractor estimated that final installed costs  for other  systems,  such
as a foam scrubber, would not vary more than  about 30 percent  from
that of the spray screen.  A December 1973 annualized operating  cost
estimate of $1,723,000 1s equivalent to $9.57 per ton..
                             6-126

-------
 6.4  DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND STARTUP TIMES FOR RETROFIT CONTROLS
      The emission control retrofit cases  studied and  described  in
 Section 6.3 have shown that the  upgrading of fluoride emission  controls
 or the initiation of control  for a primary aluminum plant  is  a  major
 engineering undertaking.   Such a project  does  not  involve  the instal-
 lation of one  simple item of  control  equipment,  but instead involves
 complex controls which may be several  in  number.   Associated with the
 controls  are storage and  surge tanks,  conveyors, fans, and long lengths
 of huge ductwork along with the  necessary foundations, structural
 steelwork and  electrical  drive systems.
     Table 6-34  shows  the approximate  sequence of  activities which are
 necessary to design  and install  an  improved air emission control system
 in  a primary aluminum  plant.  The  sequence of work outlined is not
 necessarily  normal,  but it should  apply to periods such as the summer of
 1974, when structural  steel had  particularly long delivery time.
Obviously, such  steel would be ordered as soon as possible—in fact,
even before  the  full requirement is known.  Thus, some parts  of item 5
may not be firm  until item 7 and item 11  are done.   Similarly, it will
be understood that other  items of Table 6-34 may overlap in time.
     Figure 6-21  illustrates that the activities in a  big engineering
job—such as retrofitting  controls to a orimary aluminum plant—tend to
progress in a continuous,  non-stepwise manner.   This  is because  there is
so much to do;   at a given time,  numerous  items are in various stages of
design, procurement, and construction.  The four curves in Figure  6-21
show the typical  progress  for the named activites throughout
                                 6-127

-------
Table  6-34.  SEQUENCE OF MAJOR ACTIVITIES IN DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
        OF AIR EMISSION CONTROL FOR AN EXISTING PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANT

1.   Process design and flow diagram.
2.   Engineering flow diagram and preliminary plot plans.
3.   Specification and procurement of major items such as dry scrubbers,
     and  fans.  Long delivery items  first.
4.   Ductwork and  piping arrangements, specification,  and procurement.
5.   Structural steel  design.
6.   Foundation design.
7   Specification of  minor items,  obtainable  without  complete  drawings,
     such as pumps and materials  handling  equipment.
 8.    Design of  electrical  starters, switchgear and distribution system.
 9.    Specification of instruments.
10.    Receipt of certified dimension drawings of dry scrubbers,  storage
      tanks, conveyors, fans.
11.    Dimension drawings for ductwork.
12.   Release of foundation and structural steel drawings.
13    Start  construction.   Site preparation, necessary removals or
      relocations will have already  taken place.
14.   Complete the pipe and ductwork takeoffs,  and drawings for field
      supports.
15.   Release drawings  and  material  listings for construction.
16.   Complete  underground  installations.
 17.   Complete  foundations.
 18..   Delivery  of structural  steel  and major items of  equipment.
 19.    Erect major items of equipment.
 20.    Install ductwork and conveyors.
 21.    Install piping.
                                6-128

-------
Table  6-34 (continued).  SEQUENCE OF MAJOR ACTIVITIES IN DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION OF AIR EMISSION CONTROL FOR AN EXISTING PRIMARY ALUMINUM
PLANT
22.  Install electrical.
23.  Install instrumentation.
24.  Startup.
25.  Source testing and analytical.
26.  Compliance with air pollution control regulations.
the job.  The relative positions of the curves vary with the actual job
and the graph is diagrammatic only.  However, each line tends to approach
linearity in the 25-75 percent completion  interval.  This figure shows
that  process design  usually  continues  into the early stages of  procurement.
Engineering also continues well  into the construction  period.   For  this
reason, total time requirements  are best estimated from experience  and
cannot  be derived by adding  the  time requirements for  design, ordering,
manufacture, delivery,  installation and  startup  as can be done  for  one
simple  control.
      One  important step  that is  almost wholly  out of control  of the
customer  or the  control  official is the  construction item delivery
time.  Table  6-3E gives  some historical  delivery times for  items which
are very  important  in installing emission  controls  at  primary aluminum
plants.   The  historical  variation  is  somewhat  obscured because  data
extending back  to the Korean war period  (when  deliveries were very
 long) is  not  available.   However,  deliveries greatly increased
 from 1973 to 1974,  and many lead times passed  all  previous
                                  6-129

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
                          Table 6-35.  DELIVERY TIMES FOR ITEMS REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT EMISSION
                                            CONTROLS FOR PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS 59'6U
CO
Construction Items
Structural steel
Ductwork
Fans & blowers
Airslides
Motors
Electrical controls
Electrical switch gear

1960
17-21
10-14
26




, , - -.---, 	 	 II TIL .- 	 — 	 « 	 —I. 	 • 	 • 	 ' 	 |
Delivery Times (weeks)
1966
23-30
10-14
30




1969
21-28
17-22

17-19
12
13
23
1971
23-31
18-23
25
17-19
12
13
21
1973
27-35
18-23
26
20-22
14
15
21
May 1974
34-50
32-37
26
28-30
36
25
35
Remarks
>500 tons

Large

No specials
AC standard
<_ 600 volt

-------
bounds.   Table 6-3E represents the experience of an aluminum company
doing its own purchasing.   Another company reports up to 52 weeks for
delivery of switchgear. 61  A contractor reports 61 weeks for blowers;
                                          62
and about 65 weeks for motors over 40 HP.    Deliveries may depend
partly upon quantity bought, continuity of business through the years,
and most-favored customer status.  Fabrication and shipping consumes a
significant fraction of the total time required to design and install
emission controls.
     The actual time in years that was required to add  retrofit  controls
to eight aluminum  plants is given in Table  6-36.   Plant codes are  the
same as  in  Section 6.3.  Except  for  plant F,  the  whole  plant was retrofitted
in each  case.  Only plants  C,  E,  and H had  secondary  control and only
plant E  improved  its secondary  control,  at  a cost of  about  65 percent  of
its  total  retrofit expenditure.   Plant B built and operated a pilot
plant during  two  of the 4-1/2 years  of  retrofit activity.   The  completion
time of 5-1/2 years for plant G includes 3  years  for improved cell
 hooding and 3 years for dry scrubber installation.  The 3 years for
 improved hooding  is due to a claimed economic advantage for modifying
 cells over the normal  3-year life of their cathode linings.  Had plant G
 so elected, the dry scrubber installation could have proceeded  simultaneously
 with cell  hooding improvements, reducing the completion time to about 3
 years.
      The actual time  requirements shown  in the last  column of Table 6-36
 are probably greater  - on the average -  than  needed  for enforcement
 purposes.  In spite of the large capital tied  up, there is no   return,
 and the usual economic incentive for haste  in  startup  is lacking.   Any
 interferences with production  during installation  of controls  are
                                  6-132

-------
                   Table 6-36    TOTAL  CONSTRUCTION TIME FOR RETROFIT EMISSION CONTROLS FOR
                                              PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS
CO
CO
Plant Cell
Code Type
A HSS



B HSS

C SWPB

D CWPB
E VSS

F ' CWPB

I ;
G CWPB

H CWPB

Plant Capa-
city
(tons/yr)
80,000



210,000

265,000

115,000
91,000

32,850


250,000

130,000

Retrofit Capital
Cost ($)
11,300,000



19,300,000

14,300,000

11,800,000
| 5,800,000

! 1,800,000


31,000,000

28,000,000

Description of
Retrofit Emission Controls
Dry scrubbers-primary



Improved cell hooding and wet
ESP-primary
New cell hooding and dry
scrubbers -primary
Dry scrubbers-primary
Wet ESP-primary
Dormer tunnel -secondary
; Dry scrubbers-primary
(1 potline)

j Improved cell hooding and dry
scrubbers -primary
Improved cell hooding and dry
scrubbers -primary
Time Required \
for Retrofitting
(years) |
2-1/2

i
•
4-1/? ;

1 3 '
f !

3
2-1/2

1-1/2


5-1/2

2
1

-------
  normally  few  and  brief  and,  of  course,  the  plant will make  haste when



  these occur.


       In view  of the above discussion,  and including  some  allowance  for



  financing, a  reasonable total  time for retrofitting  fluoride emission



  controls to a primary aluminum plant may be taken  as about 3 years.



  Table 6-37 shows the approximate lead times required to reach a few



  important milestones in providing emission controls  for an existing



  primary  aluminum plant.  The first item  in the table can require a



  year or  two  if piloting must be done or  if considerable cost study



  has  not  already  been done.  Also, for  reasons shown by Figure 6-21,



  the  time for item  2 must  be given as  a  range.


        In  practice,  enforcement  officials  should consider  each plant on



  a case-by-case basis  and they  should  require  proof  for the time



,   requirements claimed for each  milestone.







  Table  6-37.  INCREMENTS OF PROGRESS FOR  INSTALLATION OF FLUORIDE

               EMISSION CONTROLS IN AN EXISTING PRIMARY ALUMINUM

                                    PLANT





Increments  of  Progress                          Elapsed Time, weeks



Preliminary control  plan and  compliance                 2b

schedule to appropriate  agency



Award  of major contracts                              35 "  55



Start  of construction                                    60


                                                        i ?d
Completion of  construction



Final  compliance                                       13°
                                  6-134

-------
6.5  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 6

1.   Air Pollution Control  in the Primary Aluminum Industry.   Sing-
     master and Breyer, New York, NY.   Prepared for Office of Air
     Programs, Environmental Protection Aqency, Research Triangle
     Park, NC under Contract Number CPA 70-21.   July 23, 1973.

2.   Background Information for Standards of Performance:  Primary
     Aluminum Industry.  Volume 1:  Proposed Standards.   Emission
     Standards and Engineering Division, OAQPS, Environmental
     Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.  October 1974.

3.   Varner, B. A., Trip Report:  Six Pacific Northwest Primary
     Aluminum Plants.  Emission Standards and Engineering Division,
     OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
     Park, NC.  June 11, 1973.

4.   Varner, B. A., Trip Report:  Ormet Hannibal, Ohio Primary
     Aluminum Plant.  Emission Standards and Engineering Division,
     OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
     Park, NC.  July 2, 1973.

5.   Varner, B. A. and G. B. Crane, Report on 1975 Primary Aluminum
     Pacific Northwest Trip.  Emission Standards and Engineering
     Division, OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, NC.  March 17, 1975.

6.   Crane, G. B. and B. A. Varner, Trip Report to the Primary Aluminum
     Plant of Conalco at Lake Charles, LA.  Emission Standards and
     Engineering Division, OAQPS, Fnvironmental Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle Park, NC.  March 28, 1975.

7.   Personal communication from D. Rush, Singmaster and Breyer,  New
     York, NY, to B. A. Varner, Emission Standards and Engineering
     Division, OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, NC.  February 25,  1974.

8.   Letter from C. A. MacPhee, Reynolds Metals Company, Richmond,
     VA,  to D. R. Goodwin,  Emission Standards and  Engineering
     Division, OAQPS, Environmental Protection Aqency, Research
     Triangle Park, NC, dated November  19,  1974.

9.   Letter from Dr. P. R.  Atkins, Aluminum Company of America,
     Pittsburgh, PA, to B.  A. Varner,  Emission Standards and Engineering
     Division, OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, NC, dated April 21,  1975.

10.  Memorandum  from G. B.  Crane  to S.  T. Cuffe.   Meeting with Conalco
     and  Revere  on  Proposed Primary Aluminum lll(d) Standards.
     September 26,  1974.   (Also  meeting  notes  of  Crane and B. A.  Varner.)
                              6-135

-------
11    Boyer, W.  F., Jr.,  Arguments in Opposition to State Guidelines for
     Standards of Performance for Existing Primary Aluminum Plants (Second
     Draft of August 1974).   Consolidated Aluminum Corporation,  St.
     Louis, MO.  September 23, 1974.  pp. 6-8.

12   Letter from C. L. Keigley, Consolidated Aluminum Corporation, Lake
     Charles, LA, to G.  B. Crane, Emission Standards and Engineering
     Division, OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
     Park, NC, dated April 1, 1975.

13   Letter from J. L. Loyer, Howmet Corporation, Greenwich, CT,
     to D. R. Goodwin, Emission Standards and  Engineering Division,
     OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
     NC, dated October 31, 1974.  pp. 1-2.

14   Letter from  Dr.  P. R. Atkins,  Aluminum Company of  America,
     Pittsburgh,  PA,  to G. B. Crane, Emission  Standards  and
     Engineering  Division, OAQPS,  Environmental  Protection Agency,
     Research  Triangle Park,  NC,  dated January 30,  1975.   p. 9.

15.  Reference 14,  above, p.  3.

16   Letter from Dr.  P. R. Atkins,  Aluminum Company of  .America,
     Pittsburgh,  PA,  to D. R.  Goodwin, Emission Standards  and
     Engineering Division, OAQPS,  Environmental  Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle  Park,  NC,  dated June 20, 1974.

 17   Letter from J. L.  Byrne, Martin Marietta  Aluminum, The Dalles, OR,
     to D  R.  Goodwin,  Emission Standards and  Engineering  Division,
     OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,
      NC,  dated October 10,  1974.

 18   Letter from Dr.  B.  S.  Hulcher, Reynolds  Metals Company, Richmond,
      VA  to D. R. Goodwin,  Emission Standards and Engineering Division,
      OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,
      NC, dated June 28, 1974.

 19.  Reference 1,  above, pp. 8-10  to 8-12.

 20.  Reference 1,  above, p.  8-8.

 21.  Reference  1,  above, pp. 8-27  to 8-29.

 22.  Reference  1,  above, p.  8-22.

 91   "nnk  C  C   and L   L.  Knapp.   Treatment  of Gases  Evolved in the
      Production  of Aluminum.   US.  Patent No.  3,503,184.  March  31, 1970.

 24   Cook,  C. C.  and G.  R.  Swany.   Evolution  of Fluoride  Recovery
    '  Processes  Alcoa Smelters.   In:  Light Metals  1971.   New  York, NY.
      Proceedings of  Symposia 100th AIME Meeting, March 1-4, 1971.
                                6-136

-------
25.   Cook, C.  C., G.  R.  Swan.y,  and J.  N.  Colpitts.   Operating
      Experience with  the Alcoa  398 Process  for Fluoride  Recovery.
      Journal  of the Air  Pollution  Control Association. 2J_,  August  1971.

26.   Cochran,  C.N., W. C.  Sleppy,  &nd  W.  B.  Frank.   Chemistry  cf
      Evolution and Recovery of  Fumes  in Aluminum Smeltinq.   T*1S  of
      AIME Paper No. A70-22.  February  16, 1970.

27.   Reference 1, above, p. 5-27.

28.   Varner,  B.  A., Trip Report:   Trip to Alcoa  (Badin,  N.C.)  Alumi-
      num Plant,  Standards  Development  and Implementation Division,
      SSPCP,  Environmental  Protection Aqency,  Research Trianole Park,
      N.C.   August 21,  1972.

29.   Reference 1, above, pp.  5-14  to 5-17.

30.   Reference 1, above, p. 5-29.

31.   Reference 1, above, p. 5-34.

32.   Control Technigues  for Particulate Air Pollutants.   National
      Air Pollution Control  Administration, Washington, D. C.   Pub-
      lication  Number AP-51.   January 1969.  p. 54~

33.   Reference 1,  above, p.  5-40.

34.   Reference 1,  above, pp.  5-34  to 5-40.

35.   Reference 1,  above, pp.  5-29  to 5-33.

36.   Reference 32,  above, pp. 81-96.

37.   A Manual  of  Electrostatic  Precipitator Technology.   Southern
      Research  Institute, Birmingham, Alabama.  Prepared  for National
      Air Pollution Control  Administration, Cincinnati, Ohio under
      Contract  Number CPA 22-69-73.  August 25, 1970.

38.   Callaioli, G., et al.  Systems for Gas Cleaning in  Electro-
      lytic Cells  of Montecatini Edison Aluminum Plant.  TMS of
      AIME  Paper No. A70-57.   February  16, 1970.

39.   Byrne, J. L.   Fume  Control at Harvey Aluminum.  (Presented at
      Annual Meeting Pacific Northwest  Section, Air Pollution Control
      Association.   Spokane, Wash.  November 16 - 18, 1970).

40-   Calvez, C. et al.  Compared Technologies for the Collection of
      Gases and Fumes and the Ventilation of Aluminum Potlines.
      (Presented at  the AIME Meeting, Chicago.  December 11 - 16,  1967.)
                              6-137

-------
41.    Moser, E.   The Treatment  of  Fumes from Primary Aluminum Reduction
      Plants.   (Presented  at  International Conference on Air Pollution
      and Water Conservation  in the  Copper and Aluminum Industries.
      Paper Number 12.   October 21-23,  1969).

42.    Letter from W. F.  Boyer,  Jr.,  Consolidated Aluminum Corporation,
      Lake Charles, La., to B.  A.  Varner, Emission  Standards and  Engineerina
      Division, OAQPS,  Environmental  Protection Agency, Research  Triangle
      Park, N.C., dated June 25, 1974.

43    Ponder, T. C. and R. W. Gerstle.   Particulate and Fluoride  Emission
      Control, Anaconda Aluminum Company, Columbia  Falls, Montana.
      PEDCo-Environmental, Cincinnati,  Ohio.   Prepared  for^Division  of
      Stationary Source Enforcement, Environmental  Protection Agency
      under Contract Number 68-02-1321.  February  1974.

44    Air Contaminant Discharge Permit Application.  Test  Reports.
      Ammax Pacific Aluminum Corporation,  Warrenton, Oregon.  June  1974.

45    Letter  from  J. J. Miller, Amax Aluminum Company,  San  Mateo, Calif.
      to D  Trerice, Kaiser Engineers, Oakland, Calif   dated June 19.
      1974    In-   Air Contaminant Discharge Permit Application.  Test
      Reports.   Amax Pacific Aluminum Corporation, Warrenton, Oregon.
      June  1974.

 46     Memorandum from  G.  B.  Crane to S. T. Cuffe   Retrofitting  Secondary
       Scrubbers at Existing  Primary Aluminum Hants. .Scrubber Effic en-
       cies.  Emission  Standards and  Engineering Division, OAQPS, Environ-
       mental  Protection Agency.  July  22, 1975.

  47.   Reference 1, above, p. 5-49.

  48.   Reference 1, above, p. 7-13.

  49.   Reference 3, above, pp. 33-39.  (Corrected).

  50.   Reference 1, above, p. 8-31.

  51.   Reference 3, above, pp.3-8.  (Corrected).

  R?   Miller  I  , and  J.  E. Freund.  Probability and Statistics for
       Engineers.   Englewood Cliffs, N. J., Prentice-Hall, 1965.  pp.
        349, 350, 413.
  53.   Development Document for Effluent             Aluminum bmeiting




        Number EPA-440/l-74-019-d.  March 1974.
                                0-138

-------
54.  Reference 53, above, p. 43.

5B.  Reference 53, above, p. 3.

56.  Reference 53, above, p. 99.

57.  Reference 3, above, pp. 22-27.

58.  Letter froir, Dr. P. R. Atkins, Aluminum Company of America,
     Pittsburgh, Pa., to B. A.  Varner, Emission Standards and Engineering
     Division, OAQPS, Environmental  Protection Agency, Research Triangle
     Park, N.C., dated July 23,  1973.

59.  Personal communication from Dr. P. R. Atkins, Aluminum Company
     of America, Pittsburgh, Pa., to B. A. Varner, Emission Standards
     and Engineering Division,  OAQPS,  Environmental Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle Park, N.C.  June 25, 1974.

60.  Purchasing Lead Time Reports.  Aluminum Company of America,
     Pittsburgh, Pa.  August 1969, August 1971, August 1973, May 1974.

61.  Letter from A. L. Morgan,  PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.,
     to B. A. Varner, Emission Standards and Engineering Division,
     OAQPS, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
     N.C., dated May 30, 1974.

62.  Personal communication from R.  Davis, Chemical Construction
     Corporation, New York, N.Y., to B. A. Varner, Emission Standards
     and Engineering Division,  OAQPS,  Environmental Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle Park, N.C.  May 31, 1974.
                                  6-139

-------
         7.   COSTS OF ALTERNATIVE FLUORIDE EMISSION CONTROLS

7.1  INTRODUCTION
     This chapter presents the status of fluoride emission control for all
domestic primary aluminum plants as of early 1975.  It also illustrates
the application of available control strategies to two selected plant
examples from each of the four cell types.  The effect on emissions of
each successive control is shown.  Also, cost models are developed and
used to estimate the capital and annualized costs of the above control
strategies.   Other plants than those illustrated here can be investigated
for emission reductions and costs  in an analogous matter.  In general,
cost modules cannot apply closely  to any actual plant:  they are
approximations, and are especially useful in showing cost comparisons
among various degrees and kinds  of control.
     Plant code numbers will be  spoken of and tabulated in various tables
in this Section.  This is done because EPA wishes to avoid identifying
plants, production rates, and other  items which may be proprietary, but
are unnecessary to the mission of  this document.  No meaning should be
sought  in the ordering of the code numbers, nor in the numerous uppercase
letters used.
                                     7-1

-------
7.2  SELECTION OF ALTERNATIVE CONTROL LEVELS
     Table 7-1 presents the structure of the domestic primary aluminum
industry by cell type.  Slight differences in plant capacity exist
between this table and Table 3-1.  This is because Table 7-1 includes
planned capacity additions.
     Table 7-2  presents the total gaseous plus particulate fluoride
emissions that  each domestic plant would be expected to have in  the
absence of lll(d)  regulations, organized by cell type  and with existing
controls.    Existing  plant emission  control,  average cell evolution
rates,  and collection and removal efficiencies were  obtained for the
combinations that describe existing  plant  control  situations  in  Table
 7-2.   Most of the evolution  rates,  primary and secondary  loadings, and
 emissions were taken from Section 114 letter responses received from
 plants representing 100 percent of domestic VSS, HSS, and SWPB capacity,
 and 86 percent of CWPB capacity. These responses were supplemented and
 modified as necessary with trio reports, letters, phone memoranda and
 other EPA file information.
      Table  7-3 adds  alternate control  systems for successive steps  from
 existing to better control  combinations.   The following  Illustrates
 the general  procedure  that  has  been made  specific by  Table 7-3  with two
 plants from each of  the  four  primary aluminum cell  types,
       a.   First:  install  best  available hooding  (primary  collection) for
           cell  type,  if needed.
                                   7-2

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
      Table 7-2.   TOTAL FLUORIDE  EMISSIONS  BY  CELL  TYPE  WITHOUT  lll(d)  REGULATIONS
Cell  Type
   VSS
   Weighted Average VSS
                                              Total  Fluoride Emissions,  1b  F/ton  A1
                                                           +  Secondary =  Total
19
20
5A
9
3B

42
42
30.5
53.5
42.9

0.03
0.03
0.2
0.8
0.4
0.4
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.5
8.6
4.8
2.03
2.03
4.2
5.3
9.0
5.2
   SWPB
18
17B
23B
11
26
24
     Weighted Average SWPB
44.5
45.6
53
37.3
41.6
48
0.4
0.4
0.6
0
4.3
0
0.9
1.7
10.0
10.6
30.2
48.2
1.3
2.1
10.6
10.6
34.5
49.0
                                                    0.4
                                      12.6
13.0
    HSS
    Weighted Average HSS
    CWPB
 31C
 16B
 13B
 25B
 31D
 30B
 28
 26
 8B
15B
 2C
14B
 1
29B
10
 68
22B
 7B
 7A
21B
 4B
 8A
  5B
12
  4A
21A
  2B
27
32.1
30
36.7
30
31.1
45
28.4
41.6
0.3
0.8
0.8
1.3
1.1
1.2
3.5
4.3
                                                     1.4
45.5
25.7
50
33.9
42
40.1
43.2
40
38
50
31.7
43
53
43.5
44.7
41.5
65.6
43
43.2
40.3
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.6
2.1
3.6
2.2
1.8
8.7
11.9
4.4
0
1.6
1.6
2.4
3.3
4.0
4.5
4.3
30.2
1.9
2.4
3.2
4.6
5.1
5.7
7.8
34.5
                                        4.3
5.7
1.0
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.2
1.9
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.8
1.5
3.1
8.3
3.8
2.1
9.9
40.3
1.2
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.9
2.9
2.8
4.9
5.1
5.3
10.1
12.5
14.0
14.3
40.3
     Weighted  Average CWPB
                                                      1.8
                                         4.5
                                                                            6.3
                                       7-4

-------
                                          Table 7-3.  PRIMARY ALUMINUM CONTROL STRATEGIES
                                                             VSS CELLS


Plant Emission Controls Required for the Specified
Code Hooding Primary (1°) Controls
5A Best Available Spray tower + wet ESP
11 " Install waste water
lime treatment
" " No change (water treat-
ment handled by 2°)

3B " " Fluidized bed dry scrubber
	

i
en
18 " " Injected alumina dry
scrubber
ii


24 None None
Install primary Install injected alumina
Average
Fluoride
Average Fluoride Emission Evolution
Secondary (2°) Controls Ib/ton Al
None 30.5
ii "

Install spray screen and "
waste water lime treatment
1° and 2°
None 42.9
Install spray screen and "
waste water lime treatment
SWPB CELLS
Spray scrubber 44.5

Install lime treat- "
ment of cryolite bleed
stream
None 48
None
Average
Fluoride
Efficiencies Emission
1° collection 1° removal 2° removal Ib/ton Al
87 99.2 0 4.2
„ M .1 II

75 1.2


80 98.8 0 9
75 2.6


85 99 87 1.3

i.


00 0 48.0
80 98.5 " 10.2
collection       dry scrubber
system
                                             Install  spray screen &
                                             waste  water lime treatment
                                                                                                                     75
3.0

-------
                                                             Table 7-3.  PRIMARY ALUMINUM CONTROL STRATEGIES   (Continued)
                                                                                 HSS CELLS
 i
cr>
Plant
Code
31C


26




8B

Average
Fluoride
Emission Controls Required for the Specified Average Fluoride Emission Evolution
Hooding Primary (1°) Controls Secondary (2°) Controls Ib/ton Al
Best Available Spray tower + wet electro- None 32.1
static precipitator (ESP)
Install lime treatment " "
of cryolite bleed stream
" " " " " Install spray screen and "
waste water lime treatment
Poor Spray tower None 41.6
" Install lime treatment of " "
cryolite bleed stream
Improve hooding " " " " " "
" " Install wet ESP; remove " "
spray tower; install lime
treatment of cryolite bleed
stream
" " " 	 ' Install spray screen and "
waste water lime treatment
CWPB CELLS
Best Available Fluidized bed scrubber None 45.5
11 " Install spray screen
and was* e water lime
treatment
Average
Fluoride
Efficiencies Emission
1° collection 1° removal 2° removal Ib/ton Al
95 99 0 1.9
II II II II
75 0.7
27 62 0 34.5
II H II II
90 " " 18.4
96 " 5.7
75 2.5
98 99.5 0 1.2
75 0.5
            4A
Dry ESP + spray tower

Install waste water lime
treatment
None
65.6
                                    Install fluidized bed dry  "
                                    scrubber; remove dry ESP
                                    & spray tower; lime treatment
                                    unnecessary
                                                               Install  spray screen &
                                                               waste water lime treatment
                                                               -2°
                                                                                                              94
                                                          86
                                                                                     98.5
                                                                                               75
                                                   12.5
                                                                                 4.7
                                                                                 1.9

-------
     b.  Second: install best available primary control (fluoride removal)
         with water treatment, if needed; and,
     c.  Third: install spray screen or spray scrubber secondary control
         with water treatment.
     "lants without initial primary control obviously require both steps
a and b.  It is assumed that all plants will, as a minimum, maintain
their present control combinations.  It is further assumed that all
companies will add new retrofits that are the best that their cost
class allows.
     Average emission rates are calculated as:
     EM = EV
1  -
sr
                                                100
(7.1)
where:
     EM = average emission rate, Ib F/ton Al
     EV = average evolution rate, Ib F/ton Al
    pc = primary collection efficiency, percent
    pr = primary removal efficiency, percent
    sr = secondary removal efficiency, percent
     A removal efficiency of 75 percent is assumed for secondary control
retrofits to all cell types.  This is based on performance with primary
control as reported in Section 6.2.3.
     Facilities to meet 1983 effluent guidelines are included for plants
with wet primary or secondary control.  The two water treatment systems
considered are:
     a.  Waste water lime treatment of a bleed stream off the scrubber
         loop, with total recycle.
                                7-7

-------
     b.   Cryolite recovery with  lime treatment  of  the  cryolite  bleed


         stream.

System b. is considered only when the plant already has  cryolite recovery.

If a plant has a suitable water treatment system for secondary  control,

it is assumed that this system can additionally handle wet primary

control effluent; but a suitable water treatment system for primary

effluent is assumed to be undersized for handling secondary effluent and

a new secondary  effluent  treatment  system would be required.   If a plant

has  cryolite  recovery for primary effluent and adds secondary  control, it

is  assumed  that  the secondary effluent will be lime treated.   Addition of

water  treatment  systems  should  be considered for  plants not undergoing

air pollution retrofits,  because the plants might choose  to abandon

effluent-generating  control  systems in  the absence of lll(d) regulations.

 Costs  for lime treatment of the cryolite bleed stream are taken from the

                                  2
 EPA effluent guidelines document.

      In Table 7-3, it is believed that each VSS plant presently has  the

 highest primary collection efficiency achievable for that plant.  Both

 plants have  best available primary control.  Plant 5A has no water treatment.

 Plant  3B has no need for water  treatment with present controls.

       In Table 7-3, it is assumed that no  SWPB plant  can  achieve a primary

 collection efficiency higher than  80 percent  unless  it is already doing

 so.   Plants  achieving higher efficiencies  are of French  design, while

 Swiss-design plants  are  not capable of  higher efficiencies for reasons

  detailed in  Section  6.1.2.  All SWPB primary  retrofits would  probably be

  dry scrubbing systems;  these  already predominate SWPB  plants  with primary

  controls.   It is assumed that plant 24 would  install injected

  alumina since  it is operated by a small company, and injected alumina has
                                   7-8

-------
slightly lower capital and operating costs than the fluidized bed.   A
primary removal efficiency of 98.5 percent is assumed for the dry scrubbing
retrofits, based on past performance at CWPB and SWPB plants.  An efficiency
of 75 percent is assumed for secondary removal based on demonstrated
retrofit performance reported in Section 6.2.3.  Plant 18 has cryolite
recovery that will require lime treatment of the bleed to meet 1983
effluent guidelines. Plant 24 has no need for water treatment with present
controls, or lack of controls.
     It is assumed that all HSS plants except plant 26 have the highest
primary collection efficiency achievable within existing cell constraints.
Cell age and geometry affect the ability of an HSS plant to achieve high
collection efficiencies, as explained  in Section 6.1.1.2.  Geometry
restricts plant  26.  Courtyard space limitations, or the necessity for
balanced ducting  layouts in central intallations, necessitates removal of
the  scrubbers  that would otherwise  precede the ESPs at plant 26.  Gaseous
fluoride control  is—or would be—achieved by  a scrubbing section in  the
ESP  inlets.  A primary removal efficiency of  96 percent  is
assumed for  a  primary retrofit for  plant  26,  based on experience at
similar plants 25B,  31D, and  30B.   Plants 31C, and 26 are believed  to
have cryolite  recovery  and to require lime  treatment of the bleed  to
meet 1983  effluent  guidelines with  present controls.
      In Table  7-3,  it is assumed  that  no  CWPB plant  can  achieve  a primary
collection efficiency higher  than 95 percent  unless  it  is already doing
so.   All  CWPB  primary retrofits would  probably be  dry  scrubbing
systems,  following  the  general  practice of  the industry.    However,  it
 is assumed that  primary retrofit  at 4A would be  fluidized bed,  the
 system marketed  by the  company  operating these plants.
                              7-9

-------
A primary removal efficiency of 98.5 percent is assumed for all  dry
scrubbing retrofits, based on past performance at CWPB and SWPB plants.
Replacement of fluidized bed with fluidized bed should improve
primary removal efficiency because there have been different generations
of fluidized beds, with newer beds achieving 98.5 percent removal.  For
primary retrofits, all former control equipment is considered to be
removed from service except multiple cyclones.  Plant 4A has no water
treatment.  Hence, this plant will have to install lime treatment with
recycle to meet  1983 effluent guidelines.  All other CWPB plants except
one have no need for water treatment with present controls.
     The "best hooding + best primary control" option requires only two
plants in Table  7.3 to retrofit  primary controls, while the  "secondary
control" option  additionally requires all plants  but plant 18 to  retrofit
secondary controls.   For this reason, intermediate levels  are established;
levels which would  require  some  plants  to install secondary  control.
     All  "existing  +  water  treatment" control  options  afford no  improve-
ment  in  emission control over  levels expected without  lll(d) emission
 guidelines  and thus are  not considered  in measuring  economic impact.
 The added water treatment  is  that which is  adequate  to meet  1983 effluent
 guidelines; it is assumed  that these will  universally have to be met.
      The above analysis  options  do not  consider CWPB and SWPB anode bake
 plant total fluoride  emissions.   Table  6-12 shows controlled bake plant
 emissions to be only  0.05 Ib F/ton Al.   Capital  cost for such control  is
 estimated at $10.49/annual  ton Al, and  annual cost at $5.79/ton Al.
                              7-10

-------
Since these costs are small  compared to potroom retrofit control  costs
and no bake plants are known to have effective fluoride control,  it is
assumed that these costs will be incurred at all  prebake plants.   Within
the accuracy of the emission data, a controlled bake plant emission of
0.05 Ib F/ton Al is so small that it was not considered.
7.3  CAPITAL AND ANNUAL COSTS FOR FLUORIDE EMISSION CONTROL OPTIONS
7.3.1  Procedure
     Since primary aluminum plants consist of a grouping of modules
(potlines), the control devices are also modular.  This reduces the
economies of scale advantage for the larger plants and also allows the
calculation of  capital and  annualized costs on a per ton of capacity
basis  for use with any size of plant.   However, the number of much
greater interest  is the cost in dollars  per ton of aluminum actually
produced.  This  can be calculated for each plant using either a historical
or  a  forecasted  operating ratio and dividing  it into the annualized cost
at  capacity.  The only exception to this modular approach  is the waste
water  lime treatment  facility.  This was estimated from an EPA design.
7.3.2  Capital  Costs
      The module approach for capital costs  is presented  in Table  7-4.
Modules are  segregated  by cell  type.   For  instance,  since  all  the
vertical stud  Soderberg  plants have acceptable primary controls,  only a
spray screen  secondary  control  to  capture  and remove emissions  eluding
primary  control systems  is  presented.   The center-worked and  side-worked
pre-baked  plants can be modified  by means  of thirteen modules.   One
module provides water treatment for the cryolite bleed stream.   Two
modules  can be used to improve the collection system.   Two modules will
                                   7-11

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
provide improvement of the primary removal  system.  The installation of
a spray screen will improve the removal of secondary emissions.  The
final module represents control of the anode bake plant.  Horizontal
stud Soderberg (HSS) modules are similar to the pre-bake modules.
     The numbers in the second column are the basic costs taken from
reference 4.  In the two cases where a ratio is used to multiply a base
cost, the cost is  listed as a  primary module, but not as a secondary
module  in reference 4.  However, the floating bed wet scrubber is listed
both as a primary  and  as a  secondary module.  The cost  ratio between the
two  is  $35.67 for  the  secondary module divided by 5.33  for the primary
module.  This ratio of 35.67/5.33  is used to convert  "Remove multiple
cyclone" and  "Remove floating  bed  wet  scrubber"  from  primary to  secondary
modules.
     The next column  is the capital  cost  adjustment factor.  The factor
 1.6  for the hooding modules is derived from reference 5 which  assumes
 that,  in most cases, modifications will  be  made  and new ducting  added  to
 the  primary collection systems amounting  to an  arbitrary 160  percent of
 the  estimated cost for main ducting in courtyard systems.   It is further
 assumed that, when elements of existing  control  systems are changed from
 one  type to another,  the original  element will  be either bypassed without
 cost,  or will be removed to provide physical space for the new element.
 In the latter case, the net cost of demolition, including salvage credit,
 is estimated to be 75 percent of the direct installation cost of equipment
 removed.  The factor  1.08 represents the weighted average of the flow
 adjustment between the model  used in reference 4 and a sampling of
 conditions existing in actual plants.  The column labeled "1977 Adj.
 Factor" is the  inflation adjustment using  the Chemical  Engineering  Plant
                                    7-'13

-------
Cost Index to convert reference 4 costs to September 1977.   The final
column represents the conversion of the basic costs to current costs
with all the adjustments included.
     Reference 6, the source of costs for the water pollution treatment
of the cryolite bleed stream, did not contain costs for a wastewater
lime treatment unit.  Therefore, cost estimates were prepared for a
treatment unit designed by the Emission Standards and Engineering Division
of EPA.  Since this treatment unit is not susceptible to the modular
treatment, units were estimated for three sizes of primary aluminum
plants, 78,000, 156,000, and 312,000 tons of aluminum per year.  These
costs are shown in Table 7-5.
7.3.3  Annualized Cost
     Annualized costs are based on data in reference 4 just as were  the
capital costs.  However, the updating adjustments are considerably
different from those for capital  costs.   Operating labor is adjusted
using the Department of Commerce  Index of Hourly Earnings - Manufacturing.
Electric  power is adjusted using  the Wholesale  Price  Index  for  Industrial
Power.  Circulating water, since  most  of  its cost  is  in  electricity  for
pumping plus a small amount  for  treating  chemicals,  is adjusted  by  a
factor  10 percent higher than  the electric power adjustment to  account
for this  extra expense.  Lime  costs  are  adjusted using the  Chemical
Market  Reporter  quotations.   Product  recovery  credits are based  on  data
found  in  reference  4  updated from 1972.   For aluminum returned  to  the
                                   o                g
cells,  the ratio of current  prices  to 1971  prices  for  aluminum ingot
was determined  to  be  1.8.   This  was  applied  to the unit  price for  the
 credit.  The same  publications were  used to  obtain the  ratio of fluorspar
                             7-14

-------
prices.   This ratio was 2.0.   Royalties are often tied to Wholesale

Price Index (Industrial).  The few cases where royalties are involved,

this index was used.

     In the cases where the modules specified the removal of control

equipment, the annualized cost represents the savings resulting from not

operating the equipment or the loss incurred by not realizing the recovery

credits gained by operating the equipment.



Table 7-5.  WASTE WATER LIME TREATMENT  INVESTMENT9 COST BY SIZE OF  PLANT

                      (September 1977 Dollars)


                               78,000 TPY   156,000 TPY    312.000  TPY

Installed Major  Equipment      $828,000     $1,101,000     $1,477,000

Contingencies and Fee  0  20%     166,000        220,000        295,000

TOTAL                          $994,000     $1,321,000     $1,772,000

Unit Cost, $/ton capacity       $12.74         $8.47          $5.67


a
    Process and instrumentation design  by  the  Emission Standards  and
    Engineering Division  of EPA.   Cost  estimates  prepared by  vendor
    contacts  by the  Economic Analysis Branch,  SASD,  EPA.
                                  7-15

-------
     In order to bring the treatment of fixed cost into line with EPA's
current practice of combining interest and depreciation into a capital
recovery factor, the fixed cost components of the annualized costs were
changed from those found in the contract report.10 These changes are
detailed in-Table 7-6.
     The annualized costs, recalculated as outlined above are found in
Table 7-7.  The annualized costs for the waste water lime treatment
appear in the next table - Table 7-8.
     Since  the waste  water lime treatment unit is not  calculated  in the
module basis, the  investment and annualized  costs for  the three  plant
sizes  are plotted  in  Figure  7-1 so  that interpolation  can be  made  for
individual  plants.
7.3.4  Cost-Effectiveness
     Cost-effectiveness  is defined  as  the annualized cost of  operating a
given  control  system  divided by the number  of pounds of pollutants captured
by the system per  year.   When  several  systems are installed in  succession,
the total  overall  cost divided by  the overall weight of pollutant captured
 is the "cumulative cost-effectiveness",  shown in the  next-to-last column
 of Table 7-9.  Sometimes it  is of  interest  to examine  the  stepwise effect
 of the addition of each of the several systems.   This  is referred to as
 the "incremental cost-effectiveness" shown  in the last column in Table 7-9.
 This is obtained by dividing the annualized cost of each individual system
 by the additional pollutants captured by it.  From this table, it appears
 that the installation of spray screen secondary control with its  attendant
 waste water lime treatment  is much less cost-effective than  primary  controls.
 In fact, it adds from 1 to  2
-------
                  Table 7-6.  FIXED COST COMPONENTS
                                     Percent of Investment

Component                          Reference 10           EPA_

Taxes and Insurance                    2%                   2%

Administration                         5%                   5^

Depreciation                           8%

Interest                               8°^

Capital Recovery                       "                  13^
  (15 yrs @ 103S)

   TOTAL                             23%                  20%
                                     7-17

-------
        Table  7-7.   CONTROL  MODULES  FOR  UPGRADING EXISTING
                    ALUMINUM PLANTS  ANNUALIZED  COST3
                    ($/ton Aluminum  Produced, in 1977  $)
                                                 Net  Annualized  Cost
Control Module                                         (Credit)	
VSS
  1. Install spray screen-secondary                     $31.71
CWPB and SWPB
  2.  Lime treatment of cryolite bleed stream            1.04
  3.  Improve hooding                                    4-64
  4.  Install primary collection system                 11.56
  5.  Install injected alumina dry  scrubber-primary     (1.76)
  6.  Install spray screen-secondary                    22.84
  7.  Removal dry ESP-primary                            '1-69
  8.  Remove  floating bed wet scrubber-primary          (7.94)
  9.   Install fluidized bed  dry scrubber-primary         3.16
  10.  Remove  coated bag filters - primary                1.14
  11.   Remove  fluidized bed  dry scrubber  -  primary       (3.16)
  12.   Remove  multiple cyclone - secondary               (5.78)
  13.   Remove  spray  tower-primary                        (4.12)
  14.   Install anode bake  plant                           5-79
HSS
  15.   Lime  Treatment of cryolite bleed  stream            1.04
  16.   Improve hooding                                    4.64
  17.   Install wet ESP - primary                         61.93
  18.   Remove  spray  tower  -  primary                      (6.48)
  19.   Install spray screen  - secondary                  31.70
  20.   Remove  floating bed scrubber  -  secondary         (77.79)

  aSource:  Reference 4 data updated  as  described in  text.
                                    7-18

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
                                                                                               LOGARITHMIC   2 I 1 CTCUS    AlUW5
                O
                                                                   —
 I
ro
o
                                                 \
                                                   Investment  and Annualized Cost,  $/ton  Al.
                                                                                                                                               ro
                                                                                                                                                           -5
                                                                                                                                                           CD
— < JU  3
OJ <-t- <
3 ft)  ft)
cf -S  in
      r+
O r— 3
OJ — '• ft)
-033
£U fD  r+
O
_.. — I ft)
r+ -S  13
^ fD  CL
   O>
   rh 3=
   3  3
   (D  3
   13  C
                                                                                                                                                        — i N
                                                                                                                                                        O) rt>
                                                                                                                                                        3 Q.
                                                                                                                                                        r+
                                                                                                                                                        (/) O
                                                                                                                                                           O
                                                                                                                                                        < VI
                                                                                                                                                        (/> c-f
                                                                                                                                                        .  in

                                                                                                                                                        3= -h
                                                                                                                                                        — ' O
                                                                                                                                                        C -S
                                                                                                                                                        c: 10

-------
                                                Table 7-9.  PRIMARY ALUMINUM CONTROL STRATEGIES
                                                                    VSS CELLS
Plant Emission Control
Code Hooding
5A Best Available

ii ii

ii ii


3B
11 H


18


n,,«yma Unit Cost
Fluoride
s Reauired for th* Rifled Average Fluoride Emission Evolution Capita^ Annual ized
Primary (1°) Controls secondary (t
Spray tower + wet ESP None

Install waste water
lime treatment
30.5 0 0
14.70 6.50


No change (water Install spray screen and " 84.24 29.34
treatment handled waste water lime treatment
by 2°) 1° and 2°

Fluidized bed dry scrubber None

	 _— 	
42.9 0 0
Install spray screen and " 77.19 26.89
waste water

lime treatment
SWPB CELLS
Injected alumina dry Spray scrubber 44.5 20.49* 5.79*
scrubber

Install lime treatment " 22.92 6.83
Average
Fluoride
Emissions
Ib F/ton Al
4.2
4.2


1.2

9.0
2.6


1.3

1.3
Cost-Effectiveness
Cumulative Incremental
$/lb F $/lb F
._
_ — — —


.61
	
..
4.20 4.20


--

—
of cryolite bleed stream
	 	
24 None


None None
•
48 20.49* 5.79*

128.88 15.59
48.0

10.2
._

0.41
       1 M O L.O I I  }J I I "iw i j    ..,,— - — ..... ,_,--
       collection        dry scrubber

       system
                                                    Install spray screen &
                                                    waste water lime treatment
                                                                                            207.42
                                                                                                         42.88
                                                                                                                        3.0
                                                                                                                                      0.95
                                                                                                                                                3.79
*  Anode bake controls required on all prebake plants

-------
                                                             Table  7-9.   PRIMARY  ALUMINUM  CONTROL  STRATEGIES  (Continued)
                                                                                 HSS  CELLS
ro
ro


Plant
Code
31C





26










8B



4A



Emission Controls Required for the Specified Average Fluoride Emission
Hooding Primary (1°) Controls Secondary (2°) Controls
Best Available Spray tower + wet electro- None
static precipitator (ESP)
" " Install lime treatment "
of cryolite bleed stream
" " " " " Install spray screen and
waste water lime treatment
Poor Spray tower None
" Install lime treatment of "
cryolite bleed stream
Improve Hooding " " " " "
Install wet ESP; remove "
spray tower; install lime
treatment of cryolite bleed
stream
" " " 	 Install spray screen and
waste water lime treatment
CWPB CELLS
Best Available Fluidized bed scrubber None
" " " " " Install spray screen
and waste water lime
treatment
" " Dry ESP + spray tower None
" " Install waste water lime "
Averaqe Unit
Fluoride
Evolution Capital
Ib/ton Al $/ton Al
32.1 0

2.43

11 108.60

41.6 0
11 2.43

20.97
272.59



386.01


45.5 20.49*
102.43


65.6 20.49
29.39
Cost

Annual 1 zed
$/ton Al
0

1.04

37.14

0
1.04

5.68
62.17



101.02


5.79*
34.21


5.79*
10.19
Average
Fluoride
Emissions
Ib F/ton Al
1.9

1.9

0.7

34.5
34.5

18.4
5.7



2.5


1.2
0.5


12.5
12.5
Cost-Effectiveness

Cumulative Incremental
$/lb F $/lb F
0 0

0 0

30.95 30.95

0 0
0 0

0.35 0.35
2.16 4.45



3.16 12.14


0 0
48.87 40.60


0 0
0 0
                                    treatment

                                    Install fluidized bed dry "
                                    scrubber; remove dry ESP
                                    and scrubber; lime treatment
                                    unnecessary
                                                              Install  spray screen and
                                                              waste water lime treatment
107.03
185.74
 6.52
33.76
                           4.7
                                                                                                                                  1.9
                            0.84
                                         3.18
9.72
            Anode bake controls required on all prebake plants.

-------
7.4  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 7

1.   Memorandum from B. A. Varner to G. B. Crane.  Estimation of
     Secondary Removal Efficiencies for Two Side-Worked Prebake Plants
     Adding Primary Control of Existing Secondary Control.  Emission  _
     Standards and Engineering Division, OAQPS, Environmental Protection
     Agency.  June 2, 1975.

2    Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guidelines and    _
     New Source Performance Standards  for the Primary Aluminum Smelting
     Subcategory of the Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing Point Source
     Category.  Effluent  Guidelines Division, Office of Air and Water
     Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D. C.
     Report Number EPA-440/l-74-019-d.  March 1974.  p. 110.

3    Air Pollution Control  in the  Primary Aluminum  Industry.  Singmaster
     and Breyer, New  York,  N.Y.  Prepared for Office of Air  Programs,
     Environmental Protection Agency,  Research  Triangle Park, N.C.  under
     Contract  Number  CPA  70-21,  July  23,  1973.   p.  2-31.

4.   Ibid.  pp. 8-22,  8-27  thru  8-31.

5.   Ibid,  page 9-12.

6.   Reference 2

7.   Singmaster  and  Breyer op.  cit.  p. 9-10.

8.   Chemical  Marketing Reporter,  January 2,  1978.

9.   Minerals  Yearbook, Volume  I,  1973 United States  Department of the
      Interior, Bureau of Mines,  pp.  137,  155.

10.   Singmaster and Breyer op.  cit. p. 8-25.
                                    7-23

-------
              8.   RATIONALE OF STATE EMISSION GUIDELINES
                   FOR EXISTING PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS

8.1  INTRODUCTION
     The recommended State fluoride emission guidelines in Section 8.3
are not expressed in terms of emission limitations, but are presented as
recommended control technologies that will achieve certain average
fluoride control efficiencies when applied as new retrofits to existing
plants.  The relative performances of the recommended controls are
calculated from  known cell fluoride evolution rates.
     The data base  underlying  the State guidelines has  been derived  from
State  and industry  test methods  that often differ  from  EPA methods of
emission measurement.  Therefore, significant differences among  the
accuracy of these methods  is  possible.  Because of the  varying design  of
existing roof monitors,  the  use  of  source test  method  14 may  be  precluded.
The different roof  monitor configurations may also prohibit  the  deter-
mination of the relationship between  the  emission  test method used and
Method 14.
      State  regulations  are now in force that limit fluoride  emissions
 from existing primary aluminum plants.   The terms  of the  regulations and
 their compliance test requirements tend to  differ  among States and from

                                8-1

-------
the Federal  standards of performance for new primary aluminum plants.
The guidelines are therefore structured to give the State maximum flexibility
to utilize existing emission control and source sampling and analytical
methods, and to avoid the requirement for unnecessary modifications of
roof monitor sampling systems.
     Good operation and good maintenance of potrooms is essential to
good control, and the States should take steps to insure such objectives
in their plans for implementing the guidelines.
     .  All hood covers should be in good repair and properly positioned
        over the pots.  The amount of time hood covers are removed during
        pot working operations should be minimized.
     .  Some hooding systems are equipped with a dual low and high hood
        exhaust rate.  This should  be conscientiously used whenever hood
        covers are removed  and returned  to the normal exhaust rate once
        the  hood  covers are replaced.
      .  Particulate  emissions  (with any  contained  fluoride)  can  be
        significantly  increased  unless  care  is maintained  in the design
        and  operation  of  alumina cell  charging and hopper  loading facilities.
        A  fuming  pot often  indicates a  sick  cell or clogged  hooding  ductwork.
         Either case  represents  poor potroom operation  and  should not be
         allowed to continue.
         Some tapping crucibles  are equipped with hoses  which return
         aspirator air under the hood.   The hoses should be in good repair
         and the air return system should function  properly.
                                  8-2

-------
8.2  Fluoride Emission Control Equipment and Costs (September 1977)


     Table 8-1 gives some typical costs for certain model operations

pertaining to fluoride control at existing aluminum plants.  Conservative

values for capture and removal efficiencies are also included as

percents.  The given cost values are taken from Tables 7-4 and 7-7

and represent only three of the  several plant construction operations

that may take place in any real  situation.  To illustrate  the use  of such

modules refer to plant 26 in  Table 7-9.


                 Table 8-2.   The Use  of  Capital  Cost Modules
      Fluoride  Emission                               Capital  Cost
      Control Module                               $/Annual  ton  A1

      Install lime  treatment  of
        cryolite  bleed stream                         S2.43
      Improve hooding                                  1~'™
      Install wet ESP                                 243.09
      Remove spray  tower                               6-'°
      Install lime  treatment  for additional
        cryolite  bleed stream                         QT'OC
      Install spray screen                            97.36
      Install waste water lime treatment              lb-w
                                                    $385.85

 As shown,  the  final  cost involved in any selected degree of control  simply

 involves a determination of the construction scope of work (new equipment,

 deletions, etc.) followed by addition of the respective module costs.  The

 seven cost modules shown for plant 26 add up to a total capital cost of

 $386 per annual  ton of aluminum produced.  The annualized costs could be

 derived in an  analogous manner.
                                   8-3

-------
Table 8-1.   CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND COSTS (September 1977)
Fluoride Emission
Control Module
Improve Hooding
CWPB
SWPB
HSS
Install Primary Removal
CWPB
oo
•*" SWPB
HSS
Install Secondary Removal
VSS
CWPB
SWPB
HSS

Capital
$/annual ton
18.54
18.54
18.54

75.39
75.39
243.09

97,36
69.54
69.54
97.36
Cost
Annualized
$/ton
4.64
4.64
4.64

3.16
3.16
61.93

31.71
22.84
22.84
31.71
Efficiency,
Percent
95
80
90

98.5
98.5
98.5

75
75
75
75

-------
     The cost modules are estimates and may be used when actual
engineering cost estimates or retrofit costs are not available.  They
also allow cost comparisons among degrees of control at the same plant
or of costs among different plants.  Some actual retrofit costs are
given in Table 6-33.
                                   8-5

-------
8.3  RECOMMENDED STATE GUIDELINES AND COLLECTION AND REMOVAL
     EFFICIENCIES OF CONTROL EQUIPMENT FOR FLUORIDE EMISSIONS

     The recommended State guidelines have been developed as described
in Section 8.3.1 and are summarized in Table 8-3.  The table may be
explained in the following manner:  Column 1 shows each of the four cell
types. Column 2 gives the recommended average primary collection efficiencies
(hooding) and Column 3 the primary removal efficiencies that EPA believes
are readily achievable with new retrofits.  An achievable secondary
removal efficiency  is also presented in Column 4.  Column 5 shows the
recommended technology for control of total fluoride emissions. Included
is an  indication of the status of primary control on a national basis
and the conditions  under which better primary control should be installed
or secondary control added.
     The  fluoride emission ranges corresponding  to the State guidelines
are presented  in Table 8.4.  The  recommended minimum fluoride  collection
and removal efficiencies  have been used in  equation 7.1  to  estimate
average fluoride emissions after  the various controls are applied.   Two
cases  are worked out  for  each of  the four cell  types:  these cases
correspond  to  the smallest  and greatest evolution rates  shown  for each
cell  type in Table  7.2, and  these extreme evolution rates are  displayed
 in Column 6 of Table  8.4.   The calculated cell  average emissions
corresponding  to  the  evolution rates  are  arranged in  the last  column to
 show  the  range of emissions  caused by  the variations  in  cell  fluoride
evolution at  the  various  plants  from which EPA received  cell  evolution data.
      The  guideline  primary  collection  efficiencies of Column 2,
                              8-6

-------
               Table 8-3.  STATE GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL OF FLUORIDE EMISSIONS FROM EXISTING PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS
Recommended Efficiencies
Ccll Tvpp fnr Prnpn^Pd Retrofits Guideline Recommendations
VSS
SWPB
HSS
CWPB
Primary Collection
80
80
90 (a)
95 (a)
Primary Removal
98.5
98.5
98.5
98.5
Secondary Removal
75(a)
75(a)


All plants now have best achievable hooding
and primary removal .
Install secondary control, but only if
justified depending on severity of fluoride
problem.
Install best achievable hooding and primary
removal equipment.
Install secondary control wherever
justified, depending on the severity of
the fluoride problem.
All plants but #26 now have the best
achievable primary collection efficiency.
Plant #26 should install best primary
control if needed.
Secondary control does not appear to be
justified, in most locations.
Best control is best hooding and primary
removal equipment. Install where needed.
Secondary control does not appear to be
justified, in most locations.
00
I
     (a)  See Section 8.3.1

-------
                      Table 8-4.   FLUORIDE  EMISSION  RANGES CORRESPONDING TO STATE GUIDELINES FOR EXISTING PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS
         Cell
Recommended Efficiencies
 for Proposed Retrofits
                 Primary   Primary
               Collection  Removal
                             98.5
oo
oo
                 Secondary
                  Removal

                    75
          Guideline
      Recommendations
All plants now have best achievable
hooding and primary removal.

Install secondary control, bat only
if justified, depending on severity
of fluoride problem.
                                  Install best available hooding
                                  and primary revmoval equipment.

                                  Install secondary control wherever
                                  justified, depending on the severity
                                  of the fluoride problem.
                                                      Install best primary control if
                                                      needed.  All plants but #26 now
                                                      have best achievable primary collection
                                                      efficiency.

                                                      Secondary control does not appear to be
                                                      justified, in most locations.
                                                      Best control is best hooding and
                                                      primary removal equipment.
                                                      Install where needed.

                                                      Secondary control does not appear to
                                                      be justified, in most locations.
Assumed Average
Fluoride Cell
olution-lb/ton Al

30 - 54
37 - 53

28 - 45
26 - 66
Average Fluoride
range, Ib F/ton
Control
Primary 6.4* -
Secondary 1.9**
Primary 7.8 -
Secondary 2.3 -
Primary 3.2 -
Secondary 1.1 -

Primary 1.7-
Secondary —
Emission
Al

11.4
- 3.4
11.2
3.3
5.1
1.7

4.2
          *    30 [ 1  - .80 x .985] = fi.4 Ibs  F/ton  Al         (a)   See Section 8.3.1

          **   30 [ 1  - .80 x .985 - (1  - .80)  x .75] =  1.9  Ibs  F/ton  Al

-------
Table 8.3 are based on methods of calculation given in detail in Section
6.1.2.  These calculated efficiencies agree well with those that were
directly measured or otherwise arrived at by the owners of similar
plants.  Hooding efficiency depends on several factors such as cell
design, age, operation and maintenance, and hood exhaust rate; and Table
7.3 shows cases where claimed efficiencies vary from those of the guide-
lines.  There are various reasons for the cell hooding efficiencies for
given cell types.  The VSS cell has exposed molten electrolyte bath area
around the hood skirt that varies with cell design.  This factor limits
ceil collection efficiency and also causes fluoride escape according to
the amount of cell bath area exposed.  Hood efficiency also depends on
the number of times a cell hood has to be opened to produce a ton of
aluminum; fluoride escapes during openings.  The HSS cell varies from 16
to 50 openings per ton of aluminum produced, depending on cell design.
     The plants considered in Table 8-4 are hypothetical plants, and
therefore, costs have not been derived for these specific cases.   Instead,
the cost of Table 7-9 for analogous cases will  be  discussed  in the
guidelines.  The costs derived in Table 7-9 are applied to actual  plants,
but are model plant costs.  Considering their uncertain accuracy applied
to real situations, they will be sufficient to  illustrate the cost
effectiveness of State guidelines.
8.3.1  State Fluoride Emission Guidelines
     The following State emission guidelines  for control of  total  fluoride
emissions from existing primary aluminum  plants are restated  from  Table
8.3.   The range of average fluoride  emissions, according to  the last
column of Table 8-4,  is given after  the guideline  for  each cell type.
                                   8-9

-------
As explained above, the range of the average emissions reflects the
range of known cell evolutions.
     VSS CELLS
      The primary collection efficiencies for all existing plants are
only about 80 percent, but are essentially the best achievable for this
type of cell.  The primary removal efficiencies for all existing plant
VSS cells are high, in the range of 98.4 to 99.9 percent.  Therefore,
secondary controls should be installed only if justified by the severity
of the fluoride problem.  The expected emission ranges are as
follows:
     Average emissions from primary control (calculated):
       = 6.4 to 11.4  Ib F/ton Al
     Average emissions from primary plus secondary control (calculated):
       = 1.9 to 3.4 Ib F/ton Al
      Incremental  cost effectiveness for  secondary control is  in the
approximate  range of  $4 to $8 per  pound  of  fluoride removed,  as indicated
 in Table 7-9.   Essentially,  no  expenditures are  required for  primary
control.   The  cases in Table  7-9 were  all chosen to represent—for each
cell  type—the least  and  the  greatest  emission rates  after installation
of best  primary and secondary control.
      SWPB  CELLS
      SWPB  cells must  be worked  along  both  sides  with  the side covers
 removed,  and for  longer times than other cells  (Tables 6.2-6.6).   Therefore,
 there is an inherent  limitation to the primary collection efficiency of
 these cells.
      The best achievable  hooding for this  type of  cell has about 80%

                            8-10

-------
collection efficiency.   In addition to installing the best available
primary hooding and removal equipment, secondary controls should be
installed, if justified, depending on the severity of the fluoride
problems.  The emission  ranges are as follows:
     Average emissions from primary control  (Calculated):
       = 7.8 to 11.2 Ib  F/ton Al
     Average emissions from primary plus secondary control (calculated):
       = 2.3 to 3.3 Ib F/ton Al
     The cost effectiveness of secondary control is S3.79 per pound of
fluoride removed for plant #24.  It will be  somewhat higher for other
SWPB plants because they are initially better controlled.
     HSS CELLS
     All plants except plant #26 presently have essentially the best
achievable primary collection efficiencies of about 90 percent.  If the
primary removal systems  for HSS cells are upgraded to 98.5 percent, this
should be suitable for best retrofit control technology.  The emission
ranges are as follows:
     If hooding were added to, or replaced on, an existing HSS plant,
EPA believes that modern technology can achieve 90% collection efficiency,
in almost all cases.  A  plant may exist where it is difficult or
economically impractical to install best hooding.
     If a modern primary removal system were added to, or replaced on,
an existing HSS plant, EPA believes that modern technology can achieve
98.5% removal efficiency.  A modern spray tower added ahead of existing
wet ESPs can raise primary removal efficiency to 98.5.  This spray tower
addition may be economically impractical if  free space does not exist
within a reasonable distance of fluoride source and wet ESP.
                           8-11

-------
     If an HSS plant has existing primary collection efficiency of
85-90% and primary removal  efficiencies of 95 - 98.5%, control  agencies
should closely study costs and benefits, before requiring retrofits.
In the above efficiency ranges, retrofit does not seem justified unless
there is a local fluoride problem.
     Average emissions  from primary control  (calculated):
       =  3.2 to 5.1 Ib  F/ton Al
     The  lowest incremental cost  effectiveness  to  improve the  hooding  is
about  $0.35 per pound of fluoride, and to  add  best primary  removal  is
about  $4  per  pound of fluoride removed.
      Secondary control  does not seem  justified at  an incremental  cost
effectiveness ranging  from $12 to $30 per pound of fluoride removed,
depending on  the plant.  No HSS plants now have secondary control.

      CWPB CELLS
      Retrofit primary  hooding can be added to achieve a collection
 efficiency of 95  percent for CWPB cells, while primary fluoride removal
 systems of 98.5 percent are common.  A primary collection and removal
 system should therefore suffice  for  best  retrofit  control  technology.
       If  hooding were added to, or replaced  on, an  existing  CWPB  plant,
 EPA believes  that modern  technology  can  achieve 95% collection efficiency,
 in  almost all  cases.   A  plant may exist  where it  is difficult or
 economically impractical  to  install  best hooding.
       If  a modern primary  removal system were added to,  or  replaced on,
  an existing  CWPB plant,  EPA  believes that modern  technology can  achieve
  98.5% removal efficiency.
       If a CWPB plant  has existing primary collection efficiency of
  90-95% and primary removal efficiencies of 95 - 98.5%, control agencies
                             8-12

-------
 should  closely study costs  and  benefits,  before  requiring  retrofits.
 In  the  above  efficiency  ranges,  retrofit  does  not  seem  justified  unless
 there  is  a  local  fluoride problem.
 The emission  ranges  are  as  follows:
     Average  emissions from primary  control  (calculated)
        =  1.7  - 4.2 Ibs F/ton Al
     Secondary control does  not  seem justified at  an  incremental  cost effect-
 iveness of  $10 to $40 per pound  of fluoride  removed,  depending on the
 plant.  No  CWPB plants now  have  secondary control.
     Secondary Removal
     Some secondary  removal  units (scrubbers) may  not be able to  achieve
 75  percent  efficiency (See  Section 6.2.3).   Control officials should care-
 fully study costs, impacts, and  energy consumption before requiring either
 replacements or initial  retrofits.
 8.3.2  Compliance Time
     Section 6.4 has discussed at some length the design, construction,
 and startup time requirements for retrofit air emission controls on
 existing primary aluminum plants.  The historical variation of delivery
 times for supplies and equipment has been shown, and it was pointed out
 that these deliveries are often completely outside the control of either
 customer or control  official.
     Because of the nature of plant construction and emission source
 testing, compliance times for either activity tend toward a case-by-case
 basis for the  primary aluminum industry.   However, most air pollution
 retrofits can  be designed and installed in not more than 3 years.
States should  add to this time any compliance demonstration time in excess
of that indicated in Table 6-37.  In all  cases, States should require
proof for the  time requirements claimed for each milestone.
                            8-13

-------
8.4  EMISSION TESTING
     EPA Reference Methods 13(a), 13(b), and 14 were developed for use
in the determination of total fluoride emissions from primary aluminum
plants, and are adapted for use with new sources.  However, it is
recognized that installation of Method 14 ductwork on existing sources
will result in variable costs, depending on the plant.  In some existing
plants, unreasonable costs may be incurred.  For these reasons, EPA
does not specify compliance testing for existing plants:  such testing
is to  be decided and specified by each  State on a case-by-case basis,
taking into account economic  feasibility.
                                  8-14

-------
                    9.   ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

     An environmental  assessment for emission guidelines for existing
plants is unique in that the exact number of affected facilities is or
can be known.  Further, for the primary aluminum industry, individual
capacities, existing or proposed control schemes, and fluoride emissions,
are known for each plant.  From this degree of knowledge and specificity,
the national environmental impacts of alternative emission control
systems or levels were evaluated by simply summing individual plant
impacts for  the entire population of United States primary aluminum
plants.
     A vast  number of  fluoride  emissions control scheme permutations
exist within the primary  aluminum industry.  There are  four  basic
aluminum  reduction cell  types,  two  fundamental  levels of  control--
primary  and  secondary—and many possible primary control  schemes.   For
this  reason, an environmental  impact  assessment of every  control
scheme permutation was not attempted.   Instead,  national  environmental
imapcts--the sums  of  31  individual  plant impacts—of a  few  fundamental
levels of fluoride  control were analyzed to  illustrate  the  methods
that  are applicable  to all  such analyses.   The  levels of  fluoride
emissions control  considered were:
      1.   Initial  -  The level of fluoride emissions  control  which  would
                                9-1

-------
be expected in the absence of lll(d) State guidelines emissions (Table 7-2)
limitations for existing plants.   At this level, all  plants are expected
to install water treatment systems which comply with  1983 effluent
guidelines for all existing or proposed fluoride emissions control
schemes.
     2.  Best Hooding with Best Primary Control - Each existing plant
is upgraded to the level of best cell hooding and primary control for
that particular plant.
     3.  Best Cell Hooding with Best Primary and Secondary Control -
     Each existing plant is further upgraded to the  level of best cell
hooding and best primary and secondary control for that particular
plant.
     National air pollution, water pollution, energy, and solid waste
disposal  impacts were estimated for each of these alternative  levels
of fluoride emissions control.  Future experience will probably show
that the  national degree of control achieved by the  States will lie
somewhere within  the  boundaries of  levels  2 and 3, above.  However,
step 2 is  not meant to  be  the  lowest national  level  of emission control
improvement,  even though  step  3 does represent  the highest possible
improvement.  Levels  2  and 3 may  be thought of  as examples of  two
national  levels  of fluoride  emission control.
     Although it  was  not  possible  to illustrate individual impacts  for
all  fluoride  control  scheme  permutations,  examples of  control  schemes
with  extreme  impacts  have been provided.   For  example,  in  the  water
pollution impact assessment,  examples  are given of plants  with fluoride
                               9-2

-------
emissions control schemes which both maximize and minimize water pollution.
Thus, for each of the four major impact areas (air, water, energy, and
solid waste), specific plant examples showing maximum and minimum impacts
have been provided, along with national impact assessments for each of
the three fundamental levels of fluoride emission control.
9.1  AIR POLLUTION ASSESSMENT
     The air pollution assessment for emission guidelines progresses
from a generalized evaluation of fluoride emissions impact to more
specific impacts.  The first three sections of the air pollution assessment
discuss national fluoride emission impacts, extremes in source strengths,
and fluoride dispersion calculations.  The last two sections of the
assessment discuss particulate emissions from aluminum reduction cells
and anode bake plant emissions.
9.1.1  National  Fluoride Emissions from Primary Aluminum  Reduction Cells
     National fluoride emissions from primary aluminum reduction cells
have been calculated for all plants  by methods indicated  for plant 5A,
etc., in Table 7-3.   For each alternative level  of fluoride emissions
control, the products of individual  plant capacities and  average emissions
were added to yield  national fluoride emissions for each  of the four
reduction cell types.  The  results of these  calculations,  along with
average  fluoride emissions  by  cell type and  weighted by capacity,  are
presented in Tables  9-1  and 9-2.
     The dramatic  effects of emission  control are illustrated  by the
mass fluoride emissions  figures  in Table 9-1.  Implementation  of the
lowest  illustrated degree of control would result in a 50 percent
reduction in mass  emissions of fluorides from primary aluminum reduction
                               9-3

-------
    Table  9-1.   NATIONAL  TOTAL  FLUORIDE  EMISSIONS  FROM  PRIMARY
                     ALUMINUM REDUCTION  CELLS
                                   National  Fluoride  Emissions  by
Control Level
Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
vssa
1,700
1,700
660
uei i
HSSa
3,000
2,100
890
ype ^ i urib
CWPB9
8,500
3,700
1,600
r/ ir ;
SWPB3
4,800
1,500
810
Total
18,000
9,000
4,000
aVSS - vertical stud Soderberg; HSS  - horizontal stud Soderberg;
 CWPB - center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake.
                                 9-4

-------
        TABLE 9-2.  AVERAGE FLUORIDE EMISSIONS  FOR  PRIMARY
                          ALUMINUM REDUCTION CELLS
                                   Average  Fluoride  Emissions
Contro, Level
Initial
Best Hooding
and Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
vssa
5.2
5.2
2.1
(Lb h/Tc
HSSa
5.7
4.0
1.7
>n Al)
CWPB3
6.3
2.7
1.2
SWPB3
13
4.0
2.2
5VSS -  vertical  stud Soderberg;  HSS - horizontal  stud Soderberg;
 CWPB - center-worked prebake;  SWPB - side-worked prebake
                                 9-5

-------
cells.  National fluoride emissions from this source would thus be
reduced from 18,000 tons/yr to 9,000 tons/yr.  Although the average
fluoride emissions for all cell types under this degree of control are
similar (Table 9-2), the fundamental level of control varies somewhat
among plants.  Secondary control exists at plants 18,, 19, and  20.
9.1.2  Fluoride Emission Control Systems with Extreme Air Pollution
       Impacts
      To illustrate the extremes  in  effectiveness of  fluoride emissions
control systems, the overall  environmental impact for two individual
plants is  presented  in Table  9-3.   Plant  6B  represents  the most effective
fluoride emissions  control  system  applied  to the most controllable cell
type—center-worked  prebake.   One  of the  least  effective  emission
control  systems is  typified by Plant 26.   Table 9-3 compares  the overall
environmental  impacts  of the  two extremes  in fluoride  emissions control
effectiveness.
      The  range of  control  scheme effectiveness  is  best indicated by the
 difference in average fluoride air emissions; 1 Ib  F/ton  Al  for Plant
 6B, and  34.5 Ib F/ton Al for Plant 26.   Although the more effective
 emission control  scheme reduces fluoride emissions  by more than a
 factor of thirty over the poor control  scheme,  only twice as much
 energy is required per ton of aluminum produced.  More solid waste is
 generated by the poor control scheme compared to the effective control
 scheme, mainly because of the higher percentage of mass removed  in a
 wet  primary versus a wet secondary  control  system.  Effluent  emissions
 per  ton of aluminum produced must  be the  same  for both examples,  due to
 the  applicability of 1983  Effluent  Guidelines  Standards.
                                  9-6

-------
Table 9-3   FLUORIDE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS WITH EXTREME AIR
                         POLLUTION IMPACTS

Plant Code
Cell Type

6B
CWPB
Capacity (Tons AI/Yr) 115,000
Primary Control Scheme
Secondary Control Scheme
Air Fluoride Emissions
(Tons F/yr)
Average Fluoride Air
Emissions
(Lb F/ton Al)
Effluent En,ssions
1. Fluoride: (Tons F/yr)
2. Total Suspended Solids
(Tons/Yr)
Fluoride Control
Energy Requirements
(Mwh/yr)
Average Fluoride Control
Energy Requirements
(Kwh/ton Al)
Solid Waste Generated from
Control of Fluoride
Emissions (Tons/yr)
Average Solid Waste Gen-
eration from Control of
Fluoride Emissions
(Lb/ton Al)
Fluidized bed
dry scrubber
Spray screen
scrubber
57.5
1
5.75
11.5
58,800
511
2300
40
26
HSS
51,000
Spray tower
None
880
34.5
2.55
5.1
13,200
259
3,930
154
                               9-7

-------
9.1.3  Fluoride Dispersion
     Dispersion estimates were prepared comparing ground level con-
centrations before and after the retrofit of emission controls described
under cases A, B, and C in Section 6.3.  The purpose of those estimates
is to demonstrate the improvement in air quality that may result from
the retrofit.  The estimates pertain to specific primary aluminum
plants located in the northwestern United States.
Receptors
     As  stated in Section  2.3,  the most sensitive receptors are dairy
cattle grazing on forage  that  has a  fluoride accumulation of  more  than
40 ppm.   Such an  accumulation  can be caused by  a  30-day average ambient
air  concentration of gaseous  fluoride  of  about  0.5  micrograms per  cubic
meter  (g/m3).  Hence,  dispersion calculations should be concerned  with
 the  30-day average  concentration out to  distances where the concen-
 tration  is normally diluted to 0.5  mg/m .
 Source Characteristics
      Emissions (Table 9-4) and ambient air concentrations (Table 9-5)
 are expressed in terms of total fluoride, because emission breakdowns
 into gaseous and fine particulate forms were not available.  Both forms
 are harmful  and EPA New Source Performance Standards are in  terms of
 total fluoride.
      Table 9-4 presents  the before  and after retrofit fluoride emissions
 at  the  three plants studied.   The fluoride emission  rates  are annual
 averages,  and are  treated as  constant on a year-round basis.  The
 following  paragraphs  describe the basic  emission characteristics  at
 each  facility.
                                  9-8

-------An error occurred while trying to OCR this image.

-------
percent of emissions after retrofit are from nearby ESPs,  also near
roof-top level.  The proportion of emissions from the ESPs is small
enough to permit the simplifying assumption that all  emissions are from
the potroom areas.
     At Plant C, all fluoride emissions before retrofit and about 70
percent of emissions after retrofit are from the potroom roof monitors.
Those roof monitor effluents, as at the other plants;, are near ambient
temperature and are characterized by negligible plume rise.  The
remainder of emissions after retrofit are from fume control  units  near
roof-top level at a temperature between 150°C and  200°F.
     Generalized  illustrations of  roof monitor and stack  emissions are
contained  in Figures  5-1  to  5-4,  Section  5.1.   In  Section 6.3, retrofit
layouts  are given for Plant  A  in  Figures  6-13 and  6-14, for  Plant B in
Figures  6-15 and  6-16, and for  Plant C  in Figures  6-19 and 6-20.
Dispersion Estimates
      For this  analysis,  a computerized dispersion  model  (CRS-1)  developed
 by the Meteorology  Laboratory,  NERC, was  utilized. The  CRS-1 is  a
 Gaussian point source dispersion model  for use  in  flat  terrain.   The
 model  generates,  for any given year,  maximum 1-hour, 24-hour, and annual
 ground level  concentrations.  Maximum concentrations for other averaging
 times (e.g., a 30-day averaging time in this case) can be obtained
 through special analysis of the model  output.  This model was the prede-
 cessor of the finalized CRSTER model.(2)  The latter model  includes
 terrain correction in addition to all the features of CRS-1, and  should
 be used in all future evaluations.
                                   9-10

-------
     Maximum 30-day fluoride concentrations were estimated for distances
of 0.75, 2, 10, 20, and 40 kilometers from the center of each facility.
The 0.75 kilometer distance is assumed to be approximately that of the
plant boundary in each case.  All three facilities were assumed to be
isolated from other sources of fluorides.
     The CRS-1 is designed to accept one year of hourly atmospheric
stability-wind data as input.  For these analyses, the meteorological
input to the model consisted of one year of 3-hourly data, specially
preprocessed to generate estimated hourly values.  The data were obtained
from a  National Weather Service Station characterized by  generally
restrictive dispersion conditions and reasonably representative of
conditions at  the facilities studied.  Probably the most  important
characteristic of the dispersion conditions,  as they pertain  to this
analysis,  is the high frequency of wind  from  a  few directions, resulting
in  higher  30-day concentrations  than would  occur with less restricted
air flow.  Possible  impaction of the effluent plumes on elevated  terrain
was not considered.
     The characteristics  of the  facilities, discussed earlier, required
modifications  to  the CRS-1  model itself.   The facilities  have certain
area-source  characteristics and  are  affected  by aerodynamic  downwash of
plant  effluents  much of  the time.   Except for the  500-foot stack  in the
before-retrofit  case at  Plant A, all  fluoride emissions  at the facilities
were of a  low-level, area source configuration.  The height  and  areal
extent of  low-level  emissions were  similar at all  three facilities.
 For modeling purposes,  low-level  fluoride emission at all three  facilities
were approximated by a uniform circular area  source 500 meters across
                                 9-11

-------
and 20 meters above grade.   The area source was  handled by approximating
low-level  emissions as a "virtual  point source"  upwind of the facility
for each of the hourly CRS-1 computations.
     Aerodynamic downwash of plant effluents was simulated by assuming
an effective stack height of 10 meters (one-half the average height of
low-level  emissions) for wind speeds greater than or equal to 2 m/s.
For wind speeds less than 2 m/s, downwash was assumed to have a lesser
influence, and an effective stack height of 20 meters was assumed.
     The 500-foot stack (in the before-retrofit case at Plant A) was
modeled through a separate CRS-1 analysis, which included a plume rise
estimate.  Ground level ambient fluoride concentrations were superimposed
on concentrations due to low-level emissions to determine total impact
of Plant A before retrofit.
     The highest 30-day average ground level ambient  fluoride concen-
trations that were  estimated for the year  of data are  presented in  Table
9-5  for several downwind distances.  The given  concentrations are the
maximums for each of  the specified  distances.   Note  that  best adequately
demonstrated control  technology does not preclude undesirably high
fluoride concentrations, although the  improvements  in  air quality are
                                                                             3
still  significant.  Ambient  fluoride concentrations  may still exceed 0.5 yg/m
up to  14,  24,  and  20  Km downwind  of plants A, B, and C respectively
after  retrofit.   Close to  the  source  (e.g.,  at  the  plant  boundary),
where  the  greatest  impact  on air  quality occurs, the ambient ground
level  fluoride concentrations  resulting  from controlled emissions  can
be reduced further by directing most of  the emissions up  stacks tall
enough to  avoid aerodynamic downwash of  the effluent.  Usually, a stack
                                 9-12

-------
    Table  9-5.   MAXIMUM  30-DAY AVERAGE AMBIENT FLUORIDE
    CONCENTRATIONS  IN THE VICINITY OF PLANTS A, B, AND C
Plant
A
,i
ii
ii
n
ii
B
M
n
n
n
n
C
n
n
n
n
Downwi nd
Distance (kin)
0.75
(plant boundary)
2
10
14a
20
40
0.75
(plant boundary)
2
10
20
24a
40
0.75
(plant boundary)
2
10
20
40
o
Fluoride Concentration (yg/m )
Sefore Retrofit
41
13
2
-
0.6
0.2
104
34
5
2
-
0.5
219
72
10
3
1
After Retrofit
18
6
0.8
0.5
0.3
0.1
55
18
3
0.7
0.5
0.2
31
n
i
0.5
0.1
aThese values were interpolated.

                          9-13

-------
height about 2-1/2 times the height of any nearby buildings, or other
obstacles to wind flow, is sufficient to avoid such downwash problems.
With increasing distance from the source, the benefits of a taller
stack diminish.  To significantly reduce ground level fluoride concen-
trations beyond a few  kilometers from the source, there is no choice
but to further reduce  emissions.
g.1.4  Particulate Emissions  from Aluminum Reduction  Cells
     Particulate  emissions will  be  significantly  reduced  by  emission
controls.   Reference  (3)  gives  the  particulate  removal  efficiencies  for
various  fluoride  emissions  control  equipment.   These efficiencies were
used with  Tables  7-2  and  7-3  to calculate  national  particulate emissions
and average emissions for all plants for the three alternative levels of
 fluoride emissions control  as illustrated by Table 7-3.   The results of
 these particulate emissions calcualations are presented in Tables 9-6
 and 9-7.  The particulate fluoride emissions are reduced by about 50
 percent.
      As shown in Table 9-6,  national particulate emissions from primary
 aluminum  reduction cells will be reduced from 44,000 to 25,000 tons/yr,
 or to 21,000 tons/yr  at  the  lowest level technically feasible.   The
 effectiveness of good controls  in  controlling  particulate emissions  is
 not coincidental; a  substantial percentage  of  the  total  fluorides
 emitted from primary aluminum  reduction cells  is in particulate  form.
 Thus,  in  order  to effectively  control  total  fluoride emissions,  total
  particulate emissions must also be well controlled.
  g.1.5  National  Particulate and Fluoride Emissions from Anode Bake
         Plants
       Fluoride and particulate emissions for anode bake plants are
                                  9-14

-------
 Table 9-6   NATIONAL PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS FROM PRIMARY ALUMINUM
                               REDUCTION CELLS
                       National Particulate Emissions by Cell Type
Control Level
Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
vssa
5,200
5,200
4,500
HSSa
8,700
6,400
5,200
^ I oiib/ i r ;
CWPBa
18,000
8,300
6,600
SWPB3
12,000
5,400
5,000
Total
44,000
25,000
21 ,000
aVSS -  vertical  stud Soderberg;  HSS - horizontal  stud Soderberg-,
 CWPB - center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake
                                9-15

-------
   Table  9-7.   AVERAGE  PARTICULATE  EMISSIONS  FOR  PRIMARY  ALUMINUM
                                REDUCTION  CELLS
Control Level

Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
Average Parti cul ate Emissions
by Cell Type (Lb/Ton Al)
vssa
16
16
14
HSSa
17
12
10
CWPBa
13
6.1
4.9
SWPBa
32
15
13
aVSS - vertical stud Soderberg; HSS - horizontal stud Soderberg;
 CWPB - center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake
                               9-16

-------
listed in Table 9-8, assuming that all  anode bake plants retrofit with
spray tower and wet electrostatic precipitator (WESP) control.   Accordingly,
before and after retrofit emissions are given.

        Table 9-8.  ANODE BAKE PLANT AIR POLLUTANT EMISSIONS
Air Pollutant
Emissions

Participate
Fluoride
Before Retrofit4
Average
(Ib/ton Al)
5
0.86
National
(ton/yr)
8600
1500
After Retrofit
Average
(Ib/ton Al)
0.5
0.05
National
(ton/yr)
860
86
Table  9-8 shows that  fluoride  and particulate mass emissions from anode
bake plants  can be  reduced  by  94 and  90  percent  respectively through
application  of the  indicated control  scheme.  This degree  of control
will reduce  fluoride  emissions  from anode bake plants  by 1,400  tons/yr
and decrease national  particulate emissions  by 7,700 tons/yr.
9.2  WATER  POLLUTION  IMPACT
     As  stated in  Section  7.2,  all  plants with either  wet  primary or
secondary control  were expected to  meet  1983 effluent  limitations
guidelines  for primary aluminum plants.   The only two  factors which
could  influence mass  effluent  emissions  were capacity  and  the percentage
                                9-17

-------
of capacity with wet controls.   In the following sections,  1983 effluent
guidelines are given, effluent emissions control schemes  are outlined,
and national effluent emissions have been estimated for the alternative
levels of fluoride air emissions control.  A more detailed  discussion
of water pollution control can be obtained from Reference (5).
9.2.1.  Effluent Limitations Guidelines for Primary Aluminum Plants
     Table 9-9 lists 1977 and 1983 effluent limitations guidelines for
existing primary aluminum plants.  As shown by the table, 1983 standards
require fluoride effluent emissions to be reduced by a factor of twenty
over the 1977 standards.  1983 effluent guidelines will affect all
existing primary aluminum plants by the date indicated; consequently,
they have been applied  in calculating effluent emissions for all alter-
native levels of fluoride air emissions control.
9.2.2  Water Pollution  Control Technology Required to Meet  1983
       Effluent Guidelines Standards
     The two basic water  treatment schemes which will be practiced by
the primary aluminum industry are scrubber water recycle with lime pre-
cipitation of a bleed stream, and cryolite recovery with lime treatment
of the bleed stream.  The two methods differ only  in that alumina and
fluoride are recovered  from  the  aqueous  stream when cryolite recovery
is practiced.  Success  of both  these  methods require lime treatment  of
a  low volume, high  concentration  bleed  stream;  the bulk of  the  scrubber
water is  recycled.   This  water  pollution  control approach allows fluoride
effluent  emissions  to be  adequately controlled  at  a feasible cost.
9.2.3  National  Effluent  Emissions  from Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants
      National effluent  emissions from primary  aluminum plants  have been
estimated by  applying 1983  effluent guidelines  standards to the individual
                                  9-18

-------
                 Table 9-9.  EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS FOR PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS
To Be
Achieved
by July 1,
1977
   Effluent
Characteristic
             Fluoride

             Total Suspended
             Solids

             PH
iiaximum for
any 1 Day
                      Metric Units
                     (Kg/1000 Kg Al)
                           2.0
                           3.0
Effluent Limitations
             Average of Daily Values for 30
            Consecutive Days Shall Not Exceed
             Metric Units     English Units
            (Kg/1000 Kg Al)    (Lb/Ton Al)
         English Units
          (Lb/Ton Al)
              4.0
                  1.0
              6.0              1.5

         Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.
2.0
                                   3.0
To Be
Achieved
by July 1,
1983
              Fluoride

              Total Suspended
              Solids

              PH
                      Metric Units
                           oO Kg Al)
                           0.1
                           0.2
         English Units
           (Lb/Ton Al)

              0.2
             Metric i'nits    English Units
            (Kg/1000 Kg Al)    (Lb/Ton Al)
                   .05
              0.4              0.1

         Hi thin the range of  6.0  to  9.0.
0.1
                                    0.2

-------
plant control  options contained in Table 7-2,  illustrated in  Table 7-3,
and employed in Section 9.   In estimating national  effluent emissions,
all aluminum plants with wet controls at a particular fundamental  level
of fluoride control were assumed to discharge aqueous wastes  at the
maximum level  allowed by 1983 standards.  Thus, by a simple summation
procedure, similar to the one used to calculate national  fluoride air
emissions, national effluent emissions at alternative levels  of control
were derived.
     Table 9-10 gives national effluent emissions by cell type for the
two pollutants regulated under the 1983 standards.  'Average effluent
emissions by cell type—equal to national cell effluent discharges
divided by total cell capacity—are contained in Table 9-11.   As mentioned
in the introduction to this section, the applicability of 1983 effluent
limitations guidelines to the alternative levels of fluoride emissions
control allows the percent of capacity with wet controls to be determined
by inspection of the table of average effluent emissions.  The ratio of
average emissions  to 1983 effluent standards for a particular level of
control represents the fraction of capacity with wet controls at that
level.  For example, if a particular cell type had average fluoride
effluent  discharges  of 0.050  Ib/ton Al, then the degree  of wet control
would  be  0.050/0.100 or 50 percent of capacity.  Table 9-12 presents  the
percent of capacity  employing wet controls for the various cell types
and  levels of air  pollution  control.
     Tables 9-10 and 9-12 show  that the example controls will not  sig-
nificantly alter effluent emissions  compared to the  initial level  of
air  pollution  control.  Returning to the  impact analysis procedure,

                               9_20

-------
Table 9-10.  NATIONAL EFFLUENT EMISSIONS FROM PRIMARY ALUMINUM PLANTS
Air Pollution
Control Level
Initial: Fluoride
Total Suspended Solids
Best Hooding and Primary
Control :
Fluoride
Total Suspended Solids
Best Primary and Secondary
Control :
Fluoride
Total Suspended Solids
Natic
bj
vssa
23
45
23
45
32
64
jnal Efflu«
1 Cell Type
HSS3
35
70
35
70
52
104
?nt Emissior
2 (Tons/Yr)
CWPBa
21
42
0
0
135
270
is
SWPBa
28
56
27
55
37
74
Total
110
210
85
170
260
510
 aVSS  -  vertical  stud  Soderberg;  HSS -  horizontal  stud Soderberg;
  CWPB - center-worked prebake;  SWPB -  side-worked prebake.
                                9-21

-------
       Table 9-11.  AVERAGE EFFLUENT EMISSIONS FROM PRIMARY
                          ALUMINUM REDUCTION PLANTS
Air Pollution
Control Levels
Initial:
Fluoride
Total Suspended Solids
Best Hooding and Primary
Control :
Fluoride
Total Suspended Solids
Best Primary and Secondary
Control :
Fluoride
Total Suspended Solids
Av
vssa
0.07
0.14
0.07
0.14
0.10
0.20
erage Effl
(Lb/T
HSSa
0.07
0.13
0.07
0.13
0.10
0.20
uent Emis
on Al)
CWPBa
0.02
0.03
0
0
0.10
0.20
sions
SWPBa
0.08
0.15
0.07
0.15
0.10
0.20
aVSS - vertical stud Soderberg; HSS - horizontal  stud Soderberg;
 CWPB - center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake.
                                9-22

-------
     Table 9-12   EXTENT OF WET CONTROLS AT ALTERNATIVE LEVELS
                       OF FLUORIDE AIR EMISSIONS CONTROL
Air Pollution
Control Level

Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
Percent of Cell Capacity
with Wet Controls
vssa
71
71

100

HSSa
67
67

100

CWPB3
16
0

100

SWPBa
76
74

100

Total
42
33

100

aVSS - vertical stud Soderberg; HSS - horizontal stud Soderberg;
 CWPB - center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake.
                                9-23

-------
this can be interpreted to mean that effluent emissions in the absence
of emission guidelines would be comparable to effluent emissions with
additional emission controls.  Thus, installing better air pollution
controls will not significantly increase water pollution.
9.2.4  Fluoride Air Emissions Control Schemes with Extreme Water
       Pollution Impacts
     To illustrate fluoride air emissions control systems with extreme
water pollution impacts, the overall environmental impact for two
individual plants is presented.  Plant 14B represents the air pollution
control system with the most beneficial water pollution  impact, primary
dry scrubbing.  A typical wet  air pollution control system is illustrated
by Plant  25B.  It should be emphasized that the  applicability of 1983
effluent  guidelines standards  makes  the mass effluent  emissions a
function  only of plant capacity for  a plant with wet  controls.  As  a
result, all  wet control sytems have  been  assumed to have average effluent
emissions equal to  the 1983 standards.
      Table 9-13 shows  the overall  environmental  desirability of primary
dry scrubbing  versus  primary wet  control. The CWPB plant generates no
fluoride  control-related  solid waste,  nor does it  discharge  any effluent
emissions.  Plant  25B generates 15,600  tons  of solid  waste resulting
 from fluorides control and discharges  10.1  tons of aqueous fluorides
 per year. Air fluoride emissions  can also be controlled as—or more—
 effectively with  primary dry scrubbing, versus wet control for most
 cell types.  However, SWPB and VSS cells generally require secondary
 control to achieve an acceptable level  of fluoride emissions, and dry
 scrubbing is not technically or economically feasible as a secondary
                                9-24

-------
Table 9-13.  FLUORIDE AIR EMISSIONS CONTROL SCHEMES WITH EXTREME
                          WATER POLLUTION IMPACTS
Plant Code
Cell Type
Capacity (Tons Al/yr)
Primary Control Scheme
Secondary Control Scheme
Air Fluoride Emissions
(Tons F/yr)
Average Fluoride Air Emissions
(Lb F/ton Al)
Effluent Emissions
1. Fluoride: (Tons F/yr)
2. Total Suspended Solids:
(Tons/yr)
Fluoride Control Energy Require-
ments (mwh/yr)
Average Fluoride Control Energy
Requirements (kwh/ton Al )
Solid Waste Generated from Control
of Fluoride Emissions (Tons/yr)
Average Solid Waste Generation
from Control of Fluoride Emissions
(Lb/ton Al)
14B
CWPB
206,000
Dry Scrubbing
None
206
2.0
0
0
43,500
211
0
0
25B
HSS
202,000
Wet Electrostatic
Preci pita tor
None
465
4.6
10.1
20.2
20,200
100
15,600
154
                             9-25

-------
control strategy.   Because of the necessity of secondary control in some
instances, the abandonment of all wet control schemes is precluded.
9.3  SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL IMPACT
     All fluoride control related solid waste produced by the primary
aluminum industry is a direct result of wet, fluoride air emissions
control and the accompanying water treatment.  Dry scrubbing techniques
do not generate any solid wastes, because all captured solids are  returned
to the process.  National and average solid waste generation from  wet
fluoride control by the  primary  aluminum industry has been estimated by
applying the  average solid waste generation  figures  in Table 9-14  to the
individual plant control  options listed in Tables 7-2 and 7-3,  or
derived as for plant 5A,  etc.  As with other impact  evaluations, a
summation procedure was  used to  obtain national  impacts.  Solid waste
generation quantities  listed with an asterisk in Table 9-14 were estimated
from probable effluent loadings  based upon  average  fluoride generation.
All  other solid waste  entries  in the table were  obtained  from  Reference
 (6).
 9.3.1   National  Solid  Waste  Generation  Due  to Fluoride  Control  by
        the  Primary Aluminum  Industry
      Tables  9-15  and  9-16 present national  and  average  solid  waste
 generation  caused by  fluoride  control in  the primary aluminum industry.
 Emission  limitations  will have an effect  upon national  solid  waste
 production  similar to that for water pollution,  namely:   installation of
 best controls will not significantly increase the solid waste over the
 amount produced at the initial  level of air pollution control.  As shown
 in Table 9-15, the national  generation of solid waste by the aluminum
                               9-26

-------
   Table 9-14   SOLID WASTE GENERATION FOR VARIOUS FLUORIDE
                        EMISSIONS CONTROL SCHEMES7
Fluoride Emissions Control
Scheme
Primary Dry Scrubbing
Primary Wet Scrubbing with
Secondary Wet Scrubbing wi
Primary Wet Scrubbing with
Secondary Wet Scrubbing wi
Primary Wet Electrostatic
with Lime Treatment
Cryolite Recovery
th Cryolite Recovery
Lime Treatment
th Lime Treatment
Precipitator (WESP)
Primary WESP with Cryolite Recovery
Solid Waste
Generation
(Lb/Ton Al)
0
154
160
120
40*
150*
154*
*These values were estimated from probable effluent loadings.
                             9-27

-------
Table 9-15.  NATIONAL SOLID WASTE GENERATION FROM FLUORIDE CONTROL
                       BY THE PRIMARY ALUMINUM INDUSTRY
Air Pollution
Control Level
Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
.Secondary Control
Nation
Result
vssa
35,000
35,000
44,000
al Solid W
ing from F
(Tons
HSSa
54,000
54,000
75,000
aste Genera
luoride Con
/Yr)
CWPBa
25,000
0
54,000
tion
trol
SWPBa
45,000
44,000
48,000
Total
160,000
130,000
220,000
aVSS - vertical stud Soderberg; HSS - horizontal  stud Soderberg;
 CWPB - center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake
                                9-28

-------
Table 9-16.  AVERAGE SOLID WASTE GENERATION RESULTING FROM FLUORIDE
                    CONTROL FOR THE PRIMARY ALUMINUM INDUSTRY
Air Pollution
Control Level
Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
Ave
vssa
110
110
140
rage Solic
by Ce
(Lb/1
HSSa
100
100
140
Waste Gene
11 Type
on Al)
CWPBa
19
0
40
ration
SWPBa
120
120
130
aVSS - vertical  stud Soderberg; HSS - horizontal  stud Soderben
 CWPB - center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake
                                9-29

-------
industry from fluoride control  is  equal  to  160,000 tons  per year at the
initial, and 220,000 tons per year at the best,  control  levels  of air
pollution control.   If all  31 plant sites installed best primary controls,
a decrease of 30,000 tons per year of solid waste would  result.   If all
sites installed secondary controls, there would  be a solid waste increase
of 60,000 tons per year; however,  secondary control is often unnecessary
and uneconomical, and only one or  two plants may need to add this control.
The decrease in solid waste by adding best primary control will  overbalance
any increase due to adding secondary control.
     Average fluoride control solid waste generation is lowest for
center-worked prebake cells at all levels of fluoride emissions control.
Table 9-16 illustrates the large difference in average solid waste
generation for CWPB cells as compared to the other three cell types.
Soderbergs and side-worked prebake cells generate at least 100 pounds of
sludge  per ton of aluminum produced at all levels of air pollution
control; CWPB cells produce  from 0-40 pounds of sludge per ton of
aluminum over the same range of control levels.   This difference in
solid waste generation can be attributed to the almost universal use of
primary dry scrubbing in controlling fluoride emissions from CWPB  cells.
9.3.2   Fluoride  Emissions Control  Systems with Extreme Solid Waste
        Impacts
     Extremes in solid waste generation  resulting  from  fluoride  control
are  illustrated  by  two  individual  plant  examples.   Table  9-17 compares
the  overall environmental  impacts  of a plant with  both  primary  and
 secondary  wet control and  a  plant  with dry  primary control  only.   The
 two  plants chosen  as  illustrative  examples  are both vertical stud
 Soderbergs.   Plant  3B employs  primary  dry  scrubbing only,  while Plant 20
 utilizes  primary wet  scrubbers  and wet electrostatic precipitators as
 well as secondary  spray screen  scrubbers.   These  two examples also show

                                  9-30

-------
Table 9-17   FLUORIDE EMISSIONS CONTROL SYSTEMS WITH EXTREME SOLID
                               WASTE IMPACTS
Plant Code
Cell Type
Capacity (Tons Al/Yr)
Primary Control Scheme
Secondary Control Scheme
Air Fluoride Emissions
(Tons F/Yr)
Average Fluoride Air Emissions
(Lb F/Ton Al )
Effluent Emissions:
Fluoride (Tons F/Yr)
Total Suspended Solids (Tons/Yr)
Fluoride Control Energy Requirements
(Mwh/Yr)
Average Fluoride Control Energy
Requirements (Kwh/Ton Al)
Fluoride Control Related Solid Waste
Generation (Tons/Yr)
Average Fluoride Control Related
Solid Waste Generation (Lb/Ton Al )
3B
VSS
185,000
Huidized Bed
)ry Scrubbing
None
833
9.0
0
0
39,000
211
0
0
20
VSS
120,000
Wet Scrubber and
Electrostatic
Preci pita tor
Spray Screen
Scrubber
122
2.0
6
12
55,600
463
11,400
190
                             9-31

-------
the large fluoride air emissions reductions  which  can  be realized with
judicious application of secondary control.
     As shown in Table 9-17, Plant 20 generates 190 pounds of fluoride
sludge per ton of aluminum produced.  This sludge  generation implies an
annual production of 11,400 tons of solid waste containing CaF2, CaS04
(generated from sulfur in carbon anodes) and other insoluble compounds.
Sludge of this type can usually be  safely landfilled.   Plant. 3B does not
discharge any effluent emissions or produce solid waste, but this plant
has  average  fluoride  air emissions  4.5 times greater than Plant 20.   For
vertical stud Soderberg cells and other cells with similar emissions
characteristics,  the  increase in  solid waste and  effluent emissions
resulting  from  wet primary  and  secondary  control  is justified  by  the
dramatic decrease in  fluoride emissions.  Plant  3B with  primary dry
control  only,  discharges  833 tons of fluoride  per year  into  the atmos-
 phere; Plant 20 emits only  122  tons of  fluoride per year.
 9.4  ENERGY
      The energy assessment has  been prepared through  application of a
 procedure similar to the ones employed for the other  impact area analyses.
 Average energy consumption requirements for the numerous fluoride emissions
 control schemes  (Table 9-18) have  been applied to the individual plant
 control options  contained  in Tables 7-2 and 7-3 or defined in Section
 9.   National and average fluoride  emissions control energy requirements
 are presented  in Section 9.4.1,  and examples of  fluoride control systems
 with extreme energy  impacts are  outlined in the  section  immediately
 following.   Energy consumption figures  in  Table  9-18 and throughout  the
 energy  assessment represent the amount  of  energy required  for both air
  and water pollution  control  and have been  obtained from References  (7)
  and (8).   In  some instances, the energy required for water treatment
                                   9-32

-------
   Table  9-18.  ENERGY REQUIREMENTS FOR PRIMARY ALUMINUM
                 Fl linRTDF FMISSTONS CONTROL SYSTEMS''"
Fluoride Control
System
Dry Scrubbing
Primary Wet Scrubbing with
Cryolite Recovery Water Treatment
Secondary Wet Scrubbing with
Cryolite Recovery Water Treatment
Primary Wet Scrubbing with Lime Water
Treatment
Secondary Wet Scrubbing with Lime Water
Treatment
Electrostatic Precipitator Incremental
Power when Used in Series with Another
Primary Control Device
Primary Venturi Scrubbing
Primary Multi clone
Primary Wet Electrostatic Precipitator
with Lime Water Treatment
Average Energy Requirements
(kwh/ton Al)
Electrical
211
78
357
76
300
87
600
75
100
Thermal3
0
181
181
0
0
0
0
0
0
thermal  energy supplied by fossil  fuels is required to operate rotary
 kilns and generate steam when practicing cryolite recovery water
 treatment.
                           9-33

-------
exceeds that for fluoride air emissions control.
g.4.1  National Fluoride Emissions Control Energy Requirements for
       the Primary Aluminum Industry
     National  energy requirements for the three basic levels of fluoride
emissions control are  listed in Table 9-19.  As shown in the last
column of Table  9-19,  emission control will  increase fluoride  control
energy expenditures  for the  primary  aluminum industry by as  little  as
120,000  megawatt-hours (Mwh) per  year over the  initial  level  of  control.
This increase in energy demand would require an  additional  14 megawatts
 of electrical power generation nationally.  With 31  existing domestic
 primary aluminum plants, the average incremental fluoride  control power
 expense resulting from best hooding and primary control will amount to
 only 0.44 megawatts per plant.  In comparison, an average of 283 megawatts
 of electrolytic power  is required per domestic primary aluminum plant.
 Thus, incremental fluoride control power  expenditures for the case given
 are equivalent  to only a 0.15 percent increase  in average electrolytic
 power.
       Table 9-20 presents the  average fluoride  control  energy require-
 ments by cells  type for the alternative levels  of  emissions control.   On
  an absolute basis,  the average  energy requirements per ton of aluminum
  for each cell type is primarily a function of the  percentage of that
  cell type with secondary control.  By examining the row entitled "Best
  Primary and  Secondary Control", it is clear that when all cell types  are
  upgraded  to  the level of best secondary  control the average energy
  requirement  for all  cell types  is  600 +-  90 kilowatt-hours  (kwh) per  ton
  of aluminum.  In contrast, the  other two levels of control  require  a wide
   range  of  average  fluoride  control  energy expenditures:   these  range from
                                9-34

-------
Table 9-19   NATIONAL FLUORIDE EMISSIONS CONTROL ENERGY REQUIREMENTS
                        FOR THE PRIMARY ALUMINUM INDUSTRY
National Fluoride Control

Air Pollution
Control Level
Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
Energy Requirements
(Mwh/Yr)
vssa
270,000
270,000
400,000
HSSa
280,000
280,000
590,000
CWPB3
520,000
590,000
1,400,000
SWPB3
400,000
450,000
510,000
Total
1,470,000
1,590,000
2,900,000
aVSS  -  vertical  stud  Soderberg; HSS - horizontal stud Soderberg;
  CWPB -  center-worked prebake; SWPB - side-worked prebake.
                                9-35

-------
 Table 9-20.  AVERAGE FLUORIDE EMISSIONS CONTROL ENERGY REQUIREMENTS
                        FOR THE PRIMARY ALUMINUM INDUSTRY
Air Pollution
Control Level
Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
I
vssa
420
420
620
\verage Fit
Energy Re
(Kwh/1
HSSa
260
270
570
loride Cor
iquirement
fon Al)
CWPBa
190
220
520
itrol
:s
SWPBa
540
610
690
*VSS -  vertical  stud Soderberg;  HSS  -  horizontal  stud Soderberg;
 CWPB - center-worked prebake;  SWPB  -  side-worked prebake
                               9-36

-------
a low of 190 kwh per ton of aluminum for CWPB cells to a high of 610 kwh
per ton of aluminum for SWPB cells.  The wide range of fluoride control
energy requirements reflects the varying percentages of cell  capacities
that would be required to install or maintain secondary controls.
9.4.2  Fluoride Emissions Control Systems with Extreme Energy Impacts
     Table 9-21 shows the extremes in energy requirements of the various
fluoride emissions control schemes, and lists the overall environmental
impact for two individual plants.  Plant 21A employs CWPB cells and is
equipped with primary multiclones only.  Plant 18 is one of the best
controlled, but the most control-energy-intensive of primary aluminum
plants.  Although Plant 21A has no effluent emissions or solid waste
production, its average energy expenditure of only 75 kwh per ton of
aluminum yields high average emissions of 14 pounds of fluoride per ton
of aluminum produced.  Plant 18 uses ten times as much energy to control
fluoride emissions; however, its average emissions are 1.3 pounds of
fluoride per ton of aluminum produced.  One significant aspect of Plant
18 is  that nearly one-third of the energy utilized in control of fluorides
is a result of cryolite recovery water treatment.  Substitution of  lime
treatment only, in place of the cryolite recovery  systems, would decrease
average energy consumption  by 240  kilowatt-hours per  ton of  aluminum
produced.
9.5  OTHER  ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACTS
     Because of the  electrical  power  required  to control fluorides
 emitted by  the  primary  aluminum industry, each  alternative  level of
 fluoride  control  has  a  unique  indirect pollution penalty.   Although many
 primary aluminum  plants  are supplied  with hydroelectric base load  power,
                                9-37

-------
Table 9-21.  FLUORIDE EMISSIONS CONTROL SYSTEMS WITH EXTREME ENERGY IMPACTS
Plant Code
Cell Type
Capacity (Tons Al/Yr)
Primary Control Scheme
Secondary Control Scheme
Air Fluoride Emissions
(Tons F/Yr)
Average Air Fluoride Emissions
(Lb F/ton Al)
Effluent Emissions:
Fluoride (Tons F/Yr)
Total Suspended Solids
(Tons/Yr)
Fluoride Control Energy
Requirement (Mwh/Yr)
Average Fluoride Control Energy
Requirements (Kwh/Ton Al)
Solid Waste Generated from
Control of Fluoride Emissions
(Tons/Yr)
Average Solid Waste Generation
Factor from Control of Fluoride
Emissions (Lb/Ton Al )
21A
CWPB
70,000
Multiclones
None
490
14
0
0
5,250
75
0
0
18
SWPB
260,000
Injected Alumina
Dry Scrubbing
Spray Scrubbing
with Cryolite
Recovery
169
1.3
13
26
195,000
750
20,800
160
                                 9-38

-------
swing loads are often handled by coal-fired steam generators.   In order



to determine the maximum indirect pollution penalty associated with the



alternative levels of fluoride control, it has been assumed that all



fluoride control power requirements are supplied by coal-fired steam-



electric plants.  Table 9-22 lists incremental SOp, nitrogen oxides



(NO  ), and particulate emissions which would be emitted by the power
   X


generation required for the alternative levels of fluoride control.  In



preparation of Table 9-22, it has been assumed that the steam generators



employed can meet the applicable standards of performance for new stationary



sources.



     Comparing the first and last rows of Table 9-22, the incremental



indirect pollution penalty of the fluoride emissions control is apparent.



Adoption of the proposed emission limits would cause an incremental



minimum of 700 tons per year of S0?, 500 tons per year of NO , and 60
                                  L-                         X


tons per year of particulates to be discharged to the atmosphere from



the  impacted power plants.  Although the national mass emissions of



indirect pollutants seems to be high, only a negligible effect on ambient



air quality will result.



9.6  OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS



9.6.1  Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources



     The only major irreversible impacts of the alternative fluoride



emissions control  levels are the amounts of ultimate fossil-fuel required



to generate the necessary electrical power.  Continuing with the assumptions



made in Section 9.5, national bituminous coal  requirements have been



calculated for the same alternative levels of fluoride control  and are



presented in Table 9-23.  Although the probability is not high that all
                               9-39

-------
Table 9-22   NATIONAL CRITERIA POLLUTANT EMISSIONS RESULTING FROM
               THE ELECTRIC POWER GENERATED TO CONTROL PRIMARY
                         ALUMINUM FLUORIDE EMISSIONS
Fluoride Air
Pollution Control
Level
Initial
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
Nationa
Emissio
so2
8,800
9,500
17,400
i tnteria
ns from Im
Plants (T
NOX
5,100
5,600
10,200
KOI lUldUU
pacted Power
ons/Yr)
Parti cul ate
740
800
1,500
                               9-40

-------
Table 9-23.  NATIONAL BITUMINOUS COAL REQUIREMENTS IMPLIED BY PRIMARY
                           ALUMINUM FLUORIDE CONTROL
Fluoride Emissions
Control Level
Initial
National Bituminous
Coal  Requirements
     (Tons/Yr)
     612,000
Best Hooding and
Primary Control
     662,000
Best Primary and
Secondary Control
   1,210,000
  For calculational purposes, bituminous coal was assumed  to  have  a
  high heating value of 12,000 Btu/lb.
                               9-41

-------
fluoride control  energy requirements would be supplied by bituminous
coal, incremental fluoride control energy consumption will increase
fossil-fuel consumption directly or indirectly.
     As shown in Table 9-23, the best fluoride primary control will
increase national bituminous coal (or other equivalent fossil-fuel)
consumption by 50,000 tons per year.  Any additional drain upon fossil-
fuel  reserves would be negligible compared to  overall national fossil-
fuel  energy requirements.   In fact,  an equivalent amount  of energy  would
be  required if only one  average  size aluminum  plant  increased its  capacity
by  about  3 percent.
9.6.2  Environmental  Impact of  Delayed Action
      Postponement of  any fluoride emission limits would have  some
 deleterious  effect upon the environment.   Although  some states have
 strict fluoride emissions standards for primary aluminum plants, many do
 not.  Without the impetus for proper maintenance of existing control
 systems, current fluoride emissions could conceivably increase significantly.
 Federal effluent guidelines for primary aluminum plants will  go into
 effect regardless of air emissions  limitations, and consequently,  several
 wet  control systems could be abandoned if adequate air emissions limits
 are  not  implemented.  Thus, the  suggested air emissions  limitations
 procedures will  not only require poorly  controlled  plants to upgrade or
 install  new control systems, they  will also force well-controlled  slants
 to maintain their existing  control  systems.
 9.6.3  Environmental  Impact of No  Action
       The environmental  impact  of failing to implement any additional
  emission limits is  represented by the  "Initial" level  of fluoride control
                              9-42

-------
used throughout the environmental impact assessment.   As stated in the
previous section, the environmental  impact of no fluoride emission
limits could be considerably more severe than that for the initial level
of control.  Poor maintenance and the abandonment of existing control
systems could further increase fluoride air emissions.  Thus, it
must be realized that the initial level of fluoride control is a conservative
estimate of the effect of not implementing additional controls for
existing plants.  With this limitation in mind, Table 9-24 compares the
overall environmental impact of the "Best Hooding and Primary Control"
to that for the initial level of control.
     As discussed in Section 9.1, failure to adopt any of the suggested
emission controls for the primary aluminum industry would result in
national fluoride emissions of at least 18,000 tons per year, versus
9,000 tons per year for the improved control.  With or without State
action on air emissions limits, effluent discharges and solid waste
generation by the primary aluminum industry will remain at nearly the
same level.  The only beneficial impact of failing to adopt additional
emission limits would be an energy savings of 120,000 megawatt-hours per
year for the case shown in Table 9-24.  This energy savings is negligible
in comparison to the amount of energy used in normal  primary aluminum
plant operation.
                            9-43

-------
Table 9-24   ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF NO ADDITIONAL STATE FLUORIDE
Table 9 24.  tviKUN       LIMITATIONS FQR JHE pRIMARY AUJMINUM
                                INDUSTRY
                                       Fluoride Emissions
National Impacts
National Fluoride Air
Emissions (Tons F/Yr)
National Effluent
Emissions:
Rnnridp (Tons F/Yr)
Total Suspended Solids
(Tons/Yr)
National Fluoride Control
Energy Requirements
(Mwh/Yr)
National Fluoride Control
Related Solid Waste
Generation (Tons/Yr)
Initial
18,000
110
210
1,470,000
160,000
Control Level
Best Hooding and Primary Control
9,000
85
170
1,590,000
130,000
                               9-44

-------
9.7  REFERENCES FOR SECTION 9

1.   Memorandum from Laurence J. Budney to Stanley T. Cuffe.   Primary
     Aluminum Retrofit Controls; Impact.   Monitoring and Data Analysis
     Division, OAQPS, EPA.  February 4, 1974.

2.   User's Manual for Single Source (CRSTER)  Model.  EPA-450/2-77-013.
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C.,
     1977.

3.   Air Pollution Control in the Primary Aluminum Industry.   Singmaster
     and Breyer, New York, N.Y.   Prepared for Office of Air Programs,
     Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C. under
     Contract Number CPA 70-21.   July 23, 1973.  pp. 5-14 to 5-16.

4.   Reference 2, above, p. 4-11.

5.   Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
     Standards of Performance.  Nonferrous Metals Industry.  Part II -
     Primary Aluminum Smelting.   Battelle Columbus Laboratories,
     Columbus, Ohio.  Prepared for Office of Air and Water Programs,
     Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. under Contract
     Number 68-01-1518.  (Draft Contractor's Report, dated June 1973).

6.   Reference 4, above, pp. 3 and 4.

7.   Reference 4, above, p. 115.

8.   Reference 2, above, pp. 5-14 to 5-16.
                                 9-45

-------
                                    TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                             (/'lease read Inductions on the reverse before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
  EPA 450/2-78-049b
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
  Primary Aluminum:   Guidelines  for Control  of  Fluoride
  Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum  Plants
            6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
                                                                KCIPIEENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
              REPORT DATE
                  December 1979
7. AUTHOR(S)
                                                             8. PERFORMI
                                                                                           NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
  Office  of  Air Quality  Planning and Standards
  Research Triangle Park,  NC. 27711
                                                              10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
             11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
 IfoHorWrySSffiyWHRflflfTfiS Standards
 Office of Air,  Noise, and Radiation
 U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency
 Research Triangle Park, North  Carolina 27711
                                                              13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
             14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE

                   EPA 200/04
 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

                   DESCRIPTORS
  Primary aluminum plants, existing
    Fluorides
    State Guidelines for emission control
    Hooding  efficiency
    Fluoride removal efficiency
    Retrofit control costs
 13. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT


     Unlimited
 17.
                                  KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                                                 b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
 Air Pollution  Control
19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
    Unclassified
20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
    Unclassified
                              COSATI Field/Group
   13B
21. NO. OF PAGES
    343
22. PRICE

 No Charge
 EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)

-------